• 84000
  • The Collection
  • The Kangyur
  • Discourses
  • General Sūtra Section
  • Toh 340

This rendering does not include the entire published text

The full text is available to download as pdf at:
/translation/toh340.pdf

ལས་བརྒྱ་པ།

The Hundred Deeds
Part Nine

Karmaśataka
ལས་བརྒྱ་ཐམ་པ།
las brgya tham pa

Toh 340

Degé Kangyur, vol. 73 (mdo sde, ha), folios 1.b–309.a, and vol. 74 (mdo sde, a), folios 1.b–128.b

Imprint

84000 logo

Translated by Dr. Lozang Jamspal (International Buddhist College, Thailand) and Kaia Tara Fischer under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha

First published 2020

Current version v 1.3.38 (2025)

Generated by 84000 Reading Room v2.26.1

84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha is a global non-profit initiative to translate all the Buddha’s words into modern languages, and to make them available to everyone.

Logo for the license

This work is provided under the protection of a Creative Commons CC BY-NC-ND (Attribution - Non-commercial - No-derivatives) 3.0 copyright. It may be copied or printed for fair use, but only with full attribution, and not for commercial advantage or personal compensation. For full details, see the Creative Commons license.

Options for downloading this publication

This print version was generated at 12.49pm on Wednesday, 29th January 2025 from the online version of the text available on that date. If some time has elapsed since then, this version may have been superseded, as most of 84000’s published translations undergo significant updates from time to time. For the latest online version, with bilingual display, interactive glossary entries and notes, and a variety of further download options, please see
https://84000.co/translation/toh340.


co.

Table of Contents

ti. Title
im. Imprint
co. Contents
s. Summary
ac. Acknowledgements
i. Introduction
tr. The Translation
+ 10 chapters- 10 chapters
p. Prologue
1. Part One
+ 12 sections- 12 sections
· The Dog
· The Story of Little Eyes
· The Story of Pūraṇa
· The Person with a Curving Spine: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First Story about “The Person with a Curving Spine”
· The Second Story About “The Person with a Curving Spine”
· The Story of Udayin
· Victory Banner
· The Story of Kṣemā
· The Story of Maṇiprabha
· The Story of Jasmine
· Give It to Me!
· The Story of She Who Gathers
· The Tailor
2. Part Two
+ 15 sections- 15 sections
· The Chariot: Four Stories
+ 4 sections- 4 sections
· The First “Chariot” Story
· The Second “Chariot” Story
· The Third “Chariot” Story
· The Fourth “Chariot” Story
· The Story of Earnest
· The Story of Gopā
· The Story of Keśinī
· The Story of Lotus Color
· The Butcher
· The Story of Golden Color
· The Cowherds
· A Band of Friends
· The Story of Abhaya
· The Story of Lake of Jewels
· The Story of Wealth’s Delight
· The Bear: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First Story of the Bear
· The Second Story of the Bear
· The Story of Small Person with a Curving Spine
· The Rākṣasa
3. Part Three
+ 13 sections- 13 sections
· The Story of Kacaṅkalā
· The Story of Kaineya
· The Betrothal of the Bride: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First “Betrothal of the Bride” Story
· The Second “Betrothal of the Bride” Story
· Cuts: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First “Cut” Story
· The Second “Cut” Story
· Being Devoured
· The Story of Nandaka
· Chunks of Meat
· The One Who Thought He Saw His Son
· The Farmer
· Death
· A Story about Kokālika
· The Tired Man
· Morsel
4. Part Four
+ 11 sections- 11 sections
· The Story of Maitrībala
· The Dark Storm
· Ants: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First “Ant” Story
· The Second “Ant” Story
· The Lay of the Land
· The Story of Āraṇyaka
· The Elephant
· The Nāga (1)
· The Story of Siṃha
· The Schism in the Saṅgha
· The Dark Forest
· The One Who Heard
5. Part Five
+ 12 sections- 12 sections
· The Story of Virūpa
· The Story of Kṣemaṅkara
· The Young Untouchable
· The Story of Subhadra the Charioteer
· The Story of Sahadeva
· The Bull
· The Story of Good Compassion
· The Story of Fleshy
· The Story of Black
· The Story of Iṣudhara
· The Man Who Was Trampled
· The Story of Jackal
6. Part Six
+ 9 sections- 9 sections
· The Bird: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First Bird Story
· The Second Bird Story
· The Story of Majestic Body
· The Teacher
· A Story about Kāśyapa
· A Story about Ānanda
· The Story of Son of Grasping
· The Story of Subhadra the Mendicant
· The Worthy of Offerings Litany
· Latecomers to the Dharma: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First “Latecomer” Story
· The Second “Latecomer” Story
7. Part Seven
+ 10 sections- 10 sections
· The Story of Paṅgu
· Bhādra
· The Blind Man
· The Story of Nirgrantha Kāśyapa
· The Story of Foremost Kāśyapa
· The Story of Mounted on an Elephant
· The Story of Saraṇa
· The Mṛgavratins
· The Story of Candrā
· The Kinnara Spirits: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First “Kinnara” Story
· The Second “Kinnara” Story
8. Part Eight
+ 10 sections- 10 sections
· The Story of Pūrṇa
· The Sacrifice
· The Lazy Man
· A Story about Anāthapiṇḍada
· The Humble One
· Padmottama: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First “Padmottama” Story
· The Second “Padmottama” Story
· The Story of Sudarśana
· The Story of Ratnaśikhin
· Wealth
· The Story of Vijaya
9. Part Nine
+ 10 sections- 10 sections
· The Sons
· The Crevasse
· The Ransom
· The Attack
· Trapped
· The Partridge
· Father, or The Story of Sudarśana
· The Bandits
· The Piśācas
· The Story of Head of Indra
10. Part Ten
+ 10 sections- 10 sections
· Śakra
· The King
· The Hunter
· The Story of Deluded
· The Brahmin: Three Stories
+ 3 sections- 3 sections
· The First “Brahmin” Story
· The Second “Brahmin” Story
· The Third “Brahmin” Story
· The Story of the Householder Govinda
· The Quarrel
· The Nāga (2)
· Two Stories about King Śibi
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First Story about King Śibi
· The Second Story of King Śibi
· Kauśāmbī
ab. Abbreviations
n. Notes
b. Bibliography
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· Source Texts
· Works Cited
+ 3 sections- 3 sections
· Sanskrit Works
· Tibetan Works
· Secondary Sources
g. Glossary

s.

Summary

s.­1

The sūtra The Hundred Deeds, whose title could also be translated as The Hundred Karmas, is a collection of stories known as avadāna‍—a narrative genre widely represented in the Sanskrit Buddhist literature and its derivatives‍—comprising more than 120 individual texts. It includes narratives of Buddha Śākyamuni’s notable deeds and foundational teachings, the stories of other well-known Buddhist figures, and a variety of other tales featuring people from all walks of ancient Indian life and beings from all six realms of existence. The texts sometimes include stretches of verse. In the majority of the stories the Buddha’s purpose in recounting the past lives of one or more individuals is to make definitive statements about the karmic ripening of actions across multiple lifetimes, and the sūtra is perhaps the best known of the many works in the Kangyur on this theme.


ac.

Acknowledgements

ac.­1

Translated by Dr. Lozang Jamspal (International Buddhist College, Thailand) and Kaia Fischer of the Tibetan Classics Translators Guild of New York (TCTGNY). Introduction by Nathan Mitchell, with additional material by the 84000 editorial team.

ac.­2

Warm thanks to Dr. Tom Tillemans, Dr. John Canti, Dr. James Gentry, Adam Krug, Ven. Konchog Norbu, Janna White, and all the readers and editors at 84000, for their wisdom; to Huang Jing Rui, Amy Ang, and the entire administration and staff at 84000, for their compassion; to readers Dr. Irene Cannon-Geary, Dr. Natalie M. Griffin, Tom Griffin, Norman Guberman, Margot Jarrett, Dr. David Kittay, Dr. Susan Landesman, Megan Mook, and Dr. Toy-Fung Tung, as well as to every member of TCTGNY, for their diligence and sincerity; to Caithlin De Marrais, Tinka Harvard, Laren McClung, and Erin Sperry, for their adept revisions to passages of verse; to Dr. Paul Hackett, for his linguistic and technical expertise; to Dr. Tenzin Robert Thurman and the late Prof. Dr. Michael Hahn, for their insight; to Dr. Lauran Hartley, for her capable assistance in researching the introduction; to Dr. Donald J. LaRocca, for his thoughtful clarification of terms pertaining to arms and armor; and to Jennifer E. Fischer, for her generosity in formatting the translation.

ac.­3

Special thanks to Ven. Wei Wu and all of the students, faculty, and staff of the International Buddhist College, Thailand, for their warm welcome of the senior translator Dr. Jamspal, and to Cynthia H. Wong, for her kindheartedness toward the junior translator Kaia Fischer.

ac.­4

Through the devoted attention of all may the Buddhadharma smile upon us for countless ages, safeguarded by knowledge of the classical Tibetan language.

The translation was completed under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.


ac.­5

Work on this translation was rendered possible by the generous donations of a number of sponsors: Zhou Tian Yu, Chen Yi Qin, Irene Tillman, Archie Kao and Zhou Xun; 恒基伟业投资发展集团有限公司,李英、李杰、李明、李一全家; Thirty, Twenty and family; and Ye Kong, Helen Han, Karen Kong and family. Their help is most gratefully acknowledged.


i.

Introduction

i.­1

The Hundred Deeds1 is a collection of stories or avadāna, a narrative genre widely represented in the Sanskrit Buddhist literature and its derivatives. The term avadāna can be analyzed and understood in several ways.2 One common interpretation is “legend,” but that understanding is perhaps too rigid, as well as too romantic, for what could be described as religious or spiritual biography.3 The general intention of avadāna literature is to elicit faith and devotion in the reader through an object lesson in karmic cause and effect: how, for example, a noble act motivated by faith and devotion toward the Three Jewels (Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha), or toward another object of veneration, yields a good result, while the result of an ignoble act is dreadful. Historically, the specific functions of avadāna literature were to propagate Buddhism and to provide inspiration and preliminary education in the Dharma, particularly for laypersons and the recently ordained.4 It can still perform these functions today.


Text Body

The Translation
The Hundred Deeds

p.

Prologue

[V73] [F.1.b] [B1]


p.­1

I prostrate to the All-Knowing One.

p.­2
Listen well, for I have heard
Of a doorway whence we may discern
The world-guru, Gone to Bliss,
Who wishes nothing but our benefit,
As he parcels out a full account
To those who wandered in, confused,
From the vast, bleak wood of wrongful views.
His sacred speech, so sound and sweet‍—
This sūtra‍—is The Hundred Deeds.
p.­3
A General Outline of the Text
Part One: “The Dog,” and Other Stories
Part Two: “The Chariot,” and Other Stories
Part Three: “The Story of Kacaṅkalā,” and Other Stories
Part Four: “The Story of Maitrībala,” and Other Stories
Part Five: “The Story of Virūpa,” and Other Stories
Part Six: “The Bird,” and Other Stories
Part Seven: “The Story of Paṅgu,” and Other Stories
Part Eight: “The Story of Pūrṇa,” and Other Stories
Part Nine: “The Sons,” and Other Stories
Part Ten: “Śakra,” and Other Stories

1.

Part One

1.­1
1. The Dog
2. The Story of Little Eyes
3. The Story of Pūraṇa
4. The Person with a Curving Spine: Two Stories
5. The Story of Udayin
6. Victory Banner
7. The Story of Kṣemā
8. The Story of Maṇiprabha
9. The Story of Jasmine
10. Give It to Me!
11. The Story of She Who Gathers
12. The Tailor

The Dog

1.­2

[F.2.a] When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī there lived a certain householder, prosperous and wealthy, a person of vast and magnificent means, endowed with the wealth of Vaiśravaṇa‍—with wealth to rival Vaiśravaṇa’s‍—who was fond of philosophical extremists.

The Story of Little Eyes

The Story of Pūraṇa

The Person with a Curving Spine: Two Stories

The First Story about “The Person with a Curving Spine”

The Second Story About “The Person with a Curving Spine”

The Story of Udayin

Victory Banner

The Story of Kṣemā

The Story of Maṇiprabha

The Story of Jasmine

Give It to Me!

The Story of She Who Gathers

The Tailor


2.

Part Two

2.­1
1. The Chariot: Four Stories
2. The Story of Earnest
3. The Story of Gopā
4. The Story of Keśinī
5. The Story of Lotus Color
6. The Butcher
7. The Story of Golden Color [F.52.b]
8. The Cowherds
9. A Band of Friends
10. The Story of Abhaya
11. The Story of Lake of Jewels
12. The Story of Wealth’s Delight
13. The Bear: Two Stories
14. The Story of Small Person with a Curving Spine
15. The Rākṣasa

The Chariot: Four Stories

The First “Chariot” Story

2.­2

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, there lived a certain brahmin who wished to perform a ritual offering, so he climbed onto his chariot and rode into Śrāvastī. That morning, when the Blessed One donned his lower garment and Dharma robes, and, carrying his alms bowl, went for alms in Śrāvastī, the brahmin was filled with joy, circumambulated the Blessed One, and departed. At that moment, the Blessed One smiled.

The Second “Chariot” Story

The Third “Chariot” Story

The Fourth “Chariot” Story

The Story of Earnest

The Story of Gopā

The Story of Keśinī

The Story of Lotus Color

The Butcher

The Story of Golden Color

The Cowherds

A Band of Friends

The Story of Abhaya

The Story of Lake of Jewels

The Story of Wealth’s Delight

The Bear: Two Stories

The First Story of the Bear

The Second Story of the Bear

The Story of Small Person with a Curving Spine

The Rākṣasa


3.

Part Three

3.­1
1. The Story of Kacaṅkalā
2. The Story of Kaineya
3. The Betrothal of the Bride: Two Stories
4. Cuts: Two Stories
5. Being Devoured
6. The Story of Nandaka
7. Chunks of Meat
8. The One Who Thought He Saw His Son
9. The Farmer
10. Death
11. A Story about Kokālika
12. The Tired Man
13. Morsel

The Story of Kacaṅkalā

3.­2

When the Blessed One was staying in Otalā Forest in Otalā, one morning he donned his lower garment and Dharma robes, and, carrying his alms bowl, went for alms in the villages of Otalā. At that time there was a certain woman who had taken a pot and gone out for water. From a distance, she saw that the Blessed One was beautiful, pleasing, his senses were at peace, his heart at peace, and his mind absolutely serene. He was as shining and radiant as a golden pillar.

The Story of Kaineya

The Betrothal of the Bride: Two Stories

The First “Betrothal of the Bride” Story

The Second “Betrothal of the Bride” Story

Cuts: Two Stories

The First “Cut” Story

The Second “Cut” Story

Being Devoured

The Story of Nandaka

Chunks of Meat

The One Who Thought He Saw His Son

The Farmer

Death

A Story about Kokālika

The Tired Man

Morsel


4.

Part Four

4.­1
1. The Story of Maitrībala
2. The Dark Storm
3. Ants: Two Stories [F.177.a]
4. The Lay of the Land108
5. The Story of Āraṇyaka
6. The Elephant
7. The Nāga (1)
8. The Story of Siṃha
9. The Schism in the Saṅgha
10. The Dark Forest
11. The One Who Heard

The Story of Maitrībala

4.­2

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, the following took place‍—providing a statement additional to the life story of Wealth’s Delight in explaining how the events of The Sūtra of the Setting in Motion of the Wheel of Dharma came about.109

The Dark Storm

Ants: Two Stories

The First “Ant” Story

The Second “Ant” Story

The Lay of the Land

The Story of Āraṇyaka

The Elephant

The Nāga (1)

The Story of Siṃha

The Schism in the Saṅgha

The Dark Forest

The One Who Heard


5.

Part Five

5.­1
1. The Story of Virūpa
2. The Story of Kṣemaṅkara
3. The Young Untouchable
4. The Story of Subhadra the Charioteer124
5. The Story of Sahadeva
6. The Bull
7. The Story of Good Compassion
8. The Story of Fleshy
9. The Story of Black
10. The Story of Iṣudhara
11. The Man Who Was Trampled
12. The Story of Jackal

The Story of Virūpa

5.­2

As the Blessed One was traveling through the countryside in the land of Garga, he came to Mount Śiśumāri and stayed there in the deer park in The Terrifying Forest. On Mount Śiśumāri there lived a certain householder, prosperous and wealthy, a person of vast and magnificent means, endowed with the wealth of Vaiśravaṇa‍—with wealth to rival Vaiśravaṇa’s. He took a wife of the same caste, and as they enjoyed themselves and coupled, one day his wife conceived. After nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child who was ugly in eighteen different ways. [F.205.a]

The Story of Kṣemaṅkara

The Young Untouchable

The Story of Subhadra the Charioteer

The Story of Sahadeva

The Bull

The Story of Good Compassion

The Story of Fleshy

The Story of Black

The Story of Iṣudhara

The Man Who Was Trampled

The Story of Jackal


6.

Part Six

6.­1
1. The Bird: Two Stories
2. The Story of Majestic Body
3. The Teacher
4. A Story about Kāśyapa
5. A Story about Ānanda
6. The Story of Son of Grasping
7. The Story of Subhadra the Mendicant150
8. The Worthy of Offerings Litany
9. Latecomers: Two Stories

The Bird: Two Stories

The First Bird Story

6.­2

Once, when the Blessed One was staying at Vulture Peak Mountain in Rājagṛha teaching the Dharma amid a company of hundreds, from Gandhamādana Mountain a certain peacock named Beautiful to See came gliding through the sky over the garden of Prince Jeta.151 The bird overheard the Blessed One teaching the Dharma as he sat amid the company of hundreds, which inspired him to descend to the earth and alight at the feet of the Blessed One.

The Second Bird Story

The Story of Majestic Body

The Teacher

A Story about Kāśyapa

A Story about Ānanda

The Story of Son of Grasping

The Story of Subhadra the Mendicant

The Worthy of Offerings Litany

Latecomers to the Dharma: Two Stories

The First “Latecomer” Story

The Second “Latecomer” Story


7.

Part Seven

7.­1
1. The Story of Paṅgu
2. Bhādra
3. The Blind Man
4. The Story of Nirgrantha Kāśyapa
5. The Story of Foremost Kāśyapa
6. The Story of Mounted on an Elephant
7. The Story of Saraṇa
8. The Mṛgavratins
9. The Story of Candrā
10. The Kinnara Spirits: Two Stories

The Story of Paṅgu

7.­2

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, there lived a certain householder who, when the time came for him to marry, took a wife. As they enjoyed themselves and coupled, one day his wife conceived. After nine or ten months had passed she gave birth to a child. The upper part of the child’s body was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful, but the limbs of his lower body were incomplete.

Bhādra

The Blind Man

The Story of Nirgrantha Kāśyapa

The Story of Foremost Kāśyapa

The Story of Mounted on an Elephant

The Story of Saraṇa

The Mṛgavratins

The Story of Candrā

The Kinnara Spirits: Two Stories

The First “Kinnara” Story

The Second “Kinnara” Story


8.

Part Eight

8.­1
1. The Story of Pūrṇa
2. The Sacrifice
3. The Lazy Man
4. A Story about Anāthapiṇḍada
5. The Humble One
6. Padmottama: Two Stories178
7. The Story of Sudarśana
8. The Story of Ratnaśikhin179
9. Wealth
10. The Story of Vijaya180

The Story of Pūrṇa

8.­2

When the Blessed One was in in Rājagṛha, in a remote mountain village in a valley to the south there lived a certain great, high brahmin. He was prosperous and wealthy, a person of vast and magnificent means, endowed with the wealth of Vaiśravaṇa‍—with wealth to rival Vaiśravaṇa’s. He had a loving nature, was compassionate, loved beings like a parent loves their child, and cared deeply for all beings. His name was Pūrṇa.

The Sacrifice

The Lazy Man

A Story about Anāthapiṇḍada

The Humble One

Padmottama: Two Stories

The First “Padmottama” Story

The Second “Padmottama” Story

The Story of Sudarśana

The Story of Ratnaśikhin

Wealth

The Story of Vijaya


9.

Part Nine

9.­1
1. The Sons
2. The Crevasse
3. The Ransom
4. The Attack
5. Trapped
6. The Partridge
7. Father, or The Story of Sudarśana189
8. The Bandits
9. The Piśācas
10. The Story of Head of Indra

The Sons

9.­2

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, there lived a certain brahmin. When the time came for him to marry he took a wife, and as they enjoyed themselves and coupled, one day his wife conceived. After nine or ten months had passed she gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. At the elaborate feast celebrating his birth they named him according to their clan. They reared him on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids.

9.­3

Now desires are like salt water‍—the more you use to slake your thirst, the more you need. Over time, the brahmin eventually had one, and then two, and so on, up to seven sons. They named them according to their clan, and raised them on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and [F.50.b] milk solids.

9.­4

As they grew up they studied letters, brahminical customs and conduct, the syllables oṃ and bho, ritual purity, ritual actions, the collection of ashes, holding the ritual vase, the Ṛg Veda, the Yajur Veda, the Sāma Veda, the Atharva Veda, how to perform sacrificial rites, how to lead others in performing sacrificial rites, how to give and receive offerings, recitation, and recitation instruction. Trained in these procedures, they became masters of the six types of brahminical activities.

9.­5

One day the brahmin gave his home to his sons, apportioning what wealth was in the house and distributing it among them. Then, after the brahmin’s wife died and the brahmin himself had become old and could no longer see, they threw him out of the house, so he frequented others’ houses, and sustained himself by begging.

9.­6

The blessed buddhas, teachers of the one path to be traversed, with mastery over wisdom and the two types of knowable objects, in command of the three kinds of sterling equanimity, fearless by means of the fourfold fearlessness, freed from migration through the five destinies, keen in the six sense bases, practiced in the seven limbs of enlightenment, focused on the eight liberations, absorbed in the nine successive meditative absorptions, possessing all ten of the ten powers, whose proclamations are the great roaring of a perfect lion, by nature regard the world with their buddha eyes six times throughout the day and night‍—three times by day and three times by night.

9.­7

These are their thoughts as they look out in wisdom: “Who is in decline? Who will flourish? Who is destitute? Who is in a dreadful state? Who is being harmed? Who is destitute, in a dreadful state, and being harmed? Who is veering toward the lower realms? Who is descending through the lower realms? Who has descended to the lower realms? Whom shall I pull up from the lower realms, and establish in the resultant state of heaven and liberation? [F.51.a] Whom, mired in misdeeds, shall I lift up by the hand? Whom, lacking the seven jewels of the noble ones, shall I lead to command of the seven jewels of the noble ones? Whom, not having produced roots of virtue, shall I lead to produce them? Whom, having already produced roots of virtue, shall I lead to ripen their roots of virtue? Whom, having already ripened their roots of virtue, shall I slice open with the blade of wisdom? For whom shall I cause this world, adorned with a buddha’s presence, to be fruitful?”

9.­8
The ocean, home of creatures fierce,
Could fail to send its tides on time.
But when the time has come to tame
Their offspring, buddhas never fail.
9.­9

The Blessed One thought, “The time has now come to tame those brahmins.”190 In the morning the Blessed One donned his lower garment and Dharma robes, and, carrying his alms bowl, he went for alms in Śrāvastī. As the Blessed One was walking through Śrāvastī, he saw a brahmin, aged and infirm, carrying a walking stick and bowl, begging at the houses of others. The Blessed One spoke to him, saying, “Brahmin, you are aged and infirm. Why is it you carry a walking stick and bowl, and beg at others’ houses?”

9.­10

“Oh, Gautama,” the brahmin replied, “I had seven sons. I made sure they were cared for and raised well, and that their education was complete. And after I arranged for their marriages,191 apportioned among them what wealth was in the house, and gave it to them, they threw me out of the house. That’s why I carry a walking stick and bowl, and go about begging at others’ houses.”

9.­11

The Blessed One asked the brahmin, “Brahmin, would you be able to learn some verses from me, and when you’ve learned them all, to proclaim them to all your sons?”

“Yes, Gautama, I can do that,” [F.51.b] replied the brahmin.

9.­12

Thereupon the Blessed One spoke these verses to him:

“Those at whose birth I was happy,
For whom I saved up all my wealth,
And whose weddings I arranged192
Have now driven me from home.
9.­13
“While using up my wealth,
They cast me out.193
Monsters all, parading as sons‍—
Still I have not forgotten their cries of ‘Papa!’194
9.­14
“My youth has faded,
Like an old horse who’s lost his strength.
An aged father of young men,
I beg at other’s houses.
9.­15
“Since my sons are no support,
I’ve taken up this stick instead.
With its help
I fend off cattle and move along,
9.­16
“Warding off the snakes and dogs,
Walking on in darkness,
Counting my paces in fear,
And when I stumble, it’s my sole support.”
9.­17

After the brahmin had heard these verses from the Blessed One, he went and related them to his sons. When they heard him, they begged his forgiveness at once and made him master of the house again.

9.­18

One day the brahmin thought, “Whatever glory and fortune I have is all by the grace of the Blessed Gautama, so I will offer the Blessed Gautama food and very costly robes.” So the brahmin extended an invitation to the Blessed One, offering him many good, wholesome foods, and presenting him with very valuable clothes. Then the Blessed One taught the brahmin and his sons the Dharma particularly suited to them. When they heard it, the brahmin and his sons destroyed with the thunderbolt of wisdom the twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection, and manifested the resultant state of stream entry right where they sat.

9.­19

After seeing the truths, they rose from their seats, drew down the right shoulder of their upper garments, bowed toward the Blessed One [F.52.a] with palms pressed together, and requested the Blessed One, “Lord, if permitted we wish to go forth in the Dharma and Vinaya so well spoken, complete our novitiates, and achieve full ordination. In the presence of the Blessed One, we too wish to practice the holy life.”

9.­20

With the words “Come, join me, monks!” the Blessed One led them to go forth as novices, conferred on them full ordination, and instructed them. Casting away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, they manifested arhatship.

9.­21

“Lord,” the monks requested of the Blessed One, “tell us why this brahmin, aged and infirm, was thrown out of his house by his sons, and the Blessed One, possessed of skillful means, restored him to his former condition and established him in the unsurpassed, supreme welfare of nirvāṇa.”

9.­22

“Not only now,” the Blessed One explained, “but in times past as well, and in the same way, this brahmin was thrown out of his house by his sons, and I restored him to his former condition and established him in the four meditative states and the five superknowledges. Listen well!

9.­23

“Monks, in times gone by, in the city of Campā there lived a certain householder who over time had seven children. When they had grown and been educated in the eight types of examination, the householder gave his home to his sons, apportioning among them all that he possessed and giving it to them. When the householder had become old and could no longer see, they threw him out of the house, so he gathered up his few things and went to another country.

9.­24

“At that time there lived in a place devoted to austerities a certain sage, a person of great miracles and great power. [F.52.b] Seeing the householder nearing his place devoted to austerities, the sage said, ‘Householder, you are aged and infirm. Why are you traveling in a foreign land?’

9.­25

“The householder related the story to him in detail, whereupon the sage said, ‘Householder, I shall make it so your children venerate and serve you no matter what.’ The sage brought the householder back to his own dwelling and taught the householder’s sons the Dharma particularly suited to them, such that the sons welcomed their father back to the house and restored things to the way they were. To repay his previous kindness, the householder offered food to the sage and went forth in his presence. After he had gone forth in his presence, he generated the four meditative states and five superknowledges.

9.­26

“O monks, what do you think? I am the one who was that sage then, and lived the life of a bodhisattva. The one who was that householder then is none other than this brahmin. Those who were his sons then are none other than his sons today. At that time he was aged and infirm, and thrown out of his house, and I, possessed of skillful means, restored him to his former condition and placed him in the four meditative states and the five superknowledges. Now as well he is aged and infirm and has been thrown out of his house, and I, possessed of skillful means, have restored him to his former condition and established him in the unsurpassed, supreme welfare of nirvāṇa.

9.­27

“He also went forth in the teaching of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa. After practicing pure conduct all his life then, his faculties ripened, and now he has been liberated.”

The Crevasse

9.­28

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, there lived a certain householder. When the time came for him to marry, he took a wife, and as they [F.53.a] enjoyed themselves and coupled, one day his wife conceived. After nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. At the elaborate feast celebrating his birth, they named him according to their clan.

9.­29

They reared him on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids. As he grew up, he studied letters, tallying, and arithmetic; the study of seals, lending, deposits, and commerce; and the examination of cloth, jewels, gems, incense, medicine, elephants, horses, and arms and armor. He became skilled in writing, skilled at reading, learned, decisive, and industrious, a master of the eight types of examination.

9.­30

One day his father had him join a social club. The members of this social club would argue among themselves about different views and theories, and when they agreed with what someone said they would commend him. The householder’s son was naturally astute. When he questioned everyone’s philosophical systems, some would answer him. But when they answered, he didn’t accept their various views and considered them untenable and incorrect.

One day a lay vow holder spoke correctly in praise of the Buddha, and as soon as the householder’s son heard this, he said, “I’ve never heard the term buddha before. Who is this one you call Buddha?”

9.­31

Then the lay vow holder praised the Buddha in a way that particularly appealed to the householder’s son, causing him to feel a strong desire to see the Blessed One. He left everything behind and went to see the Blessed One, and when he arrived he touched his head to the Blessed One’s feet and sat before him to listen to the Dharma. The Blessed One taught him the Dharma [F.53.b] particularly suited to him, and when he heard it the householder’s son felt joy toward the Blessed One. Then the householder’s son, knowing the Blessed One had completed his discourse, rejoiced, praised all that the Blessed One had said, touched his head to the Blessed One’s feet, and took leave of him.

9.­32

One day he was of a mind to give gifts, but he saw there were no possessions at all in his house. The idea came to him to set out on the great ocean. “If I can complete just one crossing to Ratnadvīpa, it will be easy for me to give gifts and make merit,” he thought, so he loaded up his wares and set out on the great ocean in the company of some five hundred merchants.

9.­33

After he completed his crossing to Ratnadvīpa and was returning to Jambudvīpa, an overpowering gale arose and thrust their great seafaring vessel into a crevasse. As the tides of the great ocean returned, all of the merchants became terrified and cried out, “We’re as good as dead! Our lives are over. Who can console us? Who can save our precious lives?”

9.­34

“Have no fear, have no fear,” said the captain. “Take refuge in the Blessed Buddha. He will grant us refuge from meeting with misfortune, suffering, and harm.” No sooner had the merchants heard this than they all took refuge in the Buddha, saying, “Lord, Blessed One, if there is nothing past, present, or future that you do not see, know, or directly perceive, then heed us now, Lord, grant us refuge from meeting with misfortune, suffering, and harm! Please save our precious lives!”

9.­35

At this the Blessed One [F.54.a] performed a miracle that caused the boat to return back from the crevasse to shore of its own accord. After the merchants had returned to shore, they eventually made their way to Śrāvastī, where they unloaded their wares. After that they went to see the Blessed One. They touched their heads to the Blessed One’s feet, kissed them, and said, “Look at the difficult task the Blessed One has done for us! He has saved our precious lives.” And they sat before the Blessed One to listen to the Dharma.

9.­36

The Blessed One directly apprehended their thoughts, habitual tendencies, temperaments, capacities, and natures, and taught them the Dharma accordingly. Hearing it, the captain and the rest of the five hundred merchants destroyed with the thunderbolt of wisdom the twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection, and manifested the resultant state of stream entry right where they sat.

9.­37

Having seen the truths, they rose from their seats, drew down the right shoulder of their upper garments, bowed toward the Blessed One with palms pressed together, and requested the Blessed One, “Lord, if permitted we wish to go forth in the Dharma and Vinaya so well spoken, complete our novitiates, and achieve full ordination. In the presence of the Blessed One, we too wish to practice the holy life.”

9.­38

With the words “Come, join me, monks!” the Blessed One led them to go forth as novices, conferred on them full ordination, and instructed them. They cast away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, and manifested arhatship. As arhats, free from the attachments of the three realms, their minds regarded gold no differently than filth, and the palms of their hands as like space itself. They became cool like wet sandalwood. Their insight crushed ignorance like an eggshell. They achieved the insights, [F.54.b] superknowledges, and discriminations. They had no regard for worldly profit, passion, or acclaim. They became objects of offering, veneration, and respectful address by Indra, Upendra, and the other gods.

9.­39

“Lord,” the monks requested of the Blessed Buddha, “tell us why the five hundred merchants entrusted themselves to the captain, and the Blessed One granted them refuge from fear and established them in the unsurpassed, supreme welfare of nirvāṇa.”

9.­40

“Not only now,” the Blessed One explained, “but in times past as well, and in the same way, all five hundred merchants entrusted themselves to that captain, and I granted them refuge from fear and placed them in the four meditative states and the five superknowledges. Listen well!

9.­41

“Monks, in times gone by, in the city of Vārāṇasī there lived in a place devoted to austerities a certain sage who had all the five superknowledges, a person of great miracles and great power, whom the inhabitants of Vārāṇasī held in high esteem and revered, and to whom they offered honor and worship.

9.­42

“One day some five hundred merchants who held the sage in high esteem set out on the great ocean. After they completed their crossing to Ratnadvīpa and were returning to Jambudvīpa, their ship ran aground because of the ocean’s tide. They were terrified, and thinking, ‘There’s no way we’ll survive,’ they began praying to the deities. Then the captain said, ‘What need is there to pray to other deities? It’s to the sage we should go for refuge. He will grant us refuge from meeting with misfortune, suffering, and harm. He will save our precious lives.’ No sooner had [F.55.a] the five hundred merchants heard this than all took refuge in the sage.

9.­43

“At this a god who was fond of the sage called out to him, and by means of a miracle the sage pulled all five hundred merchants out of the ocean and set them down in his forest devoted to austerities. The merchants thought, ‘However this happened, the sage is the only reason that we are still alive.’ So they gave gifts and made merit, and went forth in the presence of the sage. After they went forth, they generated the four meditative states and the five superknowledges.

9.­44

“O monks, what do you think? I am the one who was that sage then, and lived the life of a bodhisattva. The ones who were the captain and merchants then are none other than these merchants. At that time they entrusted themselves to the captain, and I granted them refuge from fear and placed them in the four meditative states and five superknowledges. Now as well they have entrusted themselves to the captain, and I have granted them refuge from fear and established them in the unsurpassed, supreme welfare of nirvāṇa.

9.­45

“They also went forth in the teaching of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa. After practicing pure conduct all their lives then, their faculties ripened, and now they have been liberated.”

The Ransom

9.­46

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, there lived a certain householder, prosperous and wealthy, a person of vast and magnificent means, endowed with the wealth of Vaiśravaṇa‍—with wealth to rival Vaiśravaṇa’s. When the time came for him to marry he took a wife, and they enjoyed themselves and coupled. [F.55.b] The householder’s children were never in good health. All those born died, girls and boys alike.

9.­47

The householder’s spiritual friend, Venerable Aniruddha, led the householder to take refuge and maintain the fundamental precepts, to give gifts, and to share what he had. One day the householder’s wife conceived, and after nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. As the householder thought, “How can we ensure that this child will have a long life?” the thought occurred to him, “Noble Aniruddha is renowned as a person of great miracles and merit. If I grant him my son as an attendant, perhaps his power will ensure the boy’s longevity.” So the child’s parents granted him to Venerable Aniruddha.

9.­48

Every day the child was led into the garden of Prince Jeta, where he was placed in monks’ care, dressed as a monk, and went with the monks for alms. When the child had come into his own, the householder invited the Buddha and the rest of the saṅgha of monks to his house and by his own hand he contented them with many good, wholesome foods, proffering all that they wished. He then offered up much gold and silver in exchange for having kept the boy safe. After the Blessed One had instructed, encouraged, inspired, and delighted the householder with a discourse on the Dharma he rose from his seat and departed.

9.­49

When the Blessed One had gone, the householder removed the young man’s colorful Dharma robes and dressed him in the clothing and accoutrements of a householder. But as he did so, the householders’ clothing he had on disappeared and the colorful religious robes returned. Finally, unable to have his clothes changed, [F.56.a] he stayed in monks’ dress and they cared for him all the same. There at home, in the company of five hundred friends of the same age, they educated him in letters and composition.

9.­50

The householder’s son was unhappy at home, needless to speak of elsewhere. He wished only to return to the monastery, so the householder brought him to the monastery and he was raised there. After he had realized all the scriptures there in the monastery, he still had no desire to return home. He manifested the resultant state of stream entry there in the monastery. After seeing the truths, he asked for his parents’ permission and went forth in the presence of Venerable Aniruddha, who conferred on him full ordination, and instructed him. Casting away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, he manifested arhatship.

9.­51

After achieving arhatship, he wondered, “Whom might I tame?” He looked out, and he saw that he could tame his parents, as well as his five hundred friends of the same age. So he disappeared from the garden of Prince Jeta, and right there in front of his parents burst forth from the floor of their house. Upon seeing this, his parents felt a surge of joy toward him, and sat before him to listen to the Dharma.

9.­52

He directly apprehended their thoughts, habitual tendencies, temperaments, capacities, and natures, and taught them the Dharma accordingly. When they heard it, his parents destroyed with the thunderbolt of wisdom the twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection, and manifested the resultant state of stream entry right where they sat. Once they saw the truths, he inspired them to go for refuge, established them in the fundamental precepts, and encouraged them to give gifts and to share what they had, until their home became like an open well for those in need. [F.56.b] After that he led his five hundred friends of the same age to go for refuge and established them in the fundamental precepts.

9.­53

“Lord,” the monks inquired of the Blessed One, “what action did the householder’s son take that ripened into his birth into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth; that he pleased the Blessed One, did not displease him, went forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship; and that by entrusting themselves to him both his parents and his friends of the same age saw the truths, and likewise pleased the Blessed One, and did not displease him?”

“It came about by the power of their prayers,” replied the Blessed One.

9.­54

“Lord, where did they make these prayers?”

“Monks,” recounted the Blessed One, “in times past, in this fortunate eon, when people lived as long as twenty thousand years, and the totally and completely awakened buddha endowed with perfect knowledge and perfect conduct, the blessed one, the knower of the world, the tamer of persons, the charioteer, the unsurpassed one, the teacher of humans and gods, the blessed buddha known as Kāśyapa was in the world, there lived a certain householder in the city of Vārāṇasī.

9.­55

“One day a child was born to him who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. When he grew up he found faith in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa, went for refuge, and took the fundamental precepts. On the day he was born five hundred children were born to other householders as well. When they had grown and been educated in the eight types of examination, each of their parents had them join a social club.

9.­56

“One day in the spring [F.57.a] the social club wished to go out into the gardens, where the tree branches had thickened and the flowers were in bloom. The young man’s friends of the same age wished to send him on ahead, so they told him, ‘You run on ahead to prepare the food and drink, and we’ll follow after we finish some work here.’ So he went on ahead and prepared many good, wholesome foods.

9.­57

“As the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa and his disciples were passing through the area on their way for alms in Vārāṇasī, the boy saw the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa and his disciples from a distance. Upon seeing him he thought, ‘One so supremely worthy of offerings, traveling about for alms! I could prepare food and drink for him with little difficulty. I will offer a meal to the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa and his disciples first. After that I shall prepare my friends’ food and drink.’

9.­58

“With this thought he invited the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa and his disciples into the garden, and after he contented them with many good, wholesome foods, proffering all that they wished, he sat before them to listen to the Dharma. After the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa had instructed, encouraged, inspired, and delighted him with a discourse on the Dharma he rose from his seat and departed.

9.­59

“The young man then began to prepare other food and drink for his social club. The social club arrived in the garden and heard him say, ‘I offered all the food and drink that was prepared for us to the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa and his disciples.’ [F.57.b] As soon as they heard this, they began to seethe with anger, and in their anger prepared to kill the young man.

9.­60

“The young man was terrified, so he fled to Ṛṣivadana where he begged his parents, ‘Mother, Father, please pacify this quarrel!’ They were unable to do so, so the young man asked for his parents’ permission and went forth in the teaching of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa. Having gone forth, he studied the Tripiṭaka and became a proponent of the Dharma with all the eloquence of his wisdom and freedom. He led his parents to go for refuge and maintain the fundamental precepts, to give gifts, and to share what they had.

9.­61

“When the social club saw that he had gone forth they experienced regret and thought, ‘We have done something wrong.’ They bowed down at his feet, asked his forgiveness, went for refuge, and received the fundamental precepts from him.

9.­62

“One day the monk fell ill. He was treated with medicinal roots, stems, leaves, flowers, and fruits, but he could not be cured. At the time of his death, he prayed, ‘While I may not have attained any great virtues, still I have gone forth like this in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa and practiced pure conduct all my life. By this root of virtue, wherever I am born, may it be into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth. May I please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. Going forth in his doctrine alone may I cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship.’

9.­63

“His parents and his social club sat before him, and when they heard him they [F.58.a] too began to pray, ‘Entrusting ourselves to you alone, may we too please and not displease the Blessed One.’

9.­64

“O monks, what do you think? The one who was that monk and Tripiṭaka master then is none other than this householder’s son. The ones who were his parents then are none other than his parents now. The ones who were in that social club are now his five hundred friends of the same age. The acts of practicing pure conduct all his life and saying that prayer at the time of his death ripened such that wherever he was born, it was into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth.

9.­65

“So it is, monks, now that I myself have become the very equal of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa‍—equal in strength, equal in deeds, and equal in skillful means‍—that he has pleased me, not displeased me, gone forth in my very doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship.

9.­66

“At that time his parents and the social club also said that prayer, and so it is that now they have pleased me, and not displeased me.” [B32]

The Attack

9.­67

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, two mighty, agile, and ferocious lions lived at the border between Kośala and Magadha. While they stayed there they killed a great many people and cut off all passage along the road so that no one was able to travel by it.

9.­68

The blessed buddhas, teachers of the one path to be traversed, with mastery over wisdom and the two types of knowable objects, in command of the three kinds of sterling equanimity, [F.58.b] fearless by means of the fourfold fearlessness, freed from migration through the five destinies, keen in the six sense bases, practiced in the seven limbs of enlightenment, focused on the eight liberations, absorbed in the nine successive meditative absorptions, possessing all ten of the ten powers, whose proclamations are the great roaring of a perfect lion, by nature regard the world with their buddha eyes six times throughout the day and night‍—three times by day and three times by night.

9.­69

These are their thoughts as they look out in wisdom: “Who is in decline? Who will flourish? Who is destitute? Who is in a dreadful state? Who is being harmed? Who is destitute, in a dreadful state, and being harmed? Who is veering toward the lower realms? Who is descending through the lower realms? Who has descended to the lower realms? Whom shall I pull up from the lower realms, and establish in the resultant state of heaven and liberation? Whom, mired in misdeeds, shall I lift up by the hand? Whom, lacking the seven jewels of the noble ones, shall I lead to command of the seven jewels of the noble ones? Whom, not having produced roots of virtue, shall I lead to produce them? Whom, having already produced roots of virtue, shall I lead to ripen their roots of virtue? Whom, having already ripened their roots of virtue, shall I slice open with the blade of wisdom? For whom shall I cause this world, adorned with a buddha’s presence, to be fruitful?”

9.­70
The ocean, home of creatures fierce,
Could fail to send its tides on time.
But when the time has come to tame
Their offspring, buddhas never fail.
9.­71

The Blessed Buddha saw the time had come to tame the two lions. He spoke to Venerable Ānanda, instructing him, “Ānanda, go and give the message to the monks that the Tathāgata will travel to Magadha. Inform them that those who wish to travel with the Tathāgata should prepare their robes.” [F.59.a] After having stayed there during the rains, the Blessed One then set out for Rājagṛha, surrounded and escorted by an assembly of monks. In going for alms they eventually came to the lions’ forest den. The two lions were ranging about in search of food, and when they happened upon the monks, they prepared to attack.

9.­72

Out of compassion for them both, the Blessed One took his place in front of them. The lions saw the Blessed One from a distance, and upon seeing him their fury disappeared and they felt a surge of joy toward the Blessed One. They approached the Blessed One, touched their heads to his feet, and sat gazing at his countenance. Then the Blessed One spoke to them, saying, “My friends, you have taken birth in the lower realms because of your past wrongful ways. Even now you are creating nothing but such causes.

9.­73

“So it is, my friends: all compounded things are impermanent. All phenomena are selfless. Nirvāṇa is peace.195 Let your mind be filled with joy at the thought of me, and you may even be released from rebirth in the animal realm.” Having spoken thus, the Blessed One departed.

9.­74

Upon hearing this Dharma from the Blessed One, the two lions were pleased. Those who take birth in the animal realms are predisposed to feelings of warmth, so when they passed away, filled with joy at the thought of the Blessed One, they took rebirth among the god realms.

9.­75

Now when young gods and goddesses are born they possess three different types of innate knowledge. They know (1) whence they have died and transmigrated, (2) where they have been born, and (3) why they have taken birth there.

9.­76

They saw that when they had died as animals, filled with joy at the thought of the Blessed One, they transmigrated and took rebirth as gods. Then they [F.59.b] thought, “It’s been a whole day since we approached the Blessed One and offered him our respect. This isn’t proper of us. Not a day should pass without our seeing the Blessed One.”

9.­77

So the young gods who formerly were lions decorated themselves with earrings, garlands, and strings of precious stones, put on crowns decorated with various types of precious jewels, and perfumed their bodies with saffron, tamala, spṛka, and other herbs. That night they filled the front of their long shirts with divine blue lotus, lotus, white water lily, white lotus, and mandārava flowers. Then, appearing amid a great light in the garden of Prince Jeta, they scattered the flowers over the Blessed One, touched their heads to the Blessed One’s feet, and sat before him to listen to the Dharma.

Then the Blessed One taught them the Dharma particularly suited to them, and upon hearing the Dharma they saw the truths. After they had seen the truths they went back to where they belonged.

9.­78

The monks, having noticed the great rays of light spreading forth from the garden of Prince Jeta, inquired of the Blessed One, “Blessed One, what was this? Last night, did Sahāṃpati Brahmā, or Śakra, King of the Gods‍—or perhaps the four great kings, or some other young god of great miracles and great power‍—come to offer respect to the Blessed One?”

9.­79

“Monks,” the Blessed One told them, “last night it was neither Sahāṃpati Brahmā, nor Śakra, King of the Gods, nor the four great kings, nor some other young god of great miracles and great power who came to see me. Monks, did you see the two lions who attacked us from that deep forest den?”

“Yes, Lord, we saw them,” they replied. [F.60.a]

9.­80

The Blessed One then explained, “I taught them the Dharma, and upon hearing the Dharma from me they were pleased, whereupon they died, transmigrated, and took rebirth among the gods. As gods they came to me and I taught them the Dharma. Having heard the Dharma from me they saw the truths, and having seen the truths they went back to where they belonged.”

9.­81

“Lord,” the monks requested of the Blessed Buddha, “tell us why the Blessed One purified the hostility of those two lions and led them to attain the god realms and liberation, dispelling the fears of two countries.”

“Not only now,” the Blessed One explained, “but in times past as well I purged them of hostility and placed them in the four meditative states and the five superknowledges, dispelling the fears of two countries. Listen well!

9.­82

“Monks, in times gone by, King Brahmadatta reigned in the city of Kāśi, and King Mahendrasena reigned in the city of Videha. The two did not agree with one another, and from time to time a great many people were killed.

“One day they arrayed the four divisions of their armies, and, wishing to wage war, they hunkered down at the border of their two countries. A certain sage who had all the five superknowledges and was a person of great miracles and great power lived in a place devoted to austerities near where they were hunkered down. Out of compassion for both of the kings, he traveled through the sky to sit between them on the border. Upon seeing the sage, their fury disappeared, and instead they were filled with the greatest admiration for the sage. In joy they asked the sage, ‘Sage, what advice can you grant us?’

9.­83

“The sage said to them, ‘You must purge all your hostility.’

“The two kings replied, [F.60.b] ‘As you wish, sage,’ and, coming to an agreement, they bowed down at the sage’s feet and sat before him to listen to the Dharma. Then the sage taught them the Dharma particularly suited to them, and the kings ceded their thrones to their children, went forth in the presence of that very sage, and generated the four meditative states and the five superknowledges.

9.­84

“O monks, what do you think? I am the one who was that sage then, and lived the life of a bodhisattva. Those who were King Brahmadatta of Kāśi and King Mahendrasena of Videha are none other than those two lions. At that time I rid them of hostility and placed them in the four meditative states and the five superknowledges. Now as well I have rid them of hostility and led them to the god realms and liberation.”

9.­85

“Lord,” the monks inquired, “what action did they take that ripened into their birth as lions? What action did they take that, after they died, they transmigrated and took rebirth among the gods, and that they pleased the Blessed One, and did not displease him?”

9.­86

“Monks,” the Blessed One replied, “it was partly their past actions, and it is partly their present actions as well. What were their past actions? As lay vow holders in the teaching of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa, lacking discernment they spoke in anger to many people, calling them animals. Then, after going for refuge and keeping the fundamental precepts all their lives, at the time of their deaths they prayed, ‘May I please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha.’ [F.61.a]

9.­87

“O monks, what do you think? The ones who were the lay vow holders then are none other than these lions. The act of calling many people animals ripened into their births as animals. Then they went for refuge and maintained the fundamental precepts, and said that prayer at the time of their deaths.

9.­88

“So it is, monks, now that I myself have become the very equal of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa‍—equal in strength, equal in deeds, and equal in skillful means‍—that they have pleased me and not displeased me. These were their past actions.

9.­89

“What are their present actions? As lions, because they were filled with joy at the thought of me, they took birth among the gods. These are their present actions.”

Trapped

9.­90

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, there were certain hunters in the forests of Śrāvastī who had set out many nets, machine traps, and pit traps196 to hunt deer, and managed to catch a great number of deer. In the morning they rose and went to the forest, and when they saw the deer they had caught, they began to shoot and kill them with arrows, until only a few remained.

9.­91

At that time the Blessed One was traveling through the region, and the deer and the hunters all saw the Blessed One from a distance. Upon seeing him they experienced a surge of joy toward the Blessed One. In their joy the hunters approached the Blessed One, and upon their arrival they touched their heads to his feet and sat before him to listen to the Dharma.

9.­92

The Blessed One directly apprehended their thoughts, habitual tendencies, temperaments, capacities, and natures, [F.61.b] taught them the Dharma accordingly, and the hunters manifested the resultant state of stream entry right where they sat. After they saw the truths, they requested the Blessed One, “Lord, if permitted we wish to go forth in the Dharma and Vinaya so well spoken, complete our novitiates, and achieve full ordination. In the presence of the Blessed One, we too wish to practice the holy life.”

9.­93

With the words “Come, join me, monks!” the Blessed One led them to go forth as novices, conferred on them full ordination, and instructed them. They cast away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, and manifested arhatship.

Then, filled with joy at the thought of the Blessed One, the deer died, transmigrated, and took rebirth among the gods.

9.­94

Now when young gods and goddesses are born they possess three different types of innate knowledge. They know (1) whence they have died and transmigrated, (2) where they have been born, and (3) why they have taken birth there.

They saw that when they had died as animals, filled with joy at the thought of the Blessed One, they had transmigrated and taken rebirth as gods. Thereupon they thought, “It’s been a whole day since we went to see the Blessed One. This isn’t proper of us. Not a day should pass without our seeing the Blessed One.”

9.­95

So the young gods who formerly were animals decorated themselves with earrings, garlands, and strings of precious stones, put on crowns decorated with various types of precious jewels, and perfumed their bodies with saffron, tamala, spṛka, and other herbs. That night they filled the front of their long shirts with divine blue lotus, lotus, white water lily, white lotus, and mandārava flowers, and they approached the Blessed One, scattered the divine flowers over the Blessed One, [F.62.a] touched their heads to his feet, and sat before him to listen to the Dharma. The Blessed One taught them the Dharma particularly suited to them, and upon hearing the Dharma they saw the truths. Having seen the truths, they went back to where they belonged.

9.­96

Having noticed the great rays of light spreading forth from the garden of Prince Jeta, the monks inquired of the Blessed One, “Blessed One, what was this? Last night, did Sahāṃpati Brahmā, or Śakra, King of the Gods‍—or perhaps the four great kings, or some other young god of great miracles and great power‍—come to offer respect to the Blessed One?”

9.­97

“Monks,” the Blessed One explained, “last night it was neither Sahāṃpati Brahmā, nor Śakra, King of the Gods, nor the four great kings who came to see me, nor some other young god of great miracles and great power. Monks, did you see the five hundred deer shot and killed with arrows in that deep hollow of the forest?”

“Yes, Blessed One, we saw them,” they replied.

9.­98

“They died filled with joy at the thought of me, transmigrated, and took rebirth among the gods,” said the Blessed One. “As gods they came to see me and I taught them the Dharma. After they had heard the Dharma from me they saw the truths, and having seen the truths they went back to where they belonged.”

9.­99

The monks inquired of the Blessed One, “Lord, what actions did the hunters take that ripened into their births as persons of low class? What actions did the deer take that ripened into their births as deer, and that they pleased the Blessed One and did not displease him?”

9.­100

“All of them went forth in the teaching of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa,” the Blessed One explained. [F.62.b] “As monks they were nothing but quarrelsome, and lacking discernment they called many other monks low class. Others among them called them animals. Those who called them animals took rebirth as animals. Those who called them low class were born as persons of low class. After that they practiced pure conduct all their lives, their faculties ripened, and now they have been liberated.”

The Partridge

9.­101

Once, as the Blessed One was traveling through the countryside with a saṅgha of 1,250 monks, as well as with five hundred merchants and five hundred beggars, they cleared a path in the forest. After the Blessed One had passed through the forest, a great fire began to blaze there, terrifying many. They shouted, “We’re as good as burned! There’s no way we’ll survive!”

The Blessed One saw that many had become terrified, and he approached the travelers and spoke in verse, saying:

9.­102
“May the strength of all the buddhas,
May the strength possessed by the arhats,
May the light of the Buddha-Jewel
Make this pathway free from fire.
9.­103
“May the strength of all the buddhas,
May the strength possessed by the arhats,
May the light of the Dharma-Jewel
Make this pathway free from fire.
9.­104
“May the strength of all the buddhas,
May the strength possessed by the arhats,
May the light of the Saṅgha-Jewel
Make this pathway free from fire.”
9.­105

No sooner had the Blessed One spoken these words than the fire subsided. [F.63.a] The merchants felt a surge of joy toward the Blessed One, and in their joy they sat before the Blessed One to listen to the Dharma.

The Blessed One taught them the Dharma perfectly suited to them, and among the assembled some generated heat. Some generated the peak, or generated the patience in accord with the truths, or generated the highest worldly dharma, or generated the attainment of seeing. Some manifested the resultant state of stream entry. Some manifested the resultant state of once-return. Some manifested the resultant state of non-return. Some went forth and manifested arhatship. Some sowed the seeds to become universal monarchs, some to become great universal monarchs, some to become Indra, some to become Brahmā, some for the enlightenment of the listeners, some for the enlightenment of the solitary buddhas, and some for unexcelled, total, and complete enlightenment. Among the assembled, most found themselves drawn to the Buddha, intent on the Dharma, and favoring the Saṅgha.

9.­106

“Lord,” the monks requested of the Blessed One, “tell us why the Blessed One saved many from perishing in the fire and established them in the unsurpassed, supreme welfare of nirvāṇa.”

“Not only now,” the Blessed One explained, “but in times past as well and in the same way, I saved many animals from perishing in a fire and delivered them to safety. Listen well!

9.­107

“Monks, in times gone by, in a certain forest there lived a great number of birds. In that forest two dry sticks scraped against one another and a fire arose. Those birds [F.63.b] that were able to, fled. Their eggs, and those birds that were not able to flee, were left behind.

9.­108

“At that time there was a bodhisattva who had taken birth as a partridge, and from a distance the bodhisattva saw the approach of the blazing fire. He felt compassion for those living beings and thought, ‘If I make no effort to deliver these beings as they face suffering, how can I lead them from saṃsāra?’ So the bodhisattva wet his wings with water, and as he circled in the sky above the great fire, he shook his wings and said in verse:

9.­109
“ ‘Though they have wings
They cannot fly.
Though they have feet
They cannot run.
9.­110
“ ‘Their parents, flown away, are gone.
Stay put, fire. Stir not.
9.­111
“ ‘If it is true and a true statement
That I have perfectly
Cultivated kindness,
Then stay put, fire. Stir not.’
9.­112

“Then Śakra, King of the Gods, saw that the bodhisattva was disheartened and remained there for the benefit of beings. When he saw this he thought, ‘This is the bodhisattva of our own fortunate eon, who is disheartened and remains there for the benefit of beings. I will help him!’ Then Śakra, King of the Gods, let fall a great rain to quell the fire, and rescued all the beings from the threat of fire.

9.­113

“O monks, what do you think? I am the one who was the partridge then and lived the life of a bodhisattva. Those who were the beings of the forest then are none other than these many persons. At that time I rescued them from the threat of fire and delivered them to safety. Now as well I have rescued them from the threat of fire [F.64.a] and established them in the unsurpassed, supreme welfare of nirvāṇa.

9.­114

“They also went forth in the teaching of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa. Some became monks. Some became lay vow holders. After practicing pure conduct all their lives then, their faculties ripened, and now they have been liberated.”

Father, or The Story of Sudarśana

9.­115

When197 the Blessed One was in Rājagṛha, there lived a certain householder named Dhanika. He was prosperous and wealthy, a person of vast and magnificent means, endowed with the wealth of Vaiśravaṇa‍—with wealth to rival Vaiśravaṇa’s.

9.­116

When the time came for him to marry he took a wife, and as they enjoyed themselves and coupled, one day his wife conceived. After nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful, with glowing, golden skin and a well-rounded head, long arms, a broad brow, a fine and prominent nose, and eyebrows that met.

9.­117

When the great crowd of people saw him just after he was born he was beautiful. At the elaborate feast celebrating his birth they asked, “What name should we give this child?” and they named him, saying, “Since when the great crowd of people saw him just after his birth he was beautiful, his name will be Sudarśana.” They reared young Sudarśana on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids, and his fame spread throughout Rājagṛha.

9.­118

After the Blessed One achieved unexcelled wisdom he began to act for the benefit of those to be tamed and came to Rājagṛha. He stayed in Bamboo Grove, [F.64.b] where he inspired thousands to go for refuge and take the fundamental precepts. From time to time, group after group and elder after elder, one joyful group after another, gathered and went to see the Blessed One. No one came to see young Sudarśana anymore, so one day he asked his parents, “Why is it that many people came to see me before, but no one comes to see me now?”

“Now they go to see the Blessed One,” they replied.

9.­119

“Who is this Blessed One?” asked the young man.

His parents praised the Blessed One, and as soon as he heard this, he was filled with wonder and thought, “How could he be more pleasing to the eye than I?” Then he said to his parents, “Mother, Father, I wish to go see the Blessed One.”

“Child, we’ll go with you,” his parents replied.

9.­120

The parents took their child to Bamboo Grove, where the child saw the Blessed Buddha from a distance. His body, graced and resplendent with the thirty-two signs of a great person, looked like it was on fire, like flames stoked with ghee, like a lamp set in a golden vessel, and like a pillar adorned with all manner of jewels. He was immaculate, clear-minded, and pure of heart. When he saw the Blessed Buddha the sight of him filled him with supreme joy, and he believed himself to be looking at his father.

9.­121

He cried out, “Father! Father!” and approached the Blessed One. Upon his arrival he touched his head to the feet of the Blessed One, and, believing the Blessed One to be his father, sat at the Blessed One’s feet. His parents likewise touched their heads to the feet of the Blessed One and sat before him to listen to the Dharma. [F.65.a] The Blessed One taught them the Dharma particularly suited to their condition, then sat without speaking.

9.­122

Knowing that the Blessed One had completed his discourse, the householder Dhanika and his wife then took their son by the hand and prepared to depart, saying, “We are going to go now.” But the young man could not be parted from the Blessed One.

9.­123

His parents thought, “We can get him home by inviting the Blessed One to our house.” They bowed toward the Blessed One with palms pressed together and requested the Blessed One, “Please permit us to invite the Blessed One to take a meal at our house for seven days,” and the Blessed One assented by his silence.

9.­124

Understanding that by his silence the Blessed One had given his assent, the householder said to his wife, “Sweet one, go and prepare food for the Blessed One. The boy and I shall stay with the Blessed One here.” The householder and his child slept that night in Bamboo Grove.198 After preparing many good, wholesome foods that night, in the morning the woman rose, prepared seats, filled the water pots, and set them out. Then she sent a message to the Blessed One reminding him it was time for the midday meal: “Lord, the midday meal is upon us. Know that the time has come, Blessed One, and your presence is requested.”

9.­125

In the morning the Blessed One donned his lower garment and Dharma robes, and, carrying his alms bowl, he set out surrounded and escorted by an assembly of monks. They arrived at the householders’ reception room, where the Blessed One took his place on the seat prepared for him amid the saṅgha of monks. [F.65.b] Once the householder knew that the Buddha and the rest of the saṅgha of monks were comfortably seated, by his own hand he contented them with many good, wholesome foods, proffering all that they wished. Once he knew that the Blessed One had finished eating and that his bowl had been taken away and his hands washed, he brought in a very low seat and sat before the Blessed One and his suite of attendants to listen to the Dharma.

9.­126

The Blessed One directly apprehended their thoughts, habitual tendencies, temperaments, capacities, and natures, and taught them the Dharma accordingly. Hearing it, the householder and his retinue destroyed with the thunderbolt of wisdom the twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection, and manifested the resultant state of stream entry right where they sat.

9.­127

After seeing the truths, the child asked for his parents’ permission, then bowed toward the Blessed One with palms pressed together and requested, “Lord, if permitted I wish to go forth in the Dharma and Vinaya so well spoken, complete my novitiate, and achieve full ordination. In the presence of the Blessed One, I too wish to practice the holy life.”

9.­128

With the words “Come, join me, monk! Practice the holy life,” the Blessed One led him to go forth as a novice, conferred on him full ordination, and instructed him. Casting away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, he manifested arhatship. As an arhat, free from the attachments of the three realms, his mind regarded gold no differently than filth, and the palms of his hands as like space itself. He became cool like wet sandalwood. His insight crushed ignorance like an eggshell. He achieved the insights, superknowledges, and discriminations. He had no regard for worldly profit, passion, or acclaim. His state was such that Indra, [F.66.a] Upendra, and the other gods worshiped and venerated him and addressed him with respect.

9.­129

The monks remarked to the Blessed One, “Lord, thousands of children have seen the Blessed One, but never has anyone encountered him quite like that.”

“Monks,” the Blessed One explained, “for five hundred lifetimes this young man was my child. It was on the basis of these habitual tendencies that he encountered me so.”

9.­130

“Lord,” they inquired, “what action did the young man take that ripened into his birth into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth; that he was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful; and that he pleased the Blessed One, did not displease him, went forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship?”

“It came about by the power of his prayers,” the Blessed One replied.

9.­131

“Lord, where did he make these prayers?”

“Monks,” the Blessed One recounted, “in times past, in this fortunate eon, when people lived as long as forty thousand years, and the totally and completely awakened buddha possessed of insight and perfect conduct, the sugata, the knower of the world, the tamer of persons, the charioteer, the unsurpassed one, the teacher of humans and gods, the blessed buddha known as Krakucchanda was in the world, the totally and the completely awakened Buddha Krakucchanda achieved unexcelled wisdom and then traveled to the royal palace known as Śobhāvatī.

9.­132

At that time, King Śobha had built a monastery for the totally and completely awakened Buddha Krakucchanda that was complete in every respect, and offered it to the totally and completely awakened Buddha Krakucchanda. [F.66.b]

9.­133

It was King Śobha’s custom to go to the monastery every day with a suite of attendants and sweep. One day as King Śobha was headed to the monastery, some work came up, so the king instructed his eldest son, “Go and sweep the monastery today,” and departed. As the prince and the suite of attendants went to sweep the monastery, the totally and completely awakened Buddha Krakucchanda performed a miracle so that no matter what he did, the prince would not be able to finish sweeping the monastery before nightfall and would bed down there for the night.

9.­134

As he was bedding down for the night, the prince saw miraculous displays performed by the monks, and he saw that Śakra and Brahmā and the rest had come. As soon as he saw them he experienced a surge of joy toward the Blessed One, and began putting great effort into serving the monks there in the monastery.

9.­135

He no longer wished to return to the city, so he remained there and served the monks for five thousand years. He progressed in meditative stabilization on love, went for refuge, and maintained the fundamental precepts all his life. At the time of his death he prayed, ‘By this root of virtue, wherever I am born, may I be well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. May I please and not displease a teacher just like this one. Going forth in his doctrine alone may I cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship.’

9.­136

“O monks, what do you think? The one who was the prince then is none other than this young man. The act of serving the saṅgha of disciples of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Krakucchanda [F.67.a] and saying that prayer at the time of his death ripened such that wherever he was born, it was into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth.

9.­137

“So it is, monks, now that I myself have become the very equal of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Krakucchanda‍—equal in strength, equal in deeds, and equal in skillful means‍—that he has pleased me, not displeased me, gone forth in my very doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship.

9.­138

“The act of contemplating love ripened such that wherever he was born, he was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful.

“He also went forth in the teaching of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa. After practicing pure conduct all his life then, his faculties ripened, and now he has been liberated.”

The Bandits

9.­139

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, some five hundred bandits menacingly dwelt in a certain thicket of sāl trees on the border of Śrāvastī and Rājagṛha. Their presence there meant that a great many people were killed.

One day after many travelers had been robbed, the merchants approached King Prasenajit to inform him, and King Prasenajit’s son, Prince Videha, mustered199 the four divisions of his army. They went and captured the five hundred bandits alive and brought them before King Prasenajit. He handed the five hundred bandits over to his executioners to be killed, and they led them away to the execution grounds.

9.­140

The blessed buddhas, teachers of the one path to be traversed, with mastery over wisdom and the two types of knowable objects, in command of the three kinds of sterling equanimity, fearless by means of the fourfold fearlessness, [F.67.b] freed from migration through the five destinies, keen in the six sense bases, practiced in the seven limbs of enlightenment, focused on the eight liberations, absorbed in the nine successive meditative absorptions, possessing all ten of the ten powers, whose proclamations are the great roaring of a perfect lion, by nature regard the world with their buddha eyes six times throughout the day and night‍—three times by day and three times by night.

9.­141

These are their thoughts as they look out in wisdom: “Who is in decline? Who will flourish? Who is destitute? Who is in a dreadful state? Who is being harmed? Who is destitute, in a dreadful state, and being harmed? Who is veering toward the lower realms? Who is descending through the lower realms? Who has descended to the lower realms? Whom shall I pull up from the lower realms, and establish in the resultant state of heaven and liberation? Whom, mired in misdeeds, shall I lift up by the hand? Whom, lacking the seven jewels of the noble ones, shall I lead to command of the seven jewels of the noble ones? Whom, not having produced roots of virtue, shall I lead to produce them? Whom, having already produced roots of virtue, shall I lead to ripen their roots of virtue? Whom, having already ripened their roots of virtue, shall I slice open with the blade of wisdom? For whom shall I cause this world, adorned with a buddha’s presence, to be fruitful?”

9.­142
The ocean, home of creatures fierce,
Could fail to send its tides on time.
But when the time has come to tame
Their offspring, buddhas never fail.
9.­143

The Blessed One knew that the time had come to tame the five hundred bandits, so he disappeared from the garden of Prince Jeta and traveled to the royal court, where King Prasenajit saw the Blessed One from a distance. He approached the Blessed One, and upon his arrival he touched his head to the Blessed One’s feet and asked him, [F.68.a] “Blessed One, why have you come?”

“Great King,” the Blessed One replied, “do not slay these five hundred noble children. Release them instead.”

9.­144

“If they go forth,” replied the king, “I shall release them.” King Prasenajit brought out the five hundred bandits and presented them to the Buddha. The Blessed One led them to the garden of Prince Jeta and led them to go forth as novices, conferred on them full ordination, and instructed them. They cast away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, and manifested arhatship.

9.­145

“Lord,” the monks requested the Blessed One, “tell us why you saved the precious lives of the five hundred bandits and established them in the unsurpassed, supreme welfare of nirvāṇa.”

“Not only now,” the Blessed One explained, “but in times past as well, and in the same way, I saved the lives of all five hundred of these children of good lineage, and placed them in the four meditative states and the five superknowledges. Listen well!

9.­146

“Monks, it took place in times gone by, during King Mahendrasena’s reign in Videha. One day the king arrayed the four divisions of his army, and as they set out to hunt deer, his five hundred ministers, who wished to harm to the king, thought, ‘Now the king is in our hands. We should kill him while he’s still here.’

9.­147

“Now, worldly people are surrounded by both enemies and friends.200 So it was that someone sent word to the king, and no sooner had King Mahendrasena heard about it than he handed over all five hundred ministers to be killed. The executioners led them away. They entered the forest, and as the king ordered, ‘Kill them now!’ [F.68.b] a certain sage who was living in the forest convinced him to release all five hundred ministers instead. The sage then led them to a place devoted to austerities. After they went forth before him, they generated the four meditative states and the five superknowledges.

9.­148

“O monks, what do you think? I am the one who was that sage then, and lived the life of a bodhisattva. Those who were the five hundred ministers are none other than these five hundred noble children. At that time I delivered them from being killed, saved their precious lives, and placed them in the four meditative states and the five superknowledges. Now as well I have saved their precious lives and established them in the unsurpassed, supreme welfare of nirvāṇa.

9.­149

“They also went forth in the teaching of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa. After practicing pure conduct all their lives then, their faculties ripened, and now they have been liberated.”

The Piśācas

9.­150

When the Blessed One was in Rājagṛha, a thousand piśācas were living at the border between Śrāvastī and Rājagṛha. They cut off all passage and killed many in the countries of Magadha and Kośala.

King Prasenajit dispatched an envoy to King Bimbisāra, asking him, “Did you know that there are a thousand piśācas living at the border between Śrāvastī and Rājagṛha, and that they are doing great harm to our two countries by staying there? Since the Blessed One is residing in your kingdom, it would be appropriate for you to make a request of the Blessed One regarding these piśācas.”

9.­151

No sooner did King Bimbisāra hear this than he went to see the Blessed One. Upon his arrival he touched his head to the Blessed One’s feet [F.69.a] and took a seat at one side. Once King Bimbisāra had taken a seat at one side, the Blessed One instructed, encouraged, inspired, and delighted him with a discourse on the Dharma. Once he had instructed, encouraged, inspired, and delighted him with many discourses on the Dharma, the Blessed One then sat without speaking.

9.­152

Knowing that the Blessed One had completed his discourse, King Bimbisāra rose from his seat, drew down the right shoulder of his upper garment, bowed toward the Blessed One with palms pressed together, and said to the Blessed One, “Lord, the Blessed One has tamed vicious nāgas like Nanda, Upananda, and others besides. You have tamed the vicious yakṣa lord Aṭavika, and others besides. Now at the border between the countries of Magadha and Kośala there lives a great horde of piśācas, and by staying there they are doing harm to many. Blessed One, out of compassion for the horde of piśācas, please tame them.” The Blessed One assented to King Bimbisāra by his silence. Understanding that by his silence the Blessed One had given his assent, King Bimbisāra touched his head to the Blessed One’s feet and took leave of him.

9.­153

The Blessed One saw that the time had come to tame the piśācas so he disappeared from Rājagṛha and traveled to the sāl forest, close to where the piśācas were. The piśācas saw the Blessed Buddha from a distance, and upon seeing him they took on a hideous appearance and charged at the Blessed One with great force. [F.69.b]

9.­154

The Blessed One had a thought about the world: “It would be good for the great king Vaiśravaṇa to come see me with the yakṣa Maheśākhya!” No sooner had the Blessed One had this thought than the great king Vaiśravaṇa and the yakṣa Maheśākhya came to see the Blessed One. Upon their arrival they touched their heads to the Blessed One’s feet and took a seat at one side.

9.­155

The horde of piśācas, terrified that the great king Vaiśravaṇa and the yakṣa Maheśākhya would do them harm, began to run all about. The Blessed One emanated flames all about them in order to tame them. The piśācas saw there were great flames all about them and that they could not run away, and that it was only peaceful at the feet of the Blessed One. In search of refuge they went to the Blessed One and upon their arrival sat in a circle around him.

9.­156

“My friends,” the Blessed One said to the piśācas, “you have taken birth in the lower realms, as piśācas, because of your past sins and nonvirtuous actions. Even now you are doing harm to many. When you die and transmigrate, what will be the state of your rebirth? Where will you go?”

“What advice can you grant us?” they asked.

9.­157

“From this day forth,” the Blessed One instructed them, “give up sinful actions, go for refuge, and maintain the fundamental precepts.”

“As you wish, Blessed One,” the piśācas replied. Then the piśācas went for refuge, took the fundamental precepts, and gave up sinful actions.

9.­158

The Blessed One taught them the Dharma that was appropriate for them, [F.70.a] then disappeared from the sāl forest and traveled to Bamboo Grove. The piśācas remained on the unexcelled path, and they gave water to those who were traveling by, and gave them food as well. To those who had lost their way, they showed the way. The people of Kāśi and Kośala were filled with wonder and exclaimed, “The Blessed One tames those who are difficult to tame!”

9.­159

“Lord,” the monks requested the Blessed Buddha, “tell us why the Blessed One has tamed even these demons, leading them to go for refuge and take the fundamental precepts so they would be of benefit to many!”

“Not only now,” the Blessed One explained, “but in times past as well, and in the same way, I turned them away from sinful actions and set them on the path of the ten virtuous actions. Listen well!

9.­160

“Monks, in times gone by a great horde of piśācas lived in this very place for a long time. By living there, they brought ruin upon the people of the countries of Kāśi and Kośala.

“There was a certain sage living in a place devoted to austerities near the city of Rājagṛha, and after many people had asked the sage to tame the piśācas, the sage tamed the piśācas and set them on the path of the ten virtuous actions.

9.­161

“O monks, what do you think? I am the one who was that sage then, and lived the life of a bodhisattva. Those who were that horde of piśācas are none other than these piśācas. At that time I set them on the path of the ten virtuous actions. Now as well I have turned them away from sinful actions and set them on the path of the ten virtuous actions.” [B33] [F.70.b]

The Story of Head of Indra

9.­162

When the Blessed One was in Rājagṛha, in Vaiśālī there lived a certain archery master named Head of Indra who knew everything there was to know about archery. He trained five hundred Licchavis in archery, and they mastered it and became very powerful.

9.­163

One day a disagreement arose between the people of Rājagṛha and Vaiśālī, and the people of Rājagṛha arrayed the four divisions of their army and advanced on Vaiśālī to wage war. Master archer Head of Indra heard that Rājagṛha was advancing on them to wage war, and when he heard this he set out with a retinue of five hundred and advanced on the Rājagṛha army to wage war.

9.­164

As they advanced they massacred many, and the Rājagṛha soldiers fled. Many people of Rājagṛha were slaughtered as they advanced again not twice or thrice but five times. Soon word spread that master archer Head of Indra had shot five thousand men with arrows and killed them all.

9.­165

So it was that one day the people of Rājagṛha implored the Blessed One, “Lord, Head of Indra is an adversary to those without adversaries, a rival to those without rivals. Lord, he has killed some five thousand men. Blessed One, out of compassion, please tame Head of Indra.” The Blessed One assented to the people of Rājagṛha by his silence. Understanding that by his silence the Blessed One had given his assent, the inhabitants of Rājagṛha then took leave of the Blessed One.

9.­166

The Blessed One disappeared from Rājagṛha and traveled to Vaiśālī, [F.71.a] where he performed a miracle so that Head of Indra simply did not know archery anymore. This confused him, and he thought, “What’s wrong with me?”201 Then he heard that the Blessed One, who had been living in Rājagṛha, had come to Vaiśālī, and he thought, “Since the Blessed One is omniscient and all-seeing, he will be able to directly apprehend why I do not know archery anymore.” So he went to see the Blessed One. Upon his arrival he touched his head to the Blessed One’s feet and sat before him to listen to the Dharma.

9.­167

The Blessed One directly apprehended his thoughts, habitual tendencies, temperament, capacity, and nature, and taught him the Dharma accordingly. When he heard it, Head of Indra destroyed with the thunderbolt of wisdom the twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection, and manifested the resultant state of stream entry right where he sat.

9.­168

After he saw the truths, he rose from his seat, drew down the right shoulder of his upper garment, bowed toward the Blessed One with palms pressed together, and requested, “Blessed One, if permitted I wish to go forth in the Dharma and Vinaya so well spoken, complete my novitiate, and achieve full ordination. In the presence of the Blessed One, I too wish to practice the holy life.”

9.­169

“Head of Indra,” the Blessed One told him, “go announce this to your students. After that it will be easy for you to go forth, complete your novitiate, and achieve full ordination.”

“As you wish, Blessed One,” he replied.

9.­170

He took leave of the Blessed One and went to Vaiśālī, where he taught the five hundred Licchavis the Dharma in such a way that they too wished to go forth no matter what. [F.71.b] They then asked for their parents’ permission and went with Head of Indra to see the Blessed One. When they arrived they touched their heads to the Blessed One’s feet and sat before him to listen to the Dharma.

9.­171

The Blessed One directly apprehended their thoughts, habitual tendencies, temperaments, capacities, and natures, and taught them the Dharma accordingly. Hearing it, they destroyed with the thunderbolt of wisdom the twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection, and manifested the resultant state of stream entry right where they sat.

9.­172

After they saw the truths, they rose from their seats, drew down the right shoulder of their upper garments, bowed toward the Blessed One with palms pressed together, and also requested the Blessed One, “Lord, if permitted we wish to go forth in the Dharma and Vinaya so well spoken, complete our novitiates, and achieve full ordination. In the presence of the Blessed One, we too wish to practice the holy life.”

9.­173

With the words “Come, join me, monks!” the Blessed One led them to go forth as novices, conferred on them full ordination, and instructed them. Casting away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, they manifested arhatship.

9.­174

“Lord,” the monks inquired of the Blessed Buddha, “tell us why the five hundred Licchavis entrusted themselves to Head of Indra, went forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship.”

9.­175

“Not only now,” the Blessed One explained, “but in times past as well, and in the same way, I turned Head of Indra and the five hundred Licchavis away from sinful actions and set them on the path of the ten virtuous actions. [F.72.a]

9.­176

“Monks, in times gone by, King Mahendra reigned in the city of Potalaka. One day the royal queen conceived, and after nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful, with glowing, golden skin and a well-rounded head, long arms, a broad brow, a fine and prominent nose, and eyebrows that met. At the elaborate feast celebrating his birth they asked, ‘What name should we give this child?’ and they named him, saying, ‘Since this is Mahendra’s child, his name will be Mahendrasena.’

9.­177

“They reared young Mahendrasena on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids. As he grew up, they made him study letters, and trained him in all the different fields of craft and skill in which duly consecrated rulers of the royal caste train, such as how to ride an elephant, how to ride horseback, how to wield a weapon, and how to shoot an arrow, advance, retreat, wage war, grasp with an iron hook, wield a lasso, shoot a spear, throw a single-pointed vajra, throw other single-pointed weapons, and throw a disk; how to cut, cleave, grapple and hold, employ footwork, guard one’s head, strike from a distance, and strike at the noise of an unseen enemy; and how to target the vital points, take infallible aim, and maximize damage. By the time he had been educated in all of these, he was learned in the five areas of knowledge.

9.­178

“He came to see that his father and the five hundred ministers ruled both righteously and unrighteously, and he thought, ‘I will give up the kingdom and go to live in a forest devoted to austerities.’ Reflecting in this way, he asked for his parents’ permission and went to live in the forest.

9.­179

“One day his [F.72.b] father died. Upon his death the neighboring kings began to do harm to the country, and the ministers thought, ‘The neighboring kings do us such harm because we have no lord. We must summon the prince so that he can assume the throne.’ With this in mind the chief minister went to see the prince and said to him, ‘Lord, your father has passed away. Please come and assume your father’s kingdom.’

9.­180

“ ‘If you adopt the path of the ten virtuous actions, then I shall return,’ he replied. With that he led the chief minister to adopt the path of the ten virtuous actions. The chief minister then set all five hundred ministers on the path of the ten virtuous actions, and afterward they summoned the prince and set him on the throne. By returning there, he set all the country’s many inhabitants on the path of the ten virtuous actions.

9.­181

“O monks, what do you think? I am the one who was that king then, and lived the life of a bodhisattva. The one who was that chief minister then is none other than Head of Indra. Those who were his ministers then are none other than the five hundred Licchavis. At that time the five hundred ministers entrusted themselves to Head of Indra, and I turned them away from sinful actions and set them on the path of the ten virtuous actions. Now as well they have entrusted themselves to Head of Indra, and I have turned them away from sinful actions and established them in the unsurpassed, supreme welfare of nirvāṇa.

9.­182

“They also went forth in the teaching of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa. After practicing pure conduct all their lives then, their faculties ripened, and now they have been liberated.”

9.­183

This concludes Part Nine of The Hundred Deeds.


10.

Part Ten

10.­1
1. Śakra
2. The King
3. The Hunter
4. The Story of Deluded202 [F.73.a]
5. The Brahmin: Three Stories
6. The Story of the Householder Govinda
7. The Quarrel
8. The Nāga (2)
9. Two Stories about King203 Śibi
10. Kauśāmbī

Śakra

10.­2

Among the gods of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three it is Śakra, King of the Gods, who reigns over the kingdom of the thirty-three gods. Five signs customarily appear when gods near the time of their death and transmigration: (1) Deities are illuminated from within, but at that time this light dwindles. (2) The clothing and ornaments of the gods of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three, as well as the branches of flowers and fruit that adorn their clothing, normally make very pleasant sounds when shaken by the wind, but at that time the sounds become unpleasant. (3) Deities’ clothing is soft to the touch, but at that time their clothing becomes very coarse. (4) No odor can cling to the body of a god, but at that time their bodies begin to reek. (5) Deities’ eyes never close, but at that time their eyes close.

The King

The Hunter

The Story of Deluded

The Brahmin: Three Stories

The First “Brahmin” Story

The Second “Brahmin” Story

The Third “Brahmin” Story

The Story of the Householder Govinda

The Quarrel

The Nāga (2)

Two Stories about King Śibi

The First Story about King Śibi

The Second Story of King Śibi

Kauśāmbī


ab.

Abbreviations

C Choné (co ne) Kangyur
D Degé (sde dge) Kangyur
H Lhasa Zhöl (lha sa zhol) Kangyur
J Lithang (li thang) Kangyur
K Kangxi Peking (pe) Kangyur
N Narthang (snar thang) Kangyur
S Stok Palace Manuscript (stog pho brang bris ma) Kangyur
U Urga (khu)
Y Yongle (g.yung lo) Kangyur

n.

Notes

n.­1
Although commonly referred to in later Tibetan works by the short form las brgya pa, the title appears in most Kangyurs as las brgya tham pa, and in both D and S as las brgya tham pa pa. The Sanskrit title is universally given as Karmaśataka, but in Kangyurs of predominantly Thempangma line this is variously prefixed: by paravarna in S, Shey, and some of the Bhutan Kangyurs; by parivarna in the Phukdrak (phug brag) Kangyur; by parivarṇa in the Ulaanbaatar Kangyur; and by paripūrna in the Hemis, Dolpo, and Namgyal Kangyurs and the Langdo collection, this last variant meaning “full” or “complete” being the one that seems to make most sense.
n.­2
See Sarkar (1981) pp. 46–49.
n.­3
Perhaps a better definition is that of Sastri (1960) p. 72: “The word avadāna signifies a ‘great religious or moral achievement as well as the history of a great achievement.’ ”
n.­4
See Rotman (2008) pp. 19–20.
n.­5
See Chutiwongs (1978) p. 139; Sarkar (1981) p. 45.
n.­6
“Le Karma-Çataka me parait-être l’œuvre d’une École qui a voulu avoir son recueil de « Cent Légendes » se différenciant de l’Avadāna-Çataka par certaines particularités. Les deux recueils appartiendraient à deux Écoles rivales, non ennemies.” Feer (1901) p. 60.
n.­7
Some shared episodes are almost verbatim, but show interesting differences (see, for example, n.­73 and n.­76) that might on further investigation throw light on the history of its translation.
n.­8
There is a Mongolian version, but like others of its kind it is almost certain to have been translated from the Tibetan. See Skilling (2001) p. 140, n23.
n.­108
“The Lay of the Land,” for the Tib. spyod yul (Skt. gocara). The semantic range of this Skt. term makes it difficult to translate with one unique English equivalent. See variants in the story itself.
n.­109
The two parts of the narrative in The Story of Wealth’s Delight (2.­385 et seq. and 2.­430 et seq. above) recount respectively the “sūtra” (see below) itself, verbatim, and the Buddha’s explanation of his past relationship with the five monks who were his first disciples. The present story of Maitrībala is another episode in that past relationship. Note that the sūtra named in the text (chos kyi ’khor lo skor ba’i mdo, Skt. Dharmacakrapravartanasūtra) either refers to a sūtra that no longer exists as such, or is a general way of referring to that episode in the life of the Buddha as related in longer works. The sūtra with just that name in the Kangyur (Toh 31), and the Pali work from which it was translated, the Dhammacakkappavattana-sutta (Saṃyutta Nikāya 56), cover only part of the Buddha’s teaching to the monks, while the Kangyur sūtra called The Sūtra of the Wheel of Dharma (Dharmacakrasūtra, Toh 337) is an even shorter excerpt. See also n.­73 and n.­74.
n.­124
Note there is another story by the same name at 5.­97. The characters are apparently of no relation. We have chosen to differentiate the Eng. titles by appending “the charioteer” and “the mendicant” to their names, respectively.
n.­150
Note there is another story by the same name at 5.­97. We have chosen to differentiate the Eng. titles by appending “the charioteer” and “the mendicant” to their names, respectively.
n.­151
“Over the garden of Prince Jeta” should perhaps read “above Rājagṛha,” or “Vulture Peak Mountain,” since Rājagṛha is maybe 350 km from Vārāṇasī, where the garden of Prince Jeta is located. We surmise that this is a scribal error. S has the same reading. It is possible that the text is implying the peacock flew from Gandhamādana Mountain to Rājagṛha via Vārāṇasī, but this would be a rather circuitous route.
n.­178
Tib. pad ma yi bla ma. This is the title given in the contents section for this part; however, in the first story it is shortened to “Padma” (Tib. pad ma), and in the second story, it is shortened to Uttama. We have rendered all instances according to the title given in the contents section, Padmottama.
n.­179
Tib. rin chen gtsug tor can; Skt. Ratnaśikhin. In the contents section the title of this story is given as the Tib. rin chen gtsug tor, and here simply as rin po che, both of which we take as abbreviations for the Tib. rin chen gtsug tor can, given at the end of the story, and which we use to translate throughout.
n.­180
“Vijaya,” for the Tib. rnam par rgyal ba; title taken from the contents section, and reappears at the end of the story. At this point in the text, the title of the story is actually given as the Tib. stobs phrog, Skt. perhaps *Balaharī, Eng. perhaps “Steals Away Strength.” We have followed the contents section and rectified accordingly.
n.­189
“Father, or The Story of Sudarśana”; this title combines two different titles‍—the one given in the contents section (“The Story of Sudarśana”) and that given as a heading to the story itself (“Father”).
n.­190
Translating with S bram ze de.
n.­191
“Arranged for their marriages,” for D mchis brang dang bcas te btsems te. The Tib. btsems here is obscure; lit. “to sew.” It might carry a connotation similar to “to bring together.” Scribes also seemed to have trouble interpreting this: J and C are missing btsems te; K has instead the nearly repetitive bcas ste; N has bcas te brtsams te; and Y gives the alternative spelling btsem ste.
n.­192
D and S read tshems dang sbyar, which is obscure. Y, K, and C read tshogs instead of tshems. This line is rendered roughly according to the parallel prose passage above.
n.­193
This rendering is conjectural. D has de na min; Y, K, N, H, and S read bden mo min.
n.­194
Here the Tibetan brjid is corrected to brjed.
n.­195
Similar to the passage at 1.­16, but missing the second line, “All compounded things are suffering” (Tib. zag bcas thams cad sdug bsngal ba).
n.­196
“Pit traps,” obscure Tib. ’jol rlubs; this translation is surmised on the basis of rlubs, “pit.”
n.­197
“Father, or The Story of Sudarśana”; this title combines two different titles‍—the one given in the contents section (“The Story of Sudarśana”) and that given as a heading to the story itself (“Father”).
n.­198
D: “in the garden of Prince Jeta,” while S: “in Bamboo Grove” (vol. 81, F.144.a). The latter is correct considering the story’s setting in Rājagṛha. We have translated accordingly.
n.­199
Tib. bsgrogs, S ’grogs.
n.­200
D: zin; S: zun. This translation follows S.
n.­201
“What’s wrong with me?” is here an interpretive reading of the Tib. phrase ci’i phyir bdag ’di kho na ltar ma rung bar gyur; alt. more lit. “How is it that I have become ruined like this?” or the like.
n.­202
S, N, and H read rmos pa: “Plowman.”
n.­203
Here the Tib. lacks “King.”

b.

Bibliography

Source Texts

las brgya tham pa (Karmaśataka). Toh 340, Degé Kangyur vol. 73 (mdo sde, ha), folios 1.b–309.a, and vol. 74 (mdo sde, a), folios 1.b–128.b.

las brgya tham pa. bka’ ’gyur (dpe bsdur ma) [Comparative Edition of the Kangyur], krung go’i bod rig pa zhib ‘jug ste gnas kyi bka’ bstan dpe sdur khang (The Tibetan Tripitaka Collation Bureau of the China Tibetology Research Center). 108 volumes. Beijing: krung go’i bod rig pa dpe skrun khang (China Tibetology Publishing House), 2006–2009, vol. 73, pp. 3–837, and vol. 74, pp. 3–398.

las brgya tham pa (Karmaśataka). Stok Palace Kangyur vol. 80 (mdo sde, dza), folios 2–825, and vol. 81 (mdo sde, a), folios 2–474.

Works Cited

Sanskrit Works

Gnoli, Raniero and Venkatacharya, T., ed. The Gilgit manuscript of the Saṅghabhedavastu: Being the 17th and last section of the Vinaya of the Mūlasarvāstivādin, Part I. Roma: Istituto Italiano per il Medio ed Estremo Oriente, 1977.

Vaidya, P. L., ed. Avadāna-Śataka. Darbhanga: Mithilā Institute of Post-Graduate Studies and Research in Sanskrit Learning, 1958.

Tibetan Works

Butön Rinchen Drup (bu ston rin chen grub). chos kyi ’byung gnas gsung rab rin po che’i gter mdzod. In: gsung ’bum (zhol par ma/ ldi lir bskyar par brgyab pa), vol 24 (ya), pp. 633–1055. New Delhi: International Academy of Indian Culture, 1965–1971. English translations: see Obermiller, and Stein and Zangpo, below.

Denkarma (pho brang stod thang ldan [/ lhan] dkar gyi chos ’gyur ro cog gi dkar chag). Degé Tengyur, vol. 206 (sna tshogs, jo), folios 294.b - 310.a.

chos kyi ’khor lo rab tu bskor ba’i mdo (Dharmacakrapravartanasūtra). Toh 31, Degé Kangyur vol. 45 (mdo sde, ka), folios 180b–83a.

dge slong ma’i so sor thar pa’i mdo (Bhikṣuṇī­prātimokṣa­sūtra). Toh 4, Degé Kangyur vol. 9 (’dul ba, ta), folios 1b–25a.

’dul ba’i mdo (Vinayasūtra). Toh 4117, Degé Tengyur vol. 261 (’dul ba, wu), folios 1a–100b.

so sor thar pa’i mdo (Prātimokṣasūtra). Toh 2, Degé Kangyur vol. 5 (’dul ba, ca), folios 1b–20a.

Secondary Sources

Ancient Tibet: Research Materials from the Yeshe De Project. Berkeley, CA: Dharma Publishing, 1986.

Angdu, Sonam. Tibeto-Sanskrit Lexographical Materials. Leh, Ladakh: Basgo Tongspon Publication, 1973.

Berzin, Alexander. “The Thirty-two Excellent Signs (Major Marks) of a Buddha’s Enlightening Body.” The Buddhist Archives of Dr. Alexander Berzin. Accessed February 2, 2013.

Obermiller, E., trans. The History of Buddhism in India and Tibet by Bu Ston (Chos-ḥbyung). Materialien zur Kunde des Buddhismus 13. Heidelberg: Institut für Buddhismus-Kunde, 1932. Reprinted Delhi: Sri Satguru Publications, 1986.

Burnouf, Eugène. Introduction to the History of Indian Buddhism. Translated by K. Buffetrille and Donald. S. Lopez, Jr. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2010.

Chandra, Lokesh. Tibetan-Sanskrit Dictionary. Kyōto-shi: Rinsen Shoten, 1982.

Chandra Das, Sarat. A Tibetan-English Dictionary, with Sanskrit Synonyms. Revised and edited by Graham Sandberg and A. William Heyde. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1991.

Chandrakīrti and Mikyo Dorje. The Moon of Wisdom: Chapter Six of Chandrakirti’s Entering the Middle Way. Translated by Ari Goldfield et al. Ithaca, NY: Snow Lion Publications, 2005.

Chutiwongs, Nandana. “On the Jātaka reliefs at Cula Pathon Cetiya.” Journal of the Siam Society 66, no. 1 (1978): 133–51.

Duff, Tony. The Illuminator Tibetan-English Encyclopaedic Dictionary [computer software]. Kathmandu, Nepal: Padma Karpo Translation Committee.

Dharmachakra Translation Committee. The Play in Full. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2013.

Dharmachakra Translation Committee. The Sūtra of the Wheel of Dharma. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2018.

Edgerton, Franklin. Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit Grammar and Dictionary (Volume II: Dictionary). New Haven: Yale University Press, 1953.

Feer, M. Léon. “Le Karma-Çataka.” Journal Asiatique 17 (1901): 53–100, 257–315, 410–86.

Gampopa. The Jewel Ornament of Liberation: The Wish-Fulfilling Gem of the Noble Teachings. Translated by Khenpo Konchog Gyaltsen Rinpoche. Ithaca, NY: Snow Lion Publications, 1998.

Gö Lotsāwa. The Blue Annals. Translated by George N. Roerich. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass Publishers Private Limited, 1996.

Herrmann-Pfandt, Adelheid. Die lHan kar ma. Ein früher Katalog der ins Tibetische. übersetzten buddhistischen Texte. Kritische Neuausgabe mit Einleitung und Materialien. Vol. 367 of Philosphisch-Historische Klasse Denkschriften. Vienna: Verlag der Österreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften, 2009.

Horner, I.B., trans. The Book of Discipline (Vinaya-Piṭaka), Vol. I (Suttavibhaṅga). Sacred Books of the Buddhists, Vol. X. London: Humphrey Milford, Oxford University Press, 1938.

Horner, I.B., trans. The Book of Discipline (Vinaya-Piṭaka), Vol. IV (Mahā­vagga). Sacred Books of the Buddhists, Vol. XIV. London: Humphrey Milford, Oxford University Press, 1951.

Jamspal, Lozang. “The Thirty-Seven Wings of Enlightenment.” Lecture conducted at International Buddhist College, Pak Thong Chai, Nakhon Ratchasima, Thailand, September 10, 2012.

Lancaster, Lewis R. The Korean Buddhist Canon: A Descriptive Catalogue. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press, 1979.

Lessing, F.D. and A. Wayman. Introduction to the Buddhist Tantric Systems. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1983.

The Mahā­bhārata I: The Book of the Beginning. Edited and translated by Van Buitenen, J.A.B. University of Chicago Press, 1973.

Malalasekera, Gunapala Piyasena. Dictionary of Pāli Proper Names. Melksham, UK: Pali Text Society, 1937–1938/1997. Accessed February 2, 2013.

Martin, Dan. Tibetan–English Dictionary [computer software]. Kathmandu, Nepal: Rangjung Yeshe Institute.

Miller, Robert. The Chapter on Going Forth (Pravrajyāvastu, Toh 1-1). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2018.

Miller, Robert. The Chapter on a Schism in the Saṅgha (Saṅghabhedavastu, Toh 1-17). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, forthcoming.

Monier-Williams, Sir Monier. A Sanskṛit-English dictionary: etymologically and philologically arranged with special reference to Greek, Latin, Gothic, German, Anglo-Saxon, and other cognate Indo-European languages. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1888.

Nāgārjuna. Nāgārjuna’s Letter: Nāgārjuna’s Letter to a Friend. Translated by Lobsang Therchin and Artimus B. Engel. Reprint edition, Dharamsala: Library of Tibetan Works & Archives, 1995.

National Disability Authority. Appropriate Terms to Use. Retrieved November 20, 2017.

Nattier, Jan. Once Upon a Future Time: Studies in a Buddhist Prophecy of Decline. Berkeley, CA: Asian Humanities Press, 1991.

Negi, J. S. Tibetan-Sanskrit Dictionary, vols. 1–16. Sarnath, India: Dictionary Unit, Central Institute of Higher Tibetan Studies, 2003.

Przyluski, Jean, and Marcelle Lalou. “Récits populaires et contes bouddhiques.” Journal Asiatique 228 (1936): 177–91.

Rangjung Yeshe and Erik Pema Kunsang. Tibetan–English Dictionary [computer software]. Kathmandu, Nepal: Rangjung Yeshe Institute.

Ray, Reginald. Buddhist Saints in India. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1994.

Rigzin, Tsepak. Tibetan-English Dictionary of Buddhist Terminology. Dharamsala: LTWA, 2008.

Rotman, Andy, trans. Divine Stories: Divyāvadāna Part 1. Boston: Wisdom Publications, 2008.

Sarkar, Sadhanchandra. A Study on the Jātakas and the Avadānas: Critical and Comparative, vol. 1. Calcutta: Saraswat Library, 1981.

Sastri, Gaurinath. A Concise History of Classical Sanskrit Literature. London: Oxford University Press, 1960.

Skilling, Peter. “Theravādin Literature in Tibetan Translation.” Journal of the Pali Text Society, vol. XIX (1993), pp 69–201.

Skilling, Peter. “From bKa’ bstan bcos to bKa’ ’gyur and bsTan ’gyur.” In Transmission of the Tibetan Canon. Edited by Helmut Eimer, 87–112. Vienna: Verlag der Österreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, 1997.

Skilling, Peter. “Eṣā Agrā: Images of Nuns in (Mūla-)Sarvāstivādin Literature.” Journal of the International Association of Buddhist Studies 24, no. 2 (2001): 135–56.

Speyer, J. S., ed. Avadānaçataka: A Century of Edifying Tales Belonging to the Hīnayāna, vol. 2. First Indian edition. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass Publishers Private Limited, 1992.

Sørensen, Per K., trans. The Mirror Illuminating the Royal Genealogies. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 1994.

Stein, Lisa, and Ngawang Zangpo (trs.). Butön’s History of Buddhism in India and its Spread to Tibet: A Treasury of Priceless Scripture. Boston: Snow Lion, 2013.

Tatelman, J., trans. and ed. The Heavenly Exploits: Buddhist Biographies from the Divyavadana, vol. 1. New York: New York University Press JJC Foundation, 2005.

The Tibetan and Himalayan Library: THL Tibetan to English Translation Tool. Accessed February 2, 2013.

“Universal Monarch.” Rigpa Wiki. Accessed February 2, 2013.

Waldo, Ives. Tibetan–English Dictionary [computer software]. Kathmandu, Nepal: Rangjung Yeshe Institute.

Winternitz, Maurice. History of Indian Literature, vol. 2. Translated and revised by B. Jha. Delhi: Bharatiya Vidya Prakashan, 1987.


g.

Glossary

Types of attestation for names and terms of the corresponding source language

AS

Attested in source text

This term is attested in a manuscript used as a source for this translation.

AO

Attested in other text

This term is attested in other manuscripts with a parallel or similar context.

AD

Attested in dictionary

This term is attested in dictionaries matching Tibetan to the corresponding language.

AA

Approximate attestation

The attestation of this name is approximate. It is based on other names where the relationship between the Tibetan and source language is attested in dictionaries or other manuscripts.

RP

Reconstruction from Tibetan phonetic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the Tibetan phonetic rendering of the term.

RS

Reconstruction from Tibetan semantic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the semantics of the Tibetan translation.

SU

Source unspecified

This term has been supplied from an unspecified source, which most often is a widely trusted dictionary.

g.­1

Abhaya

Wylie:
  • ’jigs med
Tibetan:
  • འཇིགས་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • abhaya

A future solitary buddha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­363
g.­2

Abodes of the Four Great Kings

Wylie:
  • rgyal chen bzhi’i ris
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་ཆེན་བཞིའི་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • cāturmahā­rājakāyika

One of the heavens of Buddhist cosmology, lowest among the six heavens of the desire realm. Dwelling place of the four great kings, traditionally located on a terrace of Sumeru, just below the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­271
  • 2.­351
  • 2.­410
  • 3.­52
  • 4.­132
  • 6.­282-283
  • g.­231
g.­3

absorption of neither discrimination nor non-discrimination

Wylie:
  • ’du shes min ’du shes med min gyi snyom ’jug
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་ཤེས་མིན་འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་མིན་གྱི་སྙོམ་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • naivasaṃjñānāsaṃjñā

Fourth of the four types of formless meditative absorptions (caturārūpyasamāpatti, gzugs med snyoms ’jug bzhi) (Rigzin 369).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­140
  • 7.­201
g.­4

act

Wylie:
  • las
Tibetan:
  • ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • karman

See “action.”

Located in 145 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • i.­9
  • 1.­37-38
  • 1.­72
  • 1.­83-85
  • 1.­125
  • 1.­129
  • 1.­136
  • 1.­169-170
  • 1.­195
  • 1.­276
  • 1.­301
  • 1.­310
  • 1.­313
  • 1.­338
  • 1.­351
  • 1.­401
  • 1.­438-439
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­74
  • 2.­104-105
  • 2.­130
  • 2.­190-191
  • 2.­199
  • 2.­224
  • 2.­229-230
  • 2.­257
  • 2.­262
  • 2.­284
  • 2.­287
  • 2.­341
  • 2.­363
  • 2.­383
  • 2.­437
  • 2.­505
  • 2.­551
  • 2.­558-559
  • 2.­568-569
  • 2.­601
  • 2.­604
  • 2.­607
  • 3.­10
  • 3.­52
  • 3.­171
  • 3.­205
  • 3.­209-210
  • 3.­226-227
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­255
  • 3.­267
  • 3.­277
  • 3.­279
  • 3.­284
  • 3.­347
  • 3.­387
  • 4.­90
  • 4.­110
  • 4.­145
  • 4.­163-164
  • 4.­167
  • 4.­182
  • 4.­231
  • 5.­4
  • 5.­6
  • 5.­27-28
  • 5.­46
  • 5.­95
  • 5.­104
  • 5.­112
  • 5.­123
  • 5.­125
  • 5.­166-168
  • 5.­181
  • 5.­219
  • 5.­236
  • 5.­248
  • 5.­288
  • 5.­290
  • 5.­309
  • 5.­322
  • 5.­330-331
  • 5.­334
  • 6.­30-32
  • 6.­76
  • 6.­157
  • 6.­251
  • 6.­263
  • 6.­266
  • 6.­306
  • 6.­412
  • 6.­441
  • 7.­23-24
  • 7.­63-64
  • 7.­73
  • 7.­164
  • 7.­191
  • 7.­217-218
  • 7.­232
  • 8.­20
  • 8.­22
  • 8.­42
  • 8.­87
  • 9.­64
  • 9.­87
  • 9.­118
  • 9.­136
  • 9.­138
  • 10.­52-54
  • 10.­92
  • 10.­94
  • 10.­195
  • 10.­201-202
  • 10.­327
  • 10.­362
  • 10.­397
  • 10.­441
  • n.­243
  • g.­7
g.­7

action

Wylie:
  • las
Tibetan:
  • ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • karman

Any volitional act, whether of body, speech, or mind. Also rendered here as “act,” “karma,” and “deed.”

Located in 239 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­7
  • 1.­28-29
  • 1.­38-40
  • 1.­70-71
  • 1.­123-124
  • 1.­131
  • 1.­160-161
  • 1.­169-170
  • 1.­269
  • 1.­295
  • 1.­308-309
  • 1.­341
  • 1.­391
  • 1.­430-431
  • 1.­438-439
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­74
  • 2.­78
  • 2.­85
  • 2.­97
  • 2.­107
  • 2.­109
  • 2.­112
  • 2.­142-143
  • 2.­147
  • 2.­176
  • 2.­183
  • 2.­194-195
  • 2.­204-208
  • 2.­216
  • 2.­222
  • 2.­225
  • 2.­255-256
  • 2.­259-261
  • 2.­285-286
  • 2.­341
  • 2.­363
  • 2.­377
  • 2.­508
  • 2.­511
  • 2.­521
  • 2.­525
  • 2.­532
  • 2.­534-535
  • 2.­537-538
  • 2.­545-546
  • 2.­548-550
  • 2.­588
  • 2.­603
  • 3.­10-11
  • 3.­44
  • 3.­54
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­118
  • 3.­146
  • 3.­192-193
  • 3.­198-199
  • 3.­211
  • 3.­215-218
  • 3.­222-224
  • 3.­226-228
  • 3.­232-234
  • 3.­237-238
  • 3.­244-245
  • 3.­249
  • 3.­260-261
  • 3.­265
  • 3.­267
  • 3.­279-280
  • 3.­303-304
  • 3.­307-308
  • 3.­319
  • 3.­329
  • 3.­357-358
  • 3.­385-386
  • 3.­396-397
  • 3.­401-402
  • 3.­406-407
  • 3.­414
  • 3.­427
  • 4.­86
  • 4.­107-108
  • 4.­111
  • 4.­151-152
  • 4.­158-159
  • 4.­161
  • 4.­165
  • 4.­180-181
  • 4.­188
  • 4.­194
  • 4.­199
  • 4.­221
  • 5.­14-15
  • 5.­22-23
  • 5.­65
  • 5.­89
  • 5.­116-117
  • 5.­163
  • 5.­202
  • 5.­249
  • 5.­251
  • 5.­276
  • 5.­286
  • 5.­320-321
  • 5.­332-333
  • 6.­10
  • 6.­26
  • 6.­28-29
  • 6.­72
  • 6.­112-115
  • 6.­264-265
  • 6.­268
  • 6.­299
  • 6.­303
  • 6.­305
  • 6.­409
  • 6.­435
  • 6.­438
  • 6.­501
  • 7.­15
  • 7.­21
  • 7.­23
  • 7.­57
  • 7.­67
  • 7.­108
  • 7.­110
  • 7.­129
  • 7.­133
  • 7.­155
  • 7.­209-210
  • 7.­228-229
  • 7.­246
  • 9.­53
  • 9.­85-86
  • 9.­88-89
  • 9.­99
  • 9.­130
  • 9.­156-157
  • 9.­159
  • 9.­161
  • 9.­175
  • 9.­181
  • 10.­87
  • 10.­190-194
  • 10.­201
  • 10.­214
  • 10.­248
  • 10.­275
  • 10.­318
  • 10.­361
  • 10.­451
  • 10.­453-454
  • n.­47
  • n.­62
  • n.­134
  • n.­147
  • g.­4
  • g.­121
  • g.­176
  • g.­270
  • g.­458
  • g.­478
  • g.­580
  • g.­585
g.­8

Adumā

Wylie:
  • a du ma
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་དུ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • adumā
  • udumā

The name of the town where Kaineya lived; traditionally spelled Udumā, the rendering in The Hundred Deeds may be derived from the Pāli/Prakṛt form Ātumā.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­16
  • 3.­18
  • 3.­22
  • 3.­32
  • 3.­66
  • g.­146
  • g.­262
g.­10

afflictive emotion

Wylie:
  • nyon mongs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉོན་མོངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kleśa

Also called “delusions,” “afflictions,” or “addictive emotions,” these are mental states that produce turmoil and confusion and thus disturb mental peace and happiness (Rigzin 133).

Located in 359 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­28
  • 1.­37-39
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85-86
  • 1.­113
  • 1.­128
  • 1.­130
  • 1.­133
  • 1.­137
  • 1.­159-160
  • 1.­168-171
  • 1.­201
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­269
  • 1.­274
  • 1.­276-277
  • 1.­293-295
  • 1.­300
  • 1.­302
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­341
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­352
  • 1.­362
  • 1.­389-391
  • 1.­399-400
  • 1.­402-403
  • 1.­426
  • 1.­429-430
  • 1.­438
  • 1.­440-442
  • 1.­449
  • 2.­112
  • 2.­142
  • 2.­147
  • 2.­149-151
  • 2.­178-181
  • 2.­183
  • 2.­189-190
  • 2.­192-194
  • 2.­199
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­205
  • 2.­207-211
  • 2.­220
  • 2.­222
  • 2.­229
  • 2.­231-232
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­261-264
  • 2.­376-377
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­384
  • 2.­524
  • 2.­568
  • 2.­570-571
  • 2.­607
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­11
  • 3.­13-15
  • 3.­51
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­90
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­101-104
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­117-118
  • 3.­120-124
  • 3.­145-146
  • 3.­149
  • 3.­151-153
  • 3.­211
  • 3.­228
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­280-282
  • 3.­302-303
  • 3.­305-307
  • 3.­323-324
  • 3.­330-331
  • 3.­340
  • 3.­344
  • 4.­31
  • 4.­38-40
  • 4.­84
  • 4.­86
  • 4.­91
  • 4.­157-158
  • 4.­165
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­199
  • 4.­201-203
  • 4.­219
  • 4.­221
  • 4.­229
  • 4.­232-233
  • 5.­21-22
  • 5.­29-31
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­65
  • 5.­67-69
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­89
  • 5.­92-96
  • 5.­111
  • 5.­115-117
  • 5.­121-122
  • 5.­124-125
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­151-153
  • 5.­160
  • 5.­162-163
  • 5.­167-169
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­183-185
  • 5.­195-196
  • 5.­201-202
  • 5.­207-210
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275-276
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­319-320
  • 5.­330
  • 5.­332
  • 6.­6-7
  • 6.­9-10
  • 6.­18
  • 6.­33
  • 6.­47
  • 6.­50-53
  • 6.­62
  • 6.­64-65
  • 6.­71-72
  • 6.­74
  • 6.­77
  • 6.­139-141
  • 6.­161
  • 6.­165
  • 6.­245-246
  • 6.­248
  • 6.­252
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­323
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­379
  • 6.­382-383
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­391-392
  • 6.­413
  • 6.­437-438
  • 6.­440-441
  • 6.­446-449
  • 6.­451
  • 6.­456
  • 6.­499-501
  • 6.­508
  • 6.­510
  • 7.­14-15
  • 7.­24
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­41-43
  • 7.­63
  • 7.­66-67
  • 7.­121
  • 7.­123-124
  • 7.­128-129
  • 7.­131-134
  • 7.­150
  • 7.­154-155
  • 7.­164
  • 7.­185
  • 7.­190
  • 7.­207
  • 7.­209
  • 7.­217-218
  • 7.­227-228
  • 7.­231
  • 7.­233-234
  • 7.­241
  • 7.­246
  • 7.­248
  • 7.­250
  • 7.­256
  • 8.­122
  • 8.­124
  • 9.­20
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­50
  • 9.­53
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­65
  • 9.­93
  • 9.­128
  • 9.­130
  • 9.­135
  • 9.­137
  • 9.­144
  • 9.­173-174
  • 10.­100
  • 10.­104
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­192
  • 10.­203
  • 10.­211
  • 10.­214
  • 10.­216-218
  • 10.­233-234
  • 10.­239-241
  • 10.­248
  • 10.­349
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­375-377
  • 10.­380
  • n.­45
  • n.­235
  • g.­9
  • g.­30
  • g.­34
  • g.­35
  • g.­50
  • g.­115
  • g.­117
  • g.­160
  • g.­161
  • g.­242
  • g.­552
  • g.­594
g.­11

Aggregates

Wylie:
  • phung po
Tibetan:
  • ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • skandha

In Buddhist philosophy, the five basic constituents upon which persons are conventionally designated. They are material forms, sensations, perceptions, formations, and consciousness.

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­71
  • 1.­124
  • 1.­309
  • 1.­361-362
  • 2.­179
  • 2.­286
  • 2.­415
  • 2.­428
  • 2.­546
  • 2.­550
  • 2.­607
  • 3.­386
  • 3.­415
  • 4.­181
  • 6.­145
  • 6.­337
  • 6.­339
  • 6.­341
  • 6.­376
  • 6.­390
  • 10.­182
  • 10.­194
  • 10.­272
  • 10.­276
  • n.­224
  • g.­108
  • g.­176
  • g.­354
  • g.­428
  • g.­506
g.­17

Ajita Keśakambala

Wylie:
  • mi ’pham skra’i la ba can
Tibetan:
  • མི་འཕམ་སྐྲའི་ལ་བ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • ajita keśakambala

One of the six philosophical extremists who lived during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­56-57
  • 6.­344
  • n.­153
  • g.­430
g.­20

All-Knowing One

Wylie:
  • thams cad mkhyen pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་མཁྱེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvajña

An epithet of the buddhas. Salutation to the All-Knowing One at the beginning of a Buddhist text typically indicates its designation in the Vinaya Piṭaka.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • p.­1
g.­21

Amṛtā

Wylie:
  • bdud rtsi ma
Tibetan:
  • བདུད་རྩི་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • amṛtā

One of eight children, a daughter, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 5.­127
  • g.­517
g.­22

Amṛtodana

Wylie:
  • bdud rtsi zas
Tibetan:
  • བདུད་རྩི་ཟས།
Sanskrit:
  • amṛtodana

One of eight children, a son, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 5.­127
  • g.­517
g.­24

Ānanda

Wylie:
  • kun dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ānanda

A monk of the Buddha’s order, brother of Devadatta, who for twenty-five years served as the Buddha’s personal attendant. Second in the apostolic succession that carried on the Buddha’s teachings after his parinirvāṇa.

Located in 110 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­11
  • 2.­18-19
  • 2.­29
  • 2.­36-37
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­55-56
  • 2.­66
  • 2.­73-74
  • 2.­87
  • 2.­94-98
  • 2.­214-217
  • 2.­221
  • 2.­276
  • 2.­283-284
  • 2.­343-344
  • 2.­355
  • 2.­362-363
  • 2.­465
  • 2.­531
  • 2.­533-534
  • 2.­585-589
  • 4.­122
  • 4.­137
  • 4.­144-145
  • 5.­244
  • 6.­1
  • 6.­136
  • 6.­139-140
  • 6.­142
  • 6.­235-236
  • 6.­241
  • 6.­243-244
  • 6.­246
  • 6.­339-342
  • 6.­351-352
  • 6.­407-408
  • 6.­458
  • 6.­460
  • 6.­463-465
  • 6.­467-470
  • 6.­472
  • 6.­474-478
  • 6.­480-481
  • 6.­484
  • 6.­487-488
  • 6.­495
  • 7.­55-58
  • 8.­46-48
  • 8.­50
  • 9.­71
  • 10.­125-126
  • 10.­152
  • 10.­371
  • 10.­373-375
  • 10.­377-379
  • 10.­383
  • 10.­394
  • n.­173
  • n.­216
  • g.­128
  • g.­206
g.­25

Anāthapiṇḍada

Wylie:
  • mgon med zas sbyin
Tibetan:
  • མགོན་མེད་ཟས་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • anāthapiṇḍada

A wealthy householder of Śrāvastī renowned for his generosity, he spent a small fortune to purchase the garden of Prince Jeta, built a monastery there, and offered both to the Buddha.

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­121-122
  • 1.­357
  • 1.­359
  • 2.­217
  • 2.­219
  • 5.­188
  • 6.­55-56
  • 6.­442-445
  • 6.­447-448
  • 6.­450
  • 8.­1
  • 8.­42-44
  • 8.­52-54
  • 8.­57-59
  • 8.­61-62
  • 8.­66
  • 8.­74-75
  • 8.­108
  • 10.­179
  • 10.­230
  • g.­192
  • g.­444
g.­27

anguished spirit

Wylie:
  • yi dags
  • yi dwags
Tibetan:
  • ཡི་དགས།
  • ཡི་དྭགས།
Sanskrit:
  • preta

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the five or six classes of sentient beings, into which beings are born as the karmic fruition of past miserliness. As the term in Sanskrit means “the departed,” they are analogous to the ancestral spirits of Vedic tradition, the pitṛs, who starve without the offerings of descendants. It is also commonly translated as “hungry ghost” or “starving spirit,” as in the Chinese 餓鬼 e gui.

They are sometimes said to reside in the realm of Yama, but are also frequently described as roaming charnel grounds and other inhospitable or frightening places along with piśācas and other such beings. They are particularly known to suffer from great hunger and thirst and the inability to acquire sustenance. Detailed descriptions of their realm and experience, including a list of the thirty-six classes of pretas, can be found in The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma, Toh 287, 2.­1281– 2.1482.

Located in 80 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­201
  • 2.­9
  • 2.­27
  • 2.­46
  • 2.­64
  • 2.­274
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­567
  • 2.­569
  • 3.­187-188
  • 3.­195-196
  • 3.­214-215
  • 3.­219-222
  • 3.­224
  • 3.­226
  • 3.­230-232
  • 3.­234-237
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­241-243
  • 3.­245-249
  • 3.­255
  • 3.­257-259
  • 3.­261-265
  • 3.­267
  • 3.­399-400
  • 3.­404-405
  • 3.­407
  • 4.­90
  • 4.­117
  • 4.­135
  • 5.­246
  • 5.­249
  • 5.­299
  • 5.­302
  • 5.­304-305
  • 5.­307-309
  • 5.­311
  • 5.­332-334
  • 6.­62
  • 6.­280-281
  • 6.­426
  • 6.­498
  • 7.­65
  • 10.­232
  • 10.­413-414
  • g.­167
  • g.­191
  • g.­479
g.­28

Aniruddha

Wylie:
  • ma ’gags pa
Tibetan:
  • མ་འགགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • aniruddha

The Buddha’s first cousin, born of the Śākya clan, who was among the most eminent of the Buddha’s monastic disciples.

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­99
  • 1.­101-102
  • 1.­106-109
  • 1.­111-112
  • 1.­118
  • 1.­327-329
  • 1.­333-336
  • 4.­76-78
  • 4.­82-84
  • 5.­242-243
  • 9.­47
  • 9.­50
  • n.­26
  • n.­145
  • g.­252
  • g.­446
  • g.­673
g.­33

Āraṇyaka

Wylie:
  • dgon pa pa
  • dgon pa ba
Tibetan:
  • དགོན་པ་པ།
  • དགོན་པ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • āraṇyaka

“Forest Dweller,” the name of the son of householders in Śrāvastī, he preferred seclusion, eventually attaining arhatship.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­1
  • 4.­80-81
  • 4.­86
g.­34

arhat

Wylie:
  • dgra bcom pa
Tibetan:
  • དགྲ་བཅོམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • arhat

Literally “foe-destroyer”‍—the foe in this case being the afflictive emotions‍—one who has attained arhatship.

Located in 187 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24-25
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­76
  • 1.­78-79
  • 1.­81
  • 1.­84-85
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­136
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­311
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­381
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­17-18
  • 2.­35
  • 2.­54-55
  • 2.­72-73
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­100
  • 2.­104
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­203-204
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­282-283
  • 2.­344
  • 2.­361-362
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­389
  • 2.­419
  • 2.­429
  • 2.­456
  • 2.­483
  • 2.­485
  • 2.­524
  • 2.­560
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­12
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­64-65
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­304
  • 3.­323
  • 3.­388
  • 3.­409
  • 3.­412
  • 3.­414
  • 3.­434
  • 4.­23
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­46
  • 4.­56
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­143-144
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 4.­222
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­98
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­165
  • 5.­168
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­203
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­319
  • 5.­323-324
  • 5.­326-331
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­185
  • 6.­191
  • 6.­194-196
  • 6.­198
  • 6.­231
  • 6.­314
  • 6.­341
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­369
  • 6.­384
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­425
  • 6.­433
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­453
  • 6.­499
  • 6.­503
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­40
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­123
  • 7.­143
  • 7.­201
  • 7.­229
  • 7.­247
  • 8.­14-15
  • 8.­28-29
  • 8.­40-41
  • 8.­55-56
  • 8.­69-70
  • 8.­77-78
  • 8.­85-86
  • 8.­93-94
  • 8.­104-105
  • 8.­117-118
  • 8.­127-128
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­102-104
  • 9.­128
  • 10.­18
  • 10.­57-59
  • 10.­65
  • 10.­86
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­215
  • 10.­250
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
  • 10.­392
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­419
  • g.­26
  • g.­35
  • g.­118
  • g.­153
  • g.­308
  • g.­596
  • g.­611
  • g.­625
g.­35

arhatship

Wylie:
  • dgra bcom pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • དགྲ་བཅོམ་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • arhattva

“The state of liberation [from saṃsāra via destruction of the afflictive emotions] or the fifth path of no more to learn, attained by arhats after perfecting training in the fourth path…” (Rigzin 60). In this text being “established … in the unsurpassed, supreme welfare of nirvāṇa”; also appears as a synonym for the attainment of arhatship.

Located in 396 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­28
  • 1.­37-39
  • 1.­63-64
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85-86
  • 1.­112-113
  • 1.­128
  • 1.­130
  • 1.­133-134
  • 1.­137
  • 1.­159-160
  • 1.­168-171
  • 1.­194
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­269
  • 1.­274
  • 1.­276-277
  • 1.­293-295
  • 1.­300
  • 1.­302
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­341
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­352
  • 1.­362
  • 1.­389-391
  • 1.­399-400
  • 1.­402-403
  • 1.­426
  • 1.­429-430
  • 1.­438
  • 1.­440-442
  • 1.­449
  • 2.­112-113
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­142
  • 2.­147
  • 2.­149-151
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180-181
  • 2.­183
  • 2.­189-190
  • 2.­192-194
  • 2.­199
  • 2.­203-205
  • 2.­207-211
  • 2.­220-222
  • 2.­229
  • 2.­231-232
  • 2.­242-243
  • 2.­261-264
  • 2.­376-377
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­384
  • 2.­524-525
  • 2.­559
  • 2.­568-571
  • 2.­607-608
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­11
  • 3.­13-15
  • 3.­51
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­87-88
  • 3.­90-91
  • 3.­96
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­101-104
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­117-118
  • 3.­120-125
  • 3.­145-146
  • 3.­149
  • 3.­151-153
  • 3.­211-212
  • 3.­228-229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­280-282
  • 3.­302-303
  • 3.­305-307
  • 3.­323-324
  • 3.­330-331
  • 3.­340-341
  • 3.­344
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­396
  • 3.­415-416
  • 4.­31
  • 4.­38-40
  • 4.­84
  • 4.­86
  • 4.­91
  • 4.­157-158
  • 4.­165
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­199
  • 4.­201-203
  • 4.­219-221
  • 4.­229
  • 4.­232-233
  • 5.­21-22
  • 5.­29-31
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­65
  • 5.­67-69
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­89
  • 5.­92-96
  • 5.­111-112
  • 5.­115-117
  • 5.­121-122
  • 5.­124-125
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­151-153
  • 5.­160
  • 5.­162-163
  • 5.­167-169
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­183-185
  • 5.­195-196
  • 5.­201-202
  • 5.­207-210
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275-276
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­319-320
  • 5.­330
  • 5.­332
  • 6.­6-7
  • 6.­9-10
  • 6.­18
  • 6.­33
  • 6.­47
  • 6.­50-53
  • 6.­64-65
  • 6.­71-72
  • 6.­74
  • 6.­77
  • 6.­139-142
  • 6.­161
  • 6.­245-246
  • 6.­248
  • 6.­252
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­323
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­379-380
  • 6.­382-383
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­391-392
  • 6.­413
  • 6.­437-438
  • 6.­440-441
  • 6.­446-449
  • 6.­451
  • 6.­456
  • 6.­499-501
  • 6.­508
  • 6.­510
  • 7.­14-15
  • 7.­24
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­41-43
  • 7.­63
  • 7.­66-67
  • 7.­69
  • 7.­121-124
  • 7.­128-129
  • 7.­131-134
  • 7.­150
  • 7.­154-155
  • 7.­164
  • 7.­190
  • 7.­207
  • 7.­209
  • 7.­217-218
  • 7.­227-228
  • 7.­231
  • 7.­233-234
  • 7.­241
  • 7.­246
  • 7.­248
  • 7.­250
  • 7.­256
  • 8.­122
  • 8.­124
  • 9.­20
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­50-51
  • 9.­53
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­65
  • 9.­93
  • 9.­105
  • 9.­128
  • 9.­130
  • 9.­135
  • 9.­137
  • 9.­144
  • 9.­173-174
  • 10.­100
  • 10.­104
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­192
  • 10.­203
  • 10.­211-214
  • 10.­216-218
  • 10.­233-234
  • 10.­239-241
  • 10.­247-248
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­377
  • 10.­380
  • g.­33
  • g.­34
  • g.­60
  • g.­67
  • g.­84
  • g.­117
  • g.­169
  • g.­206
  • g.­208
  • g.­254
  • g.­257
  • g.­261
  • g.­273
  • g.­289
  • g.­320
  • g.­424
  • g.­446
  • g.­554
  • g.­614
  • g.­656
g.­38

ascetic

Wylie:
  • dge sbyong
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སྦྱོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • śramaṇa

A mendicant; sometimes employed as a title of the Buddha.

Located in 110 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­446
  • 2.­14
  • 2.­32
  • 2.­39
  • 2.­51
  • 2.­69
  • 2.­102
  • 2.­111
  • 2.­116
  • 2.­155
  • 2.­279
  • 2.­358
  • 2.­386
  • 2.­409
  • 2.­412
  • 2.­436
  • 2.­442
  • 2.­461-462
  • 2.­464
  • 2.­554
  • 3.­30-32
  • 3.­73
  • 3.­83
  • 3.­285-286
  • 3.­299
  • 3.­388
  • 3.­390-391
  • 3.­393
  • 3.­395-396
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­98
  • 4.­140
  • 4.­159
  • 4.­171-178
  • 4.­193
  • 5.­191
  • 5.­198-201
  • 5.­266-267
  • 5.­296
  • 5.­333
  • 6.­36
  • 6.­38
  • 6.­45
  • 6.­165
  • 6.­262
  • 6.­266-268
  • 6.­319
  • 6.­348-349
  • 6.­359
  • 7.­74-75
  • 7.­77
  • 7.­104
  • 7.­220
  • 7.­237
  • 7.­254
  • 8.­5
  • 8.­11
  • 8.­25
  • 8.­34
  • 8.­48
  • 8.­62
  • 8.­72
  • 8.­75
  • 8.­96
  • 10.­4-5
  • 10.­7
  • 10.­9
  • 10.­55-56
  • 10.­58-59
  • 10.­102
  • 10.­107
  • 10.­149
  • 10.­153
  • 10.­178
  • 10.­230
  • 10.­232
  • 10.­250
  • 10.­258
  • 10.­268
  • 10.­364
  • 10.­373
  • g.­378
  • g.­382
  • g.­411
  • g.­417
  • g.­623
g.­45

Aṭavika

Wylie:
  • ’brog gnas
Tibetan:
  • འབྲོག་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • aṭavika

A certain yakṣa lord tamed by the Buddha.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­218
  • 9.­152
  • 10.­360
g.­46

Atharva Veda

Wylie:
  • srid srung gi rig byed
Tibetan:
  • སྲིད་སྲུང་གི་རིག་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • atharvaveda

Along with the Ṛg Veda, Yajur Veda, and Sāma Veda, one of the four Vedas, the most ancient Sanskrit religious literature of India.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­240
  • 1.­378
  • 3.­310
  • 3.­326
  • 5.­187
  • 5.­212
  • 5.­265
  • 6.­35
  • 7.­167
  • 8.­18
  • 9.­4
  • 10.­96
  • 10.­296
  • g.­464
  • g.­494
  • g.­518
  • g.­671
g.­47

attainment of seeing

Wylie:
  • mthong ba’i snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan:
  • མཐོང་བའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • darśanasamāpatti

Entry point for the path of seeing, this is the direct perception of things as they are, ultimate reality, suchness.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­199
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 7.­68
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
g.­51

Ayodhyā

Wylie:
  • ’thab med
Tibetan:
  • འཐབ་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • ayodhyā RS

A city ruled by King Mahā­sena long before the time of the Buddha Śākyamuni. Also said to have been ruled by King Nāgadeva (rgyal po klu lha) before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­379
  • 6.­300-301
  • g.­336
  • g.­381
g.­53

Bamboo Grove

Wylie:
  • ’od ma’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • འོད་མའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • veṇuvana

A grove of bamboo trees in Rājagṛha, where Buddha Śākyamuni sometimes dwelt.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­352
  • 3.­375-376
  • 4.­128-129
  • 5.­103
  • 5.­222
  • 6.­270-271
  • 6.­294
  • 6.­296
  • 6.­298
  • 6.­322
  • 7.­77
  • 7.­81
  • 7.­108
  • 7.­154
  • 7.­225
  • 8.­16
  • 9.­118
  • 9.­120
  • 9.­124
  • 9.­158
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­124
  • n.­198
g.­58

Beautiful to See

Wylie:
  • blta na sdug
Tibetan:
  • བལྟ་ན་སྡུག
Sanskrit:
  • sudarśana RS

Peacock who overheard the Buddha teaching on Vulture Peak Mountain.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 6.­2
g.­61

Bhādra

Wylie:
  • khrums stod
  • grum stod
  • khrum stod
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲུམས་སྟོད།
  • གྲུམ་སྟོད།
  • ཁྲུམ་སྟོད།
Sanskrit:
  • bhādra

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 7.­1
g.­62

bhikṣuṇī

Wylie:
  • dge slong ma
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སློང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhikṣuṇī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term bhikṣuṇī, often translated as “nun,” refers to the highest among the eight types of prātimokṣa vows that make one part of the Buddhist assembly. The Sanskrit term bhikṣu (to which the female grammatical ending ṇī is added) literally means “beggar” or “mendicant,” referring to the fact that Buddhist nuns and monks‍—like other ascetics of the time‍—subsisted on alms (bhikṣā) begged from the laity. In the Tibetan tradition, which follows the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, a bhikṣuṇī follows 364 rules and a bhikṣu follows 253 rules as part of their moral discipline.

For the first few years of the Buddha’s teachings in India, there was no ordination for women. It started at the persistent request and display of determination of Mahāprajāpatī, the Buddha’s stepmother and aunt, together with five hundred former wives of men of Kapilavastu, who had themselves become monks. Mahāprajāpatī is thus considered to be the founder of the nun’s order.

In this text:

Also rendered here simply as “nun.”

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­185
  • n.­44
  • g.­188
  • g.­202
  • g.­402
  • g.­480
g.­65

Bimbisāra

Wylie:
  • bzo sbyangs gzugs can snying po
  • gzugs can snying po
Tibetan:
  • བཟོ་སྦྱངས་གཟུགས་ཅན་སྙིང་པོ།
  • གཟུགས་ཅན་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śreṇiya bimbisāra
  • bimbisāra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The king of Magadha and a great patron of the Buddha. His birth coincided with the Buddha’s, and his father, King Mahāpadma, named him “Essence of Gold” after mistakenly attributing the brilliant light that marked the Buddha’s birth to the birth of his son by Queen Bimbī (“Goldie”). Accounts of Bimbisāra’s youth and life can be found in The Chapter on Going Forth (Toh 1-1, Pravrajyāvastu).

King Śreṇya Bimbisāra first met with the Buddha early on, when the latter was the wandering mendicant known as Gautama. Impressed by his conduct, Bimbisāra offered to take Gautama into his court, but Gautama refused, and Bimbisāra wished him success in his quest for awakening and asked him to visit his palace after he had achieved his goal. One account of this episode can be found in the sixteenth chapter of The Play in Full (Toh 95, Lalitavistara). There are other accounts where the two meet earlier on in childhood; several episodes can be found, for example, in The Hundred Deeds (Toh 340, Karmaśataka). Later, after the Buddha’s awakening, Bimbisāra became one of his most famous patrons and donated to the saṅgha the Bamboo Grove, Veṇuvana, at the outskirts of the capital of Magadha, Rājagṛha, where he built residences for the monks. Bimbisāra was imprisoned and killed by his own son, the prince Ajātaśatru, who, influenced by Devadatta, sought to usurp his father’s throne.

In this text:

Also rendered here as “Śreṇiya Bimbisāra.”

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­103
  • 6.­259
  • 7.­136
  • 7.­139-140
  • 7.­149
  • 9.­150-152
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­252
  • 10.­254-257
  • 10.­269
  • 10.­279
  • 10.­285
  • 10.­288-289
  • 10.­341-342
  • n.­26
  • g.­101
  • g.­159
  • g.­173
  • g.­265
  • g.­325
  • g.­453
  • g.­460
  • g.­543
g.­67

Black (a brahmin)

Wylie:
  • nag po
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāla RS
  • kṛṣṇa RS

A certain dark-complected brahmin youth who became a sage, then heard the Dharma from the Buddha, became ordained, and manifested arhatship.

Not to be confused with Black the yakṣa who also appears in his story, nor with Kāla the nāga king (whose name in Tib. is the same nag po).

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­211-213
  • 5.­215
  • 5.­217-218
  • 5.­220
  • 5.­222-223
  • 5.­230
  • g.­68
  • g.­264
g.­68

Black (a yakṣa)

Wylie:
  • nag po
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāla RS
  • kṛṣṇa RS

A certain yakṣa tamed by the Buddha and subsequently sworn to protect the people of Rājagṛha.

Not to be confused with Black the brahmin who also appears in his story, nor with Kāla the nāga king.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­216
  • 5.­218
  • g.­67
  • g.­264
g.­70

blessed buddha

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit:
  • buddhabhagavān

An epithet of the buddhas.

Located in 350 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­37-38
  • 1.­46
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­98
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­135
  • 1.­143-144
  • 1.­149-150
  • 1.­162
  • 1.­169-170
  • 1.­264
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­274
  • 1.­276
  • 1.­284
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­300
  • 1.­311-313
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­326
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­350
  • 1.­386
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­399-400
  • 1.­403
  • 1.­417
  • 1.­432
  • 1.­438
  • 1.­440
  • 2.­3
  • 2.­21
  • 2.­40
  • 2.­58
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­87
  • 2.­94-95
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­149-150
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­189-190
  • 2.­193
  • 2.­196
  • 2.­209-210
  • 2.­222
  • 2.­226
  • 2.­229
  • 2.­231
  • 2.­244
  • 2.­257-258
  • 2.­262-263
  • 2.­267-268
  • 2.­288
  • 2.­339
  • 2.­345
  • 2.­348
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­456
  • 2.­560
  • 2.­568
  • 2.­570
  • 2.­573
  • 2.­579
  • 2.­585-586
  • 2.­589
  • 3.­12-14
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­44-45
  • 3.­51-52
  • 3.­69-70
  • 3.­89
  • 3.­98-99
  • 3.­101-103
  • 3.­119-122
  • 3.­124
  • 3.­146-147
  • 3.­150
  • 3.­152
  • 3.­154
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­276
  • 3.­279-281
  • 3.­288
  • 3.­294
  • 3.­304-306
  • 3.­325
  • 3.­330
  • 3.­408
  • 3.­434
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­33
  • 4.­38-39
  • 4.­46
  • 4.­56
  • 4.­59
  • 4.­86
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­104
  • 4.­107-110
  • 4.­118-119
  • 4.­129
  • 4.­166
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­200-202
  • 4.­208
  • 4.­212-214
  • 4.­222
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­17
  • 5.­23
  • 5.­30
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­66-68
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­92
  • 5.­94-95
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­151-152
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­167-168
  • 5.­174
  • 5.­183-184
  • 5.­203
  • 5.­206
  • 5.­208-209
  • 5.­221-223
  • 5.­257
  • 5.­259
  • 5.­267
  • 5.­269
  • 5.­276-277
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­287
  • 5.­311
  • 5.­313
  • 5.­315-316
  • 5.­320-321
  • 5.­330
  • 5.­333
  • 6.­21
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­49-50
  • 6.­52
  • 6.­65
  • 6.­73-75
  • 6.­119
  • 6.­191
  • 6.­235
  • 6.­244-245
  • 6.­248
  • 6.­252
  • 6.­299
  • 6.­307-308
  • 6.­381-382
  • 6.­384
  • 6.­386
  • 6.­410-411
  • 6.­425
  • 6.­438-440
  • 6.­448-449
  • 6.­451-453
  • 6.­501-502
  • 6.­508
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­15-16
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­32
  • 7.­36-38
  • 7.­41-42
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­50
  • 7.­55-56
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­81
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­114-115
  • 7.­129-130
  • 7.­165
  • 7.­190-191
  • 7.­221
  • 7.­229
  • 7.­231
  • 7.­233
  • 7.­238
  • 7.­243
  • 7.­246-248
  • 7.­257
  • 7.­266
  • 8.­14-15
  • 8.­28-29
  • 8.­36
  • 8.­40-41
  • 8.­55-56
  • 8.­61-62
  • 8.­69-70
  • 8.­76-78
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­84-86
  • 8.­91
  • 8.­93-94
  • 8.­97
  • 8.­101
  • 8.­104-105
  • 8.­110
  • 8.­117-118
  • 8.­127-128
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­34
  • 9.­39
  • 9.­54
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­71
  • 9.­81
  • 9.­86
  • 9.­120
  • 9.­131
  • 9.­140
  • 9.­153
  • 9.­159
  • 9.­174
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­16
  • 10.­87-88
  • 10.­105
  • 10.­135
  • 10.­156
  • 10.­214-217
  • 10.­221
  • 10.­223
  • 10.­232
  • 10.­234-235
  • 10.­239-240
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­248
  • 10.­257
  • 10.­288
  • 10.­343
  • 10.­363
  • 10.­394
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­419
  • 10.­423
  • 10.­450
g.­71

blessed one

Wylie:
  • bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan:
  • བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhagavān

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In Buddhist literature, this is an epithet applied to buddhas, most often to Śākyamuni. The Sanskrit term generally means “possessing fortune,” but in specifically Buddhist contexts it implies that a buddha is in possession of six auspicious qualities (bhaga) associated with complete awakening. The Tibetan term‍—where bcom is said to refer to “subduing” the four māras, ldan to “possessing” the great qualities of buddhahood, and ’das to “going beyond” saṃsāra and nirvāṇa‍—possibly reflects the commentarial tradition where the Sanskrit bhagavat is interpreted, in addition, as “one who destroys the four māras.” This is achieved either by reading bhagavat as bhagnavat (“one who broke”), or by tracing the word bhaga to the root √bhañj (“to break”).

Located in 1,275 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­8
  • 1.­23
  • 1.­28-29
  • 1.­41
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­70-71
  • 1.­87
  • 1.­118-124
  • 1.­131
  • 1.­135
  • 1.­138
  • 1.­144-148
  • 1.­151-157
  • 1.­159-161
  • 1.­164
  • 1.­169-170
  • 1.­172
  • 1.­185-186
  • 1.­194
  • 1.­230-235
  • 1.­237-238
  • 1.­251
  • 1.­253
  • 1.­264
  • 1.­266
  • 1.­268-270
  • 1.­278
  • 1.­285
  • 1.­291-296
  • 1.­303-309
  • 1.­315
  • 1.­338
  • 1.­341-342
  • 1.­354-361
  • 1.­363
  • 1.­383-391
  • 1.­394
  • 1.­404
  • 1.­416
  • 1.­420-424
  • 1.­426-431
  • 1.­442-443
  • 1.­446
  • 2.­2
  • 2.­5
  • 2.­9
  • 2.­11
  • 2.­18
  • 2.­20
  • 2.­23
  • 2.­27
  • 2.­29
  • 2.­36
  • 2.­38-39
  • 2.­42
  • 2.­46
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­55
  • 2.­57
  • 2.­60
  • 2.­64
  • 2.­66
  • 2.­73
  • 2.­75
  • 2.­82
  • 2.­87-98
  • 2.­115-116
  • 2.­123
  • 2.­142-143
  • 2.­147-148
  • 2.­152
  • 2.­165
  • 2.­177
  • 2.­179
  • 2.­181-183
  • 2.­195
  • 2.­200
  • 2.­202-203
  • 2.­205
  • 2.­212
  • 2.­216
  • 2.­218-220
  • 2.­222-223
  • 2.­225
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­235-240
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­244-246
  • 2.­248-253
  • 2.­255-256
  • 2.­261-262
  • 2.­265-267
  • 2.­270
  • 2.­274
  • 2.­276
  • 2.­283
  • 2.­285-286
  • 2.­311
  • 2.­314
  • 2.­319-321
  • 2.­323-327
  • 2.­342-347
  • 2.­350
  • 2.­354-355
  • 2.­362
  • 2.­364
  • 2.­375
  • 2.­377-378
  • 2.­380
  • 2.­385-389
  • 2.­391-394
  • 2.­406-407
  • 2.­409
  • 2.­411
  • 2.­413-414
  • 2.­419-420
  • 2.­429-431
  • 2.­456
  • 2.­459-463
  • 2.­465-468
  • 2.­487
  • 2.­509
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­519
  • 2.­522-523
  • 2.­525-530
  • 2.­548-549
  • 2.­572
  • 2.­576
  • 2.­578
  • 2.­580-588
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­2-12
  • 3.­16-21
  • 3.­26-27
  • 3.­30
  • 3.­32-37
  • 3.­39-45
  • 3.­54-59
  • 3.­66
  • 3.­68
  • 3.­70-75
  • 3.­77-82
  • 3.­84-85
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­90-92
  • 3.­98-99
  • 3.­105
  • 3.­109-110
  • 3.­116-119
  • 3.­126
  • 3.­132-133
  • 3.­135-137
  • 3.­143
  • 3.­146-147
  • 3.­154
  • 3.­187
  • 3.­193-195
  • 3.­199
  • 3.­201
  • 3.­210-213
  • 3.­218-220
  • 3.­224
  • 3.­228-230
  • 3.­234-235
  • 3.­238
  • 3.­240-241
  • 3.­245-246
  • 3.­249
  • 3.­256-257
  • 3.­261-262
  • 3.­265
  • 3.­268-273
  • 3.­275-280
  • 3.­283-284
  • 3.­287
  • 3.­292-295
  • 3.­300-304
  • 3.­309
  • 3.­311
  • 3.­313-316
  • 3.­319-324
  • 3.­332
  • 3.­336-338
  • 3.­343
  • 3.­353-355
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­365
  • 3.­371
  • 3.­378
  • 3.­385-386
  • 3.­398-399
  • 3.­402-404
  • 3.­407
  • 3.­415-418
  • 3.­422
  • 4.­2-4
  • 4.­21-23
  • 4.­27-31
  • 4.­33-34
  • 4.­41-42
  • 4.­50-51
  • 4.­59
  • 4.­64-66
  • 4.­76
  • 4.­86-88
  • 4.­92-93
  • 4.­95-98
  • 4.­102-105
  • 4.­107
  • 4.­112
  • 4.­118-124
  • 4.­127-129
  • 4.­131
  • 4.­135
  • 4.­137
  • 4.­144
  • 4.­146
  • 4.­151-160
  • 4.­165-166
  • 4.­169-170
  • 4.­172
  • 4.­180
  • 4.­189
  • 4.­193-197
  • 4.­199-200
  • 4.­204
  • 4.­211
  • 4.­214-219
  • 4.­221
  • 4.­233
  • 5.­2
  • 5.­11-12
  • 5.­16-23
  • 5.­32
  • 5.­53-59
  • 5.­65
  • 5.­71
  • 5.­82
  • 5.­85-89
  • 5.­105-106
  • 5.­109-112
  • 5.­115-117
  • 5.­119
  • 5.­136-143
  • 5.­154
  • 5.­158-163
  • 5.­170
  • 5.­177-180
  • 5.­186
  • 5.­188
  • 5.­191-197
  • 5.­202-204
  • 5.­206
  • 5.­211
  • 5.­218-219
  • 5.­221-223
  • 5.­225-227
  • 5.­236
  • 5.­238-242
  • 5.­244-255
  • 5.­257-258
  • 5.­264
  • 5.­268
  • 5.­270-277
  • 5.­291
  • 5.­307-309
  • 5.­313-314
  • 5.­316-321
  • 5.­332-333
  • 6.­2-4
  • 6.­7-11
  • 6.­15
  • 6.­20
  • 6.­24-26
  • 6.­28-29
  • 6.­34
  • 6.­37-39
  • 6.­41-48
  • 6.­54
  • 6.­56-66
  • 6.­72-73
  • 6.­78-81
  • 6.­83-85
  • 6.­118-120
  • 6.­136-140
  • 6.­142-145
  • 6.­162
  • 6.­166-168
  • 6.­185
  • 6.­187
  • 6.­191-192
  • 6.­195-196
  • 6.­200
  • 6.­234-236
  • 6.­243-244
  • 6.­254
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­294-300
  • 6.­304
  • 6.­316-318
  • 6.­327-328
  • 6.­330-333
  • 6.­335
  • 6.­339-344
  • 6.­351-353
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­367-368
  • 6.­371-372
  • 6.­374
  • 6.­377
  • 6.­379
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­393
  • 6.­407-410
  • 6.­414
  • 6.­430-432
  • 6.­435
  • 6.­437-439
  • 6.­442
  • 6.­445-446
  • 6.­448-449
  • 6.­452
  • 6.­458
  • 6.­466
  • 6.­468-474
  • 6.­502
  • 6.­507
  • 7.­2
  • 7.­7-16
  • 7.­25
  • 7.­29
  • 7.­31
  • 7.­33-36
  • 7.­40
  • 7.­44
  • 7.­49-51
  • 7.­53-57
  • 7.­59
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­68
  • 7.­70
  • 7.­73
  • 7.­76
  • 7.­81-82
  • 7.­84-86
  • 7.­92
  • 7.­98-103
  • 7.­107-108
  • 7.­110-111
  • 7.­117-121
  • 7.­124
  • 7.­129-130
  • 7.­136
  • 7.­139
  • 7.­149-157
  • 7.­165
  • 7.­189-190
  • 7.­192-194
  • 7.­197
  • 7.­204
  • 7.­209-211
  • 7.­220
  • 7.­224-230
  • 7.­235
  • 7.­239-247
  • 7.­251
  • 7.­253-257
  • 7.­265-266
  • 8.­2
  • 8.­5-13
  • 8.­15-17
  • 8.­21-24
  • 8.­27-30
  • 8.­34-37
  • 8.­39
  • 8.­41-42
  • 8.­45-46
  • 8.­48-51
  • 8.­54
  • 8.­56-57
  • 8.­67-68
  • 8.­70-71
  • 8.­74-79
  • 8.­83-87
  • 8.­89-92
  • 8.­94-95
  • 8.­100-103
  • 8.­105-106
  • 8.­108-112
  • 8.­114-116
  • 8.­118-126
  • 8.­128
  • 9.­2
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­11-12
  • 9.­17-22
  • 9.­28
  • 9.­31
  • 9.­34-40
  • 9.­46
  • 9.­48-49
  • 9.­53-54
  • 9.­63
  • 9.­67
  • 9.­71-74
  • 9.­76-81
  • 9.­85-86
  • 9.­90-101
  • 9.­105-106
  • 9.­115
  • 9.­118-119
  • 9.­121-131
  • 9.­134
  • 9.­139
  • 9.­143-145
  • 9.­150-159
  • 9.­162
  • 9.­165-175
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­14
  • 10.­16-30
  • 10.­33-36
  • 10.­41-42
  • 10.­46-47
  • 10.­51-52
  • 10.­54-58
  • 10.­60
  • 10.­63
  • 10.­65
  • 10.­69-70
  • 10.­77-78
  • 10.­82-88
  • 10.­90
  • 10.­95
  • 10.­100-105
  • 10.­124-135
  • 10.­148
  • 10.­150-156
  • 10.­171
  • 10.­178-184
  • 10.­187-193
  • 10.­205
  • 10.­209-211
  • 10.­214
  • 10.­219
  • 10.­221-223
  • 10.­225-229
  • 10.­231-234
  • 10.­242
  • 10.­246-253
  • 10.­255-257
  • 10.­259
  • 10.­261
  • 10.­265
  • 10.­267
  • 10.­269
  • 10.­273-274
  • 10.­279
  • 10.­281-283
  • 10.­286-289
  • 10.­343
  • 10.­346-353
  • 10.­357
  • 10.­359-363
  • 10.­371-376
  • 10.­378-380
  • 10.­385
  • 10.­394-395
  • 10.­426-427
  • 10.­434-435
  • 10.­437-438
  • 10.­440
  • 10.­447-450
  • 10.­452
  • 10.­454-455
  • n.­47-48
  • n.­62
  • n.­156
  • n.­160
  • n.­162
  • n.­183
  • n.­210
  • g.­516
  • g.­535
g.­75

bodhisattva

Wylie:
  • byang chub sems dpa’
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhisattva

A buddha in training. Also sometimes used as a title when referring to the Buddha in a previous incarnation, i.e., “the Bodhisattva.”

Located in 121 passages in the translation:

  • i.­8
  • 1.­449
  • 2.­120
  • 2.­137-138
  • 2.­141-142
  • 2.­341
  • 2.­458
  • 2.­470
  • 2.­472-473
  • 2.­477
  • 2.­483-485
  • 2.­488-493
  • 2.­508
  • 3.­9-10
  • 3.­277
  • 3.­279
  • 3.­384
  • 3.­436
  • 3.­438
  • 4.­13-15
  • 4.­17-18
  • 4.­20
  • 4.­45
  • 4.­48
  • 4.­55
  • 4.­58
  • 4.­188
  • 5.­64
  • 5.­98
  • 5.­100
  • 5.­131
  • 5.­133-134
  • 5.­150
  • 5.­182
  • 5.­201
  • 5.­230
  • 5.­235-236
  • 6.­71
  • 6.­135
  • 6.­241
  • 6.­311
  • 6.­313-316
  • 6.­336
  • 6.­370-372
  • 6.­400
  • 6.­403-406
  • 6.­424-429
  • 7.­187
  • 7.­271
  • 9.­26
  • 9.­44
  • 9.­84
  • 9.­108
  • 9.­112-113
  • 9.­148
  • 9.­161
  • 9.­181
  • 10.­8-10
  • 10.­116-119
  • 10.­121
  • 10.­123
  • 10.­170
  • 10.­355
  • 10.­369
  • 10.­403-405
  • 10.­407
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­411-416
  • 10.­418-419
  • 10.­421
  • n.­9
  • n.­51
  • g.­138
  • g.­142
  • g.­406
  • g.­438
  • g.­514
  • g.­580
g.­78

Brahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmā

One of the primary deities of the purāṇic Hindu pantheon, and perhaps the first to take on the status formerly held by the cosmic being Prajāpati in the literature of the brāhmaṇas. As a creator god in the purāṇas, Brahmā is said to have pronounced the mantras of four vedas from each of his four faces and thus established the sonic foundation for the manifestation of the cosmos. Though not considered a creator god in Buddhist literature, in his form as Sahāṃpati Brahmā, Brahmā occupies an important place as one of two deities (the other being Indra/Śakra) that are said to have exhorted Śākyamuni to teach the Dharma in the hagiographic literature. The particular heavens over which Brahmā rules are often some of the most sought after realms of higher rebirth in Buddhist literature. Among his epithets is “Lord of Sahā World” (Sahāṃpati).

Located in 45 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­88
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­316
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­156
  • 2.­404-405
  • 2.­409
  • 2.­412
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 3.­432
  • 5.­97
  • 5.­102
  • 7.­39
  • 7.­69
  • 9.­105
  • 9.­134
  • 10.­85
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­224-225
  • 10.­247
  • 10.­304-306
  • 10.­309-310
  • 10.­314-315
  • 10.­317-318
  • 10.­325
  • 10.­329
  • 10.­399
  • g.­82
  • g.­485
  • g.­487
  • g.­660
g.­80

Brahmadatta (past)

Wylie:
  • tshangs pas byin
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmadatta

King of the city of Vārāṇasī and the country of Kāśi before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. Not to be confused with the king of the same name who ruled the same city of Vārāṇasī during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 65 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­187
  • 2.­124-125
  • 2.­128-129
  • 2.­131-135
  • 2.­137
  • 2.­432
  • 2.­437
  • 3.­155
  • 4.­183
  • 5.­60
  • 5.­62-63
  • 6.­11-12
  • 6.­17
  • 6.­19
  • 6.­67-69
  • 6.­71
  • 6.­121
  • 6.­124
  • 6.­127
  • 6.­130
  • 6.­132
  • 6.­393-397
  • 7.­166
  • 7.­172-174
  • 7.­177-178
  • 7.­180-182
  • 7.­185
  • 7.­210
  • 7.­218
  • 7.­267
  • 9.­82
  • 9.­84
  • 10.­196
  • 10.­364
  • 10.­367-368
  • n.­131
  • g.­12
  • g.­14
  • g.­272
  • g.­528
  • g.­595
  • g.­597
  • g.­644
  • g.­665
  • g.­666
g.­81

Brahmadatta (present)

Wylie:
  • tshangs pas byin
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmadatta

King of the city of Vārāṇasī during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. Not to be confused with the king of the same name who ruled the city of Vārāṇasī and the country of Kāśi before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 35 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­251
  • 1.­255-256
  • 1.­258
  • 1.­262-263
  • 1.­278-284
  • 1.­287-288
  • 5.­32-39
  • 5.­41-43
  • 5.­45-47
  • 5.­59
  • n.­131
  • g.­273
  • g.­296
  • g.­297
  • g.­441
g.­90

Campā

Wylie:
  • tsam pa
Tibetan:
  • ཙམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • campā

City ruled by King Glacier Lake Deity before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­144
  • 9.­23
  • g.­200
  • g.­201
g.­92

Candrā

Wylie:
  • zla ba
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • candrā

Daughter of the high brahmin Candrasukha of Śrāvastī, her mother, during her pregnancy, wished to engage in philosophical debate. She herself grew up to be a great debater. Ordained a nun, she learned the Prātimokṣa Sūtra by heart after hearing the Buddha recite it just once.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­1
  • 7.­236-237
  • 7.­244-246
  • 7.­249
  • g.­94
g.­94

Candrasukha

Wylie:
  • zla ba bde ba
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ་བདེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • candrasukha RS

A certain high brahmin in Śrāvastī whose wife, upon conceiving, began wishing to engage in philosophical debate. She then gave birth to the great debater named Candrā, a nun who learned the Prātimokṣa Sūtra by heart after hearing the Buddha recite it just once.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­235-236
  • g.­92
g.­96

Catuṣka

Wylie:
  • bzhi ldan
Tibetan:
  • བཞི་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • catuṣka

The name of King Śibi’s palace.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­396
  • g.­514
g.­101

Citra Mounted on an Elephant

Wylie:
  • nag pa glang chen gnas
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པ་གླང་ཆེན་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

In Rājagṛha, the son of King Bimbisāra’s elephant trainer Elephant Heart. He is tricked into giving back his precepts, then becomes ordained once again.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­1
  • 7.­137-138
  • 7.­141-142
  • 7.­144
  • 7.­147-152
  • 7.­154-155
  • 7.­164-165
  • 7.­187
  • g.­100
  • g.­159
g.­107

conditioned things

Wylie:
  • ’du byed
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃskāra

This term refers to composite objects in the generic sense. In other contexts, it can also refer to “formations.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­176
g.­108

consciousness

Wylie:
  • rnam par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vijñāna

One of the five aggregates, and third of the twelve links of dependent origination, this is sometimes also called “cognition,” and is the self-reflexive awareness of beings.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­421
  • 2.­424
  • 2.­427
  • 3.­38-39
  • 3.­165
  • 7.­95-96
  • 7.­201
  • 10.­269-272
  • 10.­277-278
  • 10.­281
  • 10.­283-284
  • g.­11
  • g.­154
g.­109

constituent element

Wylie:
  • khams
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • dhātu

Also rendered here as “temperament” and “element.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­71
  • 1.­124
  • 1.­309
  • 2.­286
  • 2.­550
  • 3.­386
  • 4.­181
  • 10.­194
  • g.­158
  • g.­579
g.­113

Covered

Wylie:
  • sbas pa
Tibetan:
  • སྦས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Second name given to Deluded.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­174
  • g.­123
g.­119

Daṇḍadhara

Wylie:
  • lag na dbyug thogs
  • dbyug thogs
Tibetan:
  • ལག་ན་དབྱུག་ཐོགས།
  • དབྱུག་ཐོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • daṇḍadhāra
  • daṇḍapāṇi

An alternate form of the name Daṇḍapāṇi, a Śākya clan member and the father of Gopā and Yaśodharā. In The Hundred Deeds he is noted as the father of mda’ thogs, rendered here with the potential back-translation Iṣudhara.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­232
  • 5.­234
  • g.­252
  • g.­673
g.­120

Datta

Wylie:
  • drang srong sbyin
Tibetan:
  • དྲང་སྲོང་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • datta
  • iṣiḍatta
  • ṛṣidatta
  • riṣidatta
  • ṛddhidatta

A certain sage whom The Hundred Deeds appears to list as one of the attendants of the queen in Śrāvastī during the time of the Buddha. Elsewhere he and his associate Purāṇa are remembered as a ministers or attendants (sthapati) to King Prasenajit.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­121
  • g.­445
g.­121

deed

Wylie:
  • las
Tibetan:
  • ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • karman

See “action.” Also used to translate other synonyms, like mdzad pa.

Located in 111 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • 1.­39
  • 1.­86
  • 1.­130
  • 1.­137
  • 1.­171
  • 1.­277
  • 1.­302
  • 1.­314
  • 1.­352
  • 1.­402
  • 1.­441
  • 1.­450
  • 2.­5
  • 2.­9
  • 2.­23
  • 2.­27
  • 2.­42
  • 2.­46
  • 2.­60
  • 2.­64
  • 2.­151
  • 2.­192
  • 2.­211
  • 2.­232
  • 2.­259
  • 2.­264
  • 2.­270
  • 2.­274
  • 2.­350
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­384
  • 2.­448-449
  • 2.­503-504
  • 2.­571
  • 2.­609
  • 3.­15
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­104
  • 3.­123
  • 3.­153
  • 3.­193
  • 3.­282
  • 3.­307
  • 3.­402
  • 3.­439
  • 4.­40
  • 4.­111
  • 4.­131
  • 4.­135
  • 4.­152
  • 4.­168
  • 4.­203
  • 4.­222
  • 4.­232
  • 4.­234
  • 5.­31
  • 5.­69
  • 5.­93
  • 5.­96
  • 5.­124
  • 5.­153
  • 5.­169
  • 5.­185
  • 5.­210
  • 5.­247
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­304
  • 5.­332
  • 5.­335
  • 6.­33
  • 6.­53
  • 6.­77
  • 6.­229
  • 6.­246
  • 6.­265
  • 6.­309
  • 6.­383
  • 6.­392
  • 6.­411
  • 6.­413
  • 6.­452
  • 6.­457
  • 6.­510-511
  • 7.­43
  • 7.­60
  • 7.­116
  • 7.­181
  • 7.­234
  • 7.­250
  • 7.­272
  • 8.­129
  • 9.­65
  • 9.­88
  • 9.­137
  • 9.­183
  • 10.­93
  • 10.­152
  • 10.­218
  • 10.­241
  • 10.­298
  • 10.­456-457
  • n.­120
  • g.­7
  • g.­308
  • g.­524
  • g.­559
g.­123

Deluded

Wylie:
  • rmongs pa
Tibetan:
  • རྨོངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Son of householders in the country of Śūrpāraka. During the time of the Buddha, he was also known as Covered.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­1
  • 10.­171-172
  • 10.­174-176
  • 10.­180-182
  • 10.­185-186
  • 10.­188-190
  • 10.­192
  • 10.­202
  • g.­113
g.­124

demigod

Wylie:
  • lha ma yin
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མ་ཡིན།
Sanskrit:
  • asura

Also called “antigods” or “titans,” these are a lower type of celestial being who out of jealousy are forever in conflict with the gods. See also “five destinies.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­409
  • 2.­412
  • 10.­15
  • 10.­20-22
  • 10.­69
  • n.­230
  • g.­167
g.­126

deva

Wylie:
  • lha
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • deva

Lit. “god.” An honorific term of address for royalty, similar to “Your Majesty.”

Located in 61 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­205
  • 1.­209
  • 1.­220-221
  • 1.­223-224
  • 1.­244
  • 1.­281
  • 1.­365
  • 1.­374
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­129-130
  • 2.­134
  • 2.­136
  • 2.­336
  • 2.­404-405
  • 3.­296
  • 3.­298-299
  • 3.­426
  • 3.­428-429
  • 3.­432-433
  • 4.­11-12
  • 4.­226
  • 5.­43
  • 5.­79
  • 5.­84-85
  • 5.­132-133
  • 6.­126
  • 6.­131
  • 6.­134
  • 6.­151
  • 6.­240
  • 6.­396
  • 6.­423
  • 7.­106
  • 7.­172
  • 10.­91
  • 10.­110
  • 10.­114
  • 10.­120
  • 10.­163
  • 10.­167
  • 10.­177-179
  • 10.­298-299
  • 10.­301-303
  • 10.­306
  • 10.­364
  • g.­203
g.­127

Devaḍaha

Wylie:
  • lha mthong
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མཐོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • devaḍaha

A Śākya village once ruled by Śākya Suprabuddha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­127
  • g.­332
g.­128

Devadatta

Wylie:
  • lha sbyin
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • devadatta

The Buddha’s cousin and fellow Śākya clan member as well as his brother-in-law; brother of Ānanda and Upadhāna. His hostility toward Buddha Śākyamuni is widely recorded in Buddhist literature, and as a result he often represents the paradigm of improper behavior and attitudes toward the Buddha and the Buddhist saṅgha.

Located in 52 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­116
  • 2.­118-123
  • 2.­137
  • 2.­461-467
  • 2.­485
  • 2.­487
  • 2.­508
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­365
  • 3.­373
  • 4.­171-172
  • 4.­175
  • 4.­178
  • 4.­188
  • 10.­124-125
  • 10.­149-156
  • 10.­170
  • n.­26
  • n.­52
  • n.­121
  • n.­216
  • g.­24
  • g.­209
  • g.­277
  • g.­285
  • g.­290
  • g.­303
  • g.­373
  • g.­496
  • g.­593
  • g.­625
  • g.­673
g.­129

Dhanika

Wylie:
  • nor can
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • dhanika RS

A certain householder in Rājagṛha during the time of the Buddha, he was father of Sudarśana.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­115
  • 9.­122
  • g.­554
g.­130

Dharma

Wylie:
  • chos
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term dharma conveys ten different meanings, according to Vasubandhu’s Vyākhyā­yukti. The primary meanings are as follows: the doctrine taught by the Buddha (Dharma); the ultimate reality underlying and expressed through the Buddha’s teaching (Dharma); the trainings that the Buddha’s teaching stipulates (dharmas); the various awakened qualities or attainments acquired through practicing and realizing the Buddha’s teaching (dharmas); qualities or aspects more generally, i.e., phenomena or phenomenal attributes (dharmas); and mental objects (dharmas).

Located in 557 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • 1.­8
  • 1.­12-15
  • 1.­20-23
  • 1.­31-32
  • 1.­37
  • 1.­47
  • 1.­49-50
  • 1.­53-54
  • 1.­60
  • 1.­75
  • 1.­82-83
  • 1.­100
  • 1.­106
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­119
  • 1.­122
  • 1.­126
  • 1.­144
  • 1.­148
  • 1.­152-153
  • 1.­156
  • 1.­169
  • 1.­185
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­198
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­203
  • 1.­226
  • 1.­229-230
  • 1.­232
  • 1.­235
  • 1.­238
  • 1.­242
  • 1.­251
  • 1.­253
  • 1.­266
  • 1.­268
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­284
  • 1.­292
  • 1.­294
  • 1.­303-304
  • 1.­307
  • 1.­335
  • 1.­340
  • 1.­344
  • 1.­351
  • 1.­354
  • 1.­363
  • 1.­386-388
  • 1.­396-397
  • 1.­421-423
  • 1.­428
  • 1.­433
  • 1.­447-448
  • 2.­2
  • 2.­8
  • 2.­26
  • 2.­38
  • 2.­45
  • 2.­63
  • 2.­89
  • 2.­100
  • 2.­113
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­165
  • 2.­177
  • 2.­187
  • 2.­202
  • 2.­204
  • 2.­206
  • 2.­234
  • 2.­236-237
  • 2.­239
  • 2.­243
  • 2.­245-246
  • 2.­249-250
  • 2.­253-254
  • 2.­266
  • 2.­273
  • 2.­289
  • 2.­292
  • 2.­317
  • 2.­332
  • 2.­340
  • 2.­353
  • 2.­374
  • 2.­379
  • 2.­392
  • 2.­406-409
  • 2.­411-413
  • 2.­419
  • 2.­429
  • 2.­432
  • 2.­494
  • 2.­496
  • 2.­498
  • 2.­504
  • 2.­507
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­519
  • 2.­525
  • 2.­528-529
  • 2.­531-532
  • 2.­561-562
  • 2.­568
  • 2.­578
  • 2.­580
  • 2.­591
  • 2.­593-594
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­2-5
  • 3.­16
  • 3.­26
  • 3.­30
  • 3.­37-42
  • 3.­54
  • 3.­70-71
  • 3.­74
  • 3.­78
  • 3.­80
  • 3.­84
  • 3.­90
  • 3.­100
  • 3.­115
  • 3.­132-133
  • 3.­136-137
  • 3.­139
  • 3.­194
  • 3.­200
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­219
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­234
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­245
  • 3.­252
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­261
  • 3.­268-272
  • 3.­294
  • 3.­300-301
  • 3.­311
  • 3.­315-316
  • 3.­320-322
  • 3.­327
  • 3.­337
  • 3.­342-343
  • 3.­351-352
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­390
  • 3.­403
  • 3.­408-409
  • 3.­416
  • 3.­423
  • 4.­3
  • 4.­5
  • 4.­20
  • 4.­28-30
  • 4.­41
  • 4.­47-48
  • 4.­50
  • 4.­57-58
  • 4.­84
  • 4.­91-92
  • 4.­96-97
  • 4.­106
  • 4.­118-119
  • 4.­134
  • 4.­151
  • 4.­153-154
  • 4.­156
  • 4.­162
  • 4.­178
  • 4.­195-196
  • 4.­211
  • 4.­214-215
  • 4.­218
  • 5.­17-18
  • 5.­20
  • 5.­53
  • 5.­67-68
  • 5.­70
  • 5.­81-82
  • 5.­85
  • 5.­88
  • 5.­102
  • 5.­105
  • 5.­111
  • 5.­113
  • 5.­140-141
  • 5.­161
  • 5.­189
  • 5.­192-194
  • 5.­199
  • 5.­204-206
  • 5.­222-223
  • 5.­225
  • 5.­243-245
  • 5.­249-250
  • 5.­252
  • 5.­256
  • 5.­272-274
  • 5.­308
  • 5.­316-318
  • 5.­322
  • 5.­330-331
  • 6.­2-3
  • 6.­6
  • 6.­25
  • 6.­32-33
  • 6.­39
  • 6.­44
  • 6.­46
  • 6.­59-61
  • 6.­63
  • 6.­70
  • 6.­78
  • 6.­80
  • 6.­85
  • 6.­136
  • 6.­158
  • 6.­162
  • 6.­165
  • 6.­168
  • 6.­172
  • 6.­176-177
  • 6.­183-184
  • 6.­198-199
  • 6.­201
  • 6.­203-206
  • 6.­208
  • 6.­210
  • 6.­214
  • 6.­219
  • 6.­221
  • 6.­227-228
  • 6.­230
  • 6.­260
  • 6.­272-273
  • 6.­295
  • 6.­298-300
  • 6.­305
  • 6.­316-318
  • 6.­333
  • 6.­338-339
  • 6.­341
  • 6.­348-352
  • 6.­371
  • 6.­374
  • 6.­379
  • 6.­385
  • 6.­387-388
  • 6.­430-432
  • 6.­436
  • 7.­9
  • 7.­11-13
  • 7.­16-17
  • 7.­19
  • 7.­23
  • 7.­31
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­40
  • 7.­49
  • 7.­68-69
  • 7.­92
  • 7.­94
  • 7.­97-98
  • 7.­100-103
  • 7.­107
  • 7.­112-113
  • 7.­118-120
  • 7.­122
  • 7.­139
  • 7.­146
  • 7.­149-151
  • 7.­173
  • 7.­178
  • 7.­180
  • 7.­198-200
  • 7.­207
  • 7.­211-212
  • 7.­225-227
  • 7.­239-240
  • 7.­243
  • 7.­255-256
  • 7.­262
  • 8.­35
  • 8.­37
  • 8.­59
  • 8.­62
  • 8.­68
  • 8.­71
  • 8.­83
  • 8.­89
  • 8.­91
  • 8.­100
  • 8.­108-112
  • 8.­114-115
  • 8.­123
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­18-19
  • 9.­25
  • 9.­31
  • 9.­35-37
  • 9.­48-49
  • 9.­51-52
  • 9.­58
  • 9.­60
  • 9.­74
  • 9.­77
  • 9.­80
  • 9.­83
  • 9.­91-92
  • 9.­95
  • 9.­98
  • 9.­103
  • 9.­105
  • 9.­121
  • 9.­125-127
  • 9.­151
  • 9.­158
  • 9.­166-168
  • 9.­170-172
  • 10.­19-20
  • 10.­32
  • 10.­70
  • 10.­81
  • 10.­102-104
  • 10.­106
  • 10.­108
  • 10.­125
  • 10.­132
  • 10.­180
  • 10.­182-183
  • 10.­185-189
  • 10.­210
  • 10.­212-213
  • 10.­220-221
  • 10.­229
  • 10.­231
  • 10.­233
  • 10.­246-247
  • 10.­255-256
  • 10.­275
  • 10.­277
  • 10.­285-286
  • 10.­290
  • 10.­328
  • 10.­342
  • 10.­346
  • 10.­349-351
  • 10.­354
  • 10.­372
  • 10.­374
  • 10.­377
  • 10.­380
  • 10.­382
  • 10.­386-388
  • 10.­393
  • 10.­396
  • 10.­416
  • 10.­443
  • 10.­445-446
  • 10.­448
  • 10.­450
  • 10.­455
  • n.­48
  • n.­75
  • n.­93
  • g.­26
  • g.­67
  • g.­78
  • g.­118
  • g.­131
  • g.­142
  • g.­169
  • g.­254
  • g.­261
  • g.­289
  • g.­339
  • g.­346
  • g.­349
  • g.­372
  • g.­380
  • g.­395
  • g.­429
  • g.­432
  • g.­481
  • g.­516
  • g.­520
  • g.­554
  • g.­574
  • g.­600
  • g.­656
g.­135

diligence

Wylie:
  • brtson ’grus
Tibetan:
  • བརྩོན་འགྲུས།
Sanskrit:
  • vīrya

One of the seven limbs of enlightenment.

Located in 93 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­113
  • 1.­133
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­168
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­293-294
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­389-390
  • 1.­426-427
  • 1.­429
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­238
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­374
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­524
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­90
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­116-117
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­301-302
  • 3.­323
  • 3.­340
  • 3.­344
  • 4.­27
  • 4.­31
  • 4.­84
  • 4.­155
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 5.­19
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­111
  • 5.­115
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­160
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­207
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­319
  • 6.­47
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­497
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­12
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­121
  • 7.­154
  • 7.­197
  • 7.­227
  • 7.­241
  • 7.­256
  • 8.­37
  • 8.­124
  • 9.­20
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­50
  • 9.­93
  • 9.­128
  • 9.­144
  • 9.­173
  • 10.­104
  • 10.­182
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­211
  • 10.­233
  • 10.­340
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­376
  • 10.­378-379
  • 10.­384
  • g.­510
g.­140

Diśāṃpati

Wylie:
  • phyogs kyi bdag po
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱོགས་ཀྱི་བདག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • diśāṃpati

A certain king of the city of Pāṁśula who lived before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. His son was Reṇu.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­290
  • 10.­294
  • 10.­298
  • 10.­300
  • g.­210
  • g.­223
  • g.­411
  • g.­460
g.­141

disciple

Wylie:
  • nyan thos
Tibetan:
  • ཉན་ཐོས།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāvaka

Also rendered here as “listener,” and sometimes also called “hearers,” the term originally referred to direct disciples of Buddha Śākyamuni who had actually heard the Buddha’s teachings; now commonly refers to those Buddhists who strive for their own nirvāṇa. Their primary fields of practice are the four noble truths and the twelve links of dependent origination (Rigzin 126).

Located in 107 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8
  • 2.­14
  • 2.­32
  • 2.­51
  • 2.­69
  • 2.­279
  • 2.­331
  • 2.­333-335
  • 2.­340
  • 2.­358
  • 2.­383
  • 2.­516
  • 2.­576
  • 2.­578
  • 3.­89
  • 3.­94
  • 3.­151
  • 3.­284
  • 3.­338-339
  • 3.­347-348
  • 3.­351
  • 3.­410
  • 4.­17-19
  • 4.­59
  • 4.­140
  • 4.­171
  • 4.­183-186
  • 4.­188
  • 4.­216
  • 5.­198
  • 5.­215
  • 5.­228
  • 5.­242
  • 6.­24
  • 6.­82-84
  • 6.­118
  • 6.­157
  • 6.­162
  • 6.­185-187
  • 6.­191
  • 6.­194-195
  • 6.­198
  • 6.­327
  • 6.­456
  • 7.­49
  • 7.­117
  • 7.­127
  • 7.­129
  • 7.­140
  • 7.­142
  • 7.­144
  • 7.­230
  • 8.­25
  • 8.­48
  • 8.­90
  • 9.­57-59
  • 9.­136
  • 10.­60
  • 10.­89
  • 10.­92
  • 10.­94
  • 10.­154
  • 10.­229
  • 10.­267
  • 10.­327
  • 10.­373
  • 10.­377
  • 10.­402-403
  • 10.­418
  • 10.­429
  • 10.­431
  • 10.­434
  • 10.­437
  • 10.­440
  • 10.­447
  • 10.­450
  • n.­47
  • n.­109
  • g.­28
  • g.­84
  • g.­148
  • g.­259
  • g.­319
  • g.­331
  • g.­373
  • g.­389
  • g.­452
  • g.­499
  • g.­520
  • g.­541
g.­142

discrimination

Wylie:
  • so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan:
  • སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pratisaṃvid
  • pratisaṃvedana

Four specific types of discernment. The four ways in which a bodhisattva knows distinct features, characteristics, and states of phenomena: (1) discrimination of dharma (dharmapratisaṃvid, chos so so yang dag rig pa); (2) discrimination of things (arthapratisaṃvid, so so yang dag rig pa); (3) discrimination of expression (niruktipratisaṃvid, nges tshig so so yang dag rig pa); (4) discrimination of eloquence (pratibhāna pratisaṃvid, spobs pa so so yang dag rig pa) (Rigzin 288, with slight adjustments to terminology in translation).

Located in 45 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­524
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­323
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­319
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­123
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­128
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
g.­149

Droṇā

Wylie:
  • bre bo ma
Tibetan:
  • བྲེ་བོ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • droṇā

One of eight children, a daughter, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 5.­127
  • g.­517
g.­150

Droṇodana

Wylie:
  • bre bo zas
Tibetan:
  • བྲེ་བོ་ཟས།
Sanskrit:
  • droṇodana

One of eight children, a son, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 5.­127
  • g.­517
g.­154

eight liberations

Wylie:
  • rnam par thar pa brgyad
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭavimokṣa

Included among the fifty-five types of virtuous phenomena, the first three occur within the form realm (gzugs kyi rnam par thar pa gsum): (1) the liberation of the embodied looking at a form (gzugs can gzugs la blta ba’i rnam thar), (2) liberation of the formless looking at a form (gzugs med gzugs la blta ba’i rnam thar), (3) liberation through beautiful form (sdug pa’i rnam par thar pa), and the latter five occur within the formless realm: (4) liberation of infinite space (nam mkha’ mtha’ yas kyi rnam thar), (5) liberation of infinite consciousness (rnam shes mtha’ yas kyi rnam thar), (6) liberation of nothingness (ci yang med pa’i rnam thar), (7) liberation of the peak of existence (srid rtsi’i rnam thar), and (8) liberation of cessation (’gog pa’i rnam thar) (Rigzin 236, 239).

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­285
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
g.­155

eight types of examination

Wylie:
  • rtag pa rnam pa brgyad
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་པ་རྣམ་པ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The (1) examination of cloth, (2) examination of jewels, (3) examination of gems, (4) examination of incense, (5) examination of medicine, (6) examination of elephants, (7) examination of horses, and (8) examination of arms and armor.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­59
  • 1.­105
  • 1.­140
  • 1.­332
  • 2.­164
  • 2.­372
  • 2.­435
  • 2.­553
  • 3.­156
  • 3.­177
  • 4.­205
  • 5.­108
  • 6.­5
  • 6.­55
  • 7.­6
  • 7.­252
  • 8.­107
  • 9.­23
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­55
  • 10.­172
g.­158

element

Wylie:
  • khams
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • dhātu

Also rendered here as “temperament” and “constituent element.”

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­71
  • 1.­124
  • 1.­309
  • 2.­179
  • 2.­246
  • 2.­286
  • 2.­546
  • 2.­550
  • 3.­386
  • 4.­181
  • 10.­14
  • 10.­16
  • 10.­194
  • 10.­266
  • g.­109
  • g.­144
  • g.­579
g.­159

Elephant Heart

Wylie:
  • glang chen snying
Tibetan:
  • གླང་ཆེན་སྙིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • hastīsāra RS
  • hastīhṛdaya RS

In Rājagṛha, a certain elephant trainer for King Bimbisāra. His son was Citra Mounted on an Elephant.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­136-137
  • g.­101
g.­162

equanimity

Wylie:
  • btang snyoms
Tibetan:
  • བཏང་སྙོམས།
Sanskrit:
  • upekṣā

An unbiased attitude of equal regard for all sentient beings without discriminating between enemies, friends, or neutral people (Rigzin 147).

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­95
  • 6.­106-107
  • 6.­293
  • 10.­305
  • 10.­307
  • 10.­376
  • 10.­384
  • g.­510
  • g.­585
  • g.­588
g.­164

faculties

Wylie:
  • dbang po
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • indriya

May refer to the sense faculties or one’s cognitive power, according to context.

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­391
  • 3.­20-21
  • 4.­91
  • 5.­126
  • 5.­231
  • 5.­241
  • 5.­334
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­135
  • 7.­188
  • 7.­219
  • 7.­264
  • 9.­27
  • 9.­45
  • 9.­100
  • 9.­114
  • 9.­138
  • 9.­149
  • 9.­182
  • 10.­71-72
  • 10.­204
  • 10.­249
  • 10.­356
  • 10.­370
  • n.­61
  • g.­580
  • g.­585
g.­167

five destinies

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba lnga
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcagati

A shorter form of the six classes of beings, these are: (1) hell beings, (2) anguished spirits, (3) animals, (4) human beings, and (5) gods. The fifth category is divided into gods and demigods when six realms are enumerated.

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
  • g.­27
  • g.­124
  • g.­232
g.­168

five superknowledges

Wylie:
  • mngon par shes pa lnga
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcābhijñā

These are (1) knowledge of miracles (riddividhijñānam, rdzu ’phrul gyi mngon par shes pa), (2) knowledge of the divine eye (divyaṃcakṣuḥ, lha’i mig gi mngon par shes pa), (3) knowledge of the minds of others (paracittābhijñānam, lha’i rna ba’i mngon par shes pa), (4) knowledge of the divine ear (divyamśrotam, lha’i rna ba’i mngon par shes pa), and (5) knowledge recollecting past lives (pūrvanirvāsānusmṛitijñānam, sngon gnas rjes dran gyi mngon par shes pa). These five can be attained by non-Buddhist and Buddhist practitioners alike. A sixth can be attained only by Buddhist practitioners: (6) knowledge of the extinction of the contaminations (āsravakṣayābhijñā, zag pa zad pa’i mngon par shes pa) (Rigzin 95–6, except #6, Skt. via Negi).

Located in 74 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­241
  • 1.­443
  • 1.­448-449
  • 2.­303
  • 3.­92
  • 3.­94-96
  • 3.­390
  • 4.­34
  • 4.­36-37
  • 5.­59
  • 5.­61
  • 5.­63-64
  • 5.­143
  • 5.­146
  • 5.­149-150
  • 5.­180-182
  • 5.­197
  • 5.­200-201
  • 5.­217
  • 5.­227-230
  • 6.­66
  • 6.­68
  • 6.­70-71
  • 7.­117
  • 7.­124
  • 7.­126-128
  • 7.­160
  • 7.­171
  • 7.­180
  • 7.­187
  • 7.­257
  • 7.­260
  • 7.­262-263
  • 9.­22
  • 9.­25-26
  • 9.­40-41
  • 9.­43-44
  • 9.­81-84
  • 9.­145
  • 9.­147-148
  • 10.­289
  • 10.­338
  • 10.­340
  • 10.­342
  • 10.­353-355
  • g.­172
  • g.­528
  • g.­565
  • g.­595
g.­169

Fleshy

Wylie:
  • gel po
Tibetan:
  • གེལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Child of householders in Śrāvasti, he was born “corpulent, full-fledged in skin, flesh, and blood.” He leapt from a boulder at the sight of the Buddha but was unharmed due to the Buddha’s blessing. Having then heard the Dharma from the Buddha, he went forth and manifested arhatship.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­186-187
  • 5.­190-192
  • 5.­196
  • 5.­201-202
  • 5.­209
g.­172

Foremost Kāśyapa

Wylie:
  • ’od srung gtso bo
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྲུང་གཙོ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A brahmin who lived before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. In The Hundred Deeds he is said to have lived in the wilderness, gone forth in front of a certain sage, and manifested the four meditations and the five superknowledges.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­1
  • 7.­125-128
  • g.­274
  • g.­276
g.­174

form realm

Wylie:
  • gzugs kyi khams
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpadhātu

In Buddhist cosmology, the sphere of existence one level more subtle than our own (the desire realm), where beings, though subtly embodied, are not driven primarily by the urge for sense gratification.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­92
  • 3.­94-96
  • g.­82
  • g.­154
  • g.­181
  • g.­220
  • g.­401
  • g.­531
  • g.­550
  • g.­569
  • g.­589
g.­176

formation

Wylie:
  • ’du byed
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃskāra

One of the five aggregates, second of the twelve links of dependent origination, and in the context of the aggregates sometimes also called “volitions,” “volitional formations,” or “compositional factors,” these are complex propensities that bring about action. This term may also refer to composite objects or conditioned things in the generic sense.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 2.­421
  • 2.­424
  • 2.­427
  • 3.­38
  • 5.­158
  • 5.­305
  • 6.­3
  • 7.­95-96
  • 10.­269-274
  • 10.­277-278
  • 10.­281
  • 10.­283-284
  • g.­11
  • g.­107
g.­177

formless realm

Wylie:
  • gzugs med pa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • ārūpadhātu
  • arūpyadhātu

In Buddhist cosmology, the sphere of existence two levels more subtle than our own (the desire realm), where beings are no longer physically embodied, and thus not subject to the sufferings that physical embodiment brings.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­92
  • 3.­94-96
  • n.­156
  • g.­154
  • g.­392
  • g.­535
  • g.­589
g.­178

fortunate eon

Wylie:
  • bskal pa bzang po
Tibetan:
  • བསྐལ་པ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadrakalpa

The name of the current eon, so-called because one thousand buddhas are prophesied to appear during this time.

Located in 59 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­126
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­162
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­432
  • 2.­110
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­226
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­483
  • 2.­488
  • 2.­560
  • 3.­12
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­119
  • 3.­147
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­304
  • 3.­325
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­108
  • 4.­200
  • 5.­66
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­203
  • 5.­259
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­333
  • 6.­49
  • 6.­73
  • 6.­244
  • 6.­368
  • 6.­410
  • 6.­439
  • 6.­453
  • 6.­502
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­37
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­130
  • 7.­229
  • 7.­247
  • 9.­54
  • 9.­112
  • 9.­131
  • 10.­88
  • 10.­215
  • 10.­235
  • g.­266
g.­179

four divisions of the army

Wylie:
  • dpung gi tshogs yan lag bzhi
Tibetan:
  • དཔུང་གི་ཚོགས་ཡན་ལག་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturaṅga balakāya

These are elephants, horse cavalry, chariots, and infantry (Tatelman 259).

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­203
  • 1.­218
  • 1.­223
  • 1.­243
  • 1.­257
  • 1.­259
  • 1.­278-279
  • 2.­132
  • 5.­33
  • 6.­12
  • 6.­69
  • 6.­130
  • 6.­236
  • 6.­239-241
  • 6.­401-402
  • 7.­174
  • 7.­181-182
  • 7.­202
  • 7.­205
  • 7.­267
  • 8.­121
  • 9.­82
  • 9.­139
  • 9.­146
  • 10.­110-111
  • 10.­364
  • n.­39
g.­180

four great kings

Wylie:
  • rgyal po chen po bzhi
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་པོ་ཆེན་པོ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturmahā­rāja

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Four gods who live on the lower slopes (fourth level) of Mount Meru in the eponymous Heaven of the Four Great Kings (Cāturmahā­rājika, rgyal chen bzhi’i ris) and guard the four cardinal directions. Each is the leader of a nonhuman class of beings living in his realm. They are Dhṛtarāṣṭra, ruling the gandharvas in the east; Virūḍhaka, ruling over the kumbhāṇḍas in the south; Virūpākṣa, ruling the nāgas in the west; and Vaiśravaṇa (also known as Kubera) ruling the yakṣas in the north. Also referred to as Guardians of the World or World Protectors (lokapāla, ’jig rten skyong ba).

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­305-307
  • 2.­251-253
  • 3.­26-30
  • 3.­32
  • 3.­42-44
  • 3.­54
  • 4.­104-105
  • 6.­144-145
  • 6.­234
  • 8.­49-50
  • 9.­78-79
  • 9.­96-97
  • g.­2
  • g.­134
  • g.­631
  • g.­654
  • g.­657
g.­181

four meditative states

Wylie:
  • bsam gtan bzhi
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་གཏན་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturdhyāna

Also called “four concentrations” or “meditations,” or “practices of concentration,” in the Sūtrayāna tradition this term refers to the four concentrations of the form realm (gzugs khams kyi bsam gtan bzhi) (Rigzin 455).

Located in 68 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­241
  • 1.­443
  • 1.­448-449
  • 3.­92
  • 3.­94-96
  • 3.­390
  • 4.­34
  • 4.­36-37
  • 5.­59
  • 5.­63-64
  • 5.­143
  • 5.­146
  • 5.­149-150
  • 5.­180-182
  • 5.­197
  • 5.­200-201
  • 5.­217
  • 5.­227
  • 5.­229-230
  • 6.­66
  • 6.­70-71
  • 7.­117
  • 7.­124
  • 7.­126-128
  • 7.­160
  • 7.­171
  • 7.­180
  • 7.­187
  • 7.­257
  • 7.­262-263
  • 9.­22
  • 9.­25-26
  • 9.­40
  • 9.­43-44
  • 9.­81
  • 9.­83-84
  • 9.­145
  • 9.­147-148
  • 10.­289
  • 10.­338
  • 10.­340
  • 10.­342
  • 10.­353-355
  • g.­166
  • g.­185
  • g.­392
  • g.­504
  • g.­584
g.­183

four stages of penetrative insight

Wylie:
  • nges par ’byed pa’i cha bzhi
Tibetan:
  • ངེས་པར་འབྱེད་པའི་ཆ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • nirvedhabhāgīya

“These are the four stages on the path of application (prayogamārga). They are heat (uṣmagata), tolerance (kṣānti), summit (mūrdha), and highest worldly dharma (laukikāgradharma).” Rotman (2005) p. 452.

Translated here as “heat,” “peak” (given as the second stage in this text), “patience in accord with the truths” (given as the third stage in this text), and “highest worldly dharma.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­340
  • g.­229
  • g.­237
  • g.­426
  • g.­427
g.­184

fourfold fearlessness

Wylie:
  • mi ’jigs pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • མི་འཇིགས་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturvāiśāradya

Also called the four fearlessnesses or the four grounds of self-confidence of a buddha, these are fearlessness with respect to the assertion of (1) one’s complete and perfect extinguishment of all negativities for one’s own benefit (rang don du spang bya thams cad spangs ces dam bcas pa la ’jigs pa), (2) one’s complete and perfect accomplishment of knowledge for one’s own benefit (rang don du yon tan thams cad dang ldan zhes dam bcas pa la mi ’jigs pa), (3) revealing the paths of antidotes for the benefit of others (gzhan don du gnyen po’i lam ’di dag go zhes dam bcas pa la mi ’jigs pa), and (4) revealing the eliminations for the benefit of others (gzhan don du ’di rnams spang bya yin zhes dam bcas pa la mi ’jigs pa) (Rigzin 314).

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
g.­187

fruits of heaven and liberation

Wylie:
  • mtho ris dang thar pa dang ’bras bu
Tibetan:
  • མཐོ་རིས་དང་ཐར་པ་དང་འབྲས་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­6
  • 1.­44
  • 1.­96
  • 1.­324
  • 1.­418
  • 2.­80
  • 2.­574
  • 3.­24
  • 3.­289
  • 4.­25
  • 4.­191
  • 4.­209
  • 5.­9
  • 5.­51
  • 5.­156
  • 5.­175
  • 6.­22
  • 7.­27
  • 7.­47
  • 7.­79
  • 7.­222
  • 8.­81
  • 8.­98
  • 9.­7
  • 9.­69
  • 9.­141
  • 10.­12
  • 10.­244
  • 10.­344
g.­188

full ordination

Wylie:
  • bsnyen par rdzogs pa
Tibetan:
  • བསྙེན་པར་རྫོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upasaṃpadā

The formal term for granting orders and confirming a candidate as a bhikṣu or bhikṣuṇī.

Located in 134 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­23
  • 1.­67-68
  • 1.­156
  • 1.­164
  • 1.­266
  • 1.­292-293
  • 1.­299
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­388-390
  • 1.­395
  • 1.­423
  • 1.­428-429
  • 2.­165
  • 2.­177-178
  • 2.­187
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­239
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­516
  • 2.­519-520
  • 3.­5-6
  • 3.­71
  • 3.­74
  • 3.­80
  • 3.­84
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­140
  • 3.­142-144
  • 3.­146
  • 3.­148
  • 3.­151-153
  • 3.­272
  • 3.­322-323
  • 3.­337-338
  • 3.­343-344
  • 4.­30-31
  • 4.­84
  • 4.­156-157
  • 4.­196-197
  • 4.­215-216
  • 4.­218-219
  • 5.­20-21
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­82-83
  • 5.­111
  • 5.­141-142
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­194-195
  • 5.­206-207
  • 5.­225-226
  • 5.­274-275
  • 5.­318-319
  • 6.­46-47
  • 6.­63-64
  • 6.­319
  • 6.­322
  • 6.­351-352
  • 6.­374-375
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­473
  • 7.­13-14
  • 7.­34-35
  • 7.­40-41
  • 7.­120-121
  • 7.­154
  • 7.­197
  • 7.­227
  • 7.­240-241
  • 8.­123-124
  • 9.­19-20
  • 9.­37-38
  • 9.­50
  • 9.­92-93
  • 9.­127-128
  • 9.­144
  • 9.­168-169
  • 9.­172-173
  • 10.­104
  • 10.­183-184
  • 10.­210-211
  • 10.­233
  • 10.­351-352
  • g.­5
  • g.­6
  • g.­132
  • g.­175
  • g.­202
g.­189

fundamental precepts

Wylie:
  • bslab pa’i gzhi rnams
Tibetan:
  • བསླབ་པའི་གཞི་རྣམས།
Sanskrit:
  • śikṣāvastu

(1) Not killing (srog gcod spong ba), (2) not stealing (ma byin par len pa spong ba), (3) not indulging in sexual conduct (ma tshangs spyod spong ba), (4) not lying (brdzun du smra ba spong ba), (5) not taking intoxicants (myos ’gyur btung ba spong ba), (6) not using cosmetics, ornaments and garlands, etc. (spos dang kha dog byug pa spong ba), (7) not using high and luxurious seats or beds (khri stan che mtho spong ba), and (8) not taking untimely food/not eating after noon (dus min zas spong ba).

Located in 86 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­14
  • 1.­50
  • 1.­52
  • 1.­100
  • 1.­127
  • 1.­284
  • 1.­312
  • 1.­340
  • 1.­344
  • 1.­396
  • 2.­204
  • 2.­243
  • 2.­589
  • 3.­42
  • 3.­46
  • 3.­48
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­52
  • 3.­109
  • 3.­133
  • 3.­311
  • 3.­313
  • 3.­319
  • 3.­327
  • 3.­329
  • 3.­336
  • 4.­109-110
  • 4.­115-117
  • 4.­119
  • 4.­166-167
  • 5.­120
  • 5.­219
  • 5.­237-239
  • 5.­249
  • 5.­251
  • 5.­262-263
  • 5.­322
  • 5.­334
  • 6.­56
  • 6.­75-76
  • 6.­269
  • 6.­307-308
  • 6.­411-412
  • 6.­430
  • 7.­22-24
  • 7.­113-115
  • 7.­139
  • 7.­148
  • 7.­197
  • 8.­108
  • 9.­47
  • 9.­52
  • 9.­55
  • 9.­60-61
  • 9.­86-87
  • 9.­118
  • 9.­135
  • 9.­157
  • 9.­159
  • 10.­180
  • 10.­221
  • 10.­249
  • 10.­288
  • 10.­362
  • 10.­450
  • g.­44
  • g.­218
  • g.­311
  • g.­337
  • g.­532
g.­190

Gandhamādana

Wylie:
  • spos kyi ngad ldang
Tibetan:
  • སྤོས་ཀྱི་ངད་ལྡང་།
Sanskrit:
  • gandhamādana

A mountain or mountain range closely associated with solitary buddhas.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­2
  • 6.­20
  • 6.­24
  • 6.­185
  • 7.­38
  • n.­151
  • g.­301
g.­192

garden of Prince Jeta

Wylie:
  • rgyal bu rgyal byed kyi tshal
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བུ་རྒྱལ་བྱེད་ཀྱི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • jetavana

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A park in Śrāvastī, the capital of the ancient kingdom of Kośala in northern India. It was owned by Prince Jeta, and the wealthy merchant Anāthapiṇḍada, wishing to offer it to the Buddha, bought it from him by covering the entire property with gold coins. It was to become the place where the monks could be housed during the monsoon season, thus creating the first Buddhist monastery. It is therefore the setting for many of the Buddha's discourses.

Located in 77 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­292
  • 1.­303
  • 1.­305
  • 1.­339
  • 2.­202
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­251-252
  • 2.­519
  • 2.­529
  • 2.­534-535
  • 2.­537
  • 3.­140
  • 3.­142
  • 3.­269
  • 3.­284
  • 3.­287
  • 4.­28
  • 4.­63
  • 4.­96
  • 4.­118
  • 4.­197
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­104
  • 5.­154
  • 5.­158
  • 5.­309
  • 6.­2
  • 6.­37
  • 6.­46
  • 6.­323
  • 6.­442
  • 6.­461-462
  • 6.­464
  • 7.­7
  • 7.­9
  • 7.­31
  • 7.­118
  • 7.­238
  • 8.­13
  • 8.­21
  • 8.­24
  • 8.­44-47
  • 8.­52
  • 8.­76
  • 8.­90
  • 8.­103
  • 8.­110-111
  • 8.­116
  • 8.­121
  • 9.­48
  • 9.­51
  • 9.­77-78
  • 9.­96
  • 9.­143-144
  • 10.­179
  • 10.­209
  • 10.­212
  • 10.­220
  • 10.­223
  • 10.­226
  • 10.­230
  • 10.­361
  • n.­151
  • n.­198
  • g.­25
  • g.­349
  • g.­444
  • g.­542
g.­194

Garga

Wylie:
  • gar ga
Tibetan:
  • གར་ག
Sanskrit:
  • garga
  • bharga
  • bhārga

An alternate spelling of Bharga, a country during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni that had its capital at Mount Śiśumāri.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­2
  • g.­374
g.­196

Gautama

Wylie:
  • gau ta ma
Tibetan:
  • གཽ་ཏ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • gautama

Siddhārtha Gautama is the most common given name used for Buddha Śākyamuni prior to his enlightnement.

Located in 91 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­355-356
  • 1.­360
  • 2.­39
  • 2.­88
  • 2.­116
  • 2.­386-387
  • 2.­390-391
  • 2.­461-462
  • 2.­464
  • 2.­579
  • 3.­30-32
  • 3.­73
  • 3.­83
  • 3.­285-286
  • 3.­299
  • 4.­171-178
  • 4.­193
  • 5.­266-267
  • 6.­36
  • 6.­38
  • 6.­45
  • 6.­338-339
  • 6.­341
  • 6.­344
  • 6.­359
  • 7.­74-75
  • 7.­77
  • 7.­82-83
  • 7.­85-92
  • 7.­104
  • 7.­237
  • 7.­254
  • 8.­5
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­10-12
  • 8.­25
  • 8.­34
  • 8.­48
  • 8.­62
  • 8.­72
  • 8.­75
  • 9.­10-11
  • 9.­18
  • 10.­102
  • 10.­149
  • 10.­153
  • 10.­178
  • 10.­230
  • 10.­264
  • 10.­268
  • g.­209
  • g.­264
  • g.­335
  • g.­385
  • g.­388
  • g.­452
  • g.­486
  • g.­515
  • g.­556
  • g.­559
  • g.­568
  • g.­576
  • g.­673
g.­197

Gayā

Wylie:
  • ga yA
Tibetan:
  • ག་ཡཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • gayā

The name of the town that lies close to the site of the Buddha’s enlightenment.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­459
  • 5.­102
  • 10.­10
  • g.­65
g.­201

Glacier Lake Deity

Wylie:
  • gangs chen mtsho’i lha
Tibetan:
  • གངས་ཆེན་མཚོའི་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Monarch of the city of Campā before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­144
  • g.­90
  • g.­200
g.­202

go forth

Wylie:
  • rab tu ’byung ba
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pravrajati
  • pravrajyā

To leave the life of a householder and embrace the life of a renunciant. In some passages in this text, especially when followed by the term bsnyen par rdzogs pa, this term has been amplified for clarity as “go forth as a novice,” this being a first stage leading to full ordination as a bhikṣu or bhikṣuṇī.

Located in 657 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­23-24
  • 1.­28
  • 1.­31
  • 1.­35-39
  • 1.­60
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­74-75
  • 1.­80-81
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85-86
  • 1.­106
  • 1.­109
  • 1.­120-121
  • 1.­128
  • 1.­130
  • 1.­133
  • 1.­137
  • 1.­154
  • 1.­156
  • 1.­160
  • 1.­163
  • 1.­169-171
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­205
  • 1.­244
  • 1.­266
  • 1.­269
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­274-277
  • 1.­285-287
  • 1.­291-295
  • 1.­299-300
  • 1.­302
  • 1.­333
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­341
  • 1.­344
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­351-352
  • 1.­361-362
  • 1.­381-382
  • 1.­388-391
  • 1.­394-395
  • 1.­398-403
  • 1.­423
  • 1.­427-430
  • 1.­436-443
  • 1.­448-449
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­74
  • 2.­112
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­142
  • 2.­147-151
  • 2.­165
  • 2.­177-178
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­183
  • 2.­185-190
  • 2.­192-194
  • 2.­199
  • 2.­202-203
  • 2.­205
  • 2.­207-211
  • 2.­220
  • 2.­222
  • 2.­228-232
  • 2.­238-239
  • 2.­256-257
  • 2.­261-264
  • 2.­284
  • 2.­339-340
  • 2.­363
  • 2.­374-375
  • 2.­377
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­384
  • 2.­508
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­516-520
  • 2.­561
  • 2.­568
  • 2.­570-571
  • 2.­590-591
  • 2.­604
  • 2.­606-608
  • 3.­5-6
  • 3.­10-15
  • 3.­51
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­64-65
  • 3.­71
  • 3.­73-74
  • 3.­79-80
  • 3.­83-84
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­100-104
  • 3.­110-111
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­116-117
  • 3.­119-125
  • 3.­133-134
  • 3.­137
  • 3.­139-140
  • 3.­142
  • 3.­146
  • 3.­148
  • 3.­150-153
  • 3.­211-212
  • 3.­217
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­228-229
  • 3.­233
  • 3.­239-240
  • 3.­244
  • 3.­252
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­260
  • 3.­266
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­272
  • 3.­279-282
  • 3.­301-307
  • 3.­322-324
  • 3.­330-331
  • 3.­336-338
  • 3.­341-344
  • 3.­349-350
  • 3.­352
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­390
  • 3.­415-416
  • 4.­27
  • 4.­30-31
  • 4.­36
  • 4.­38-40
  • 4.­82
  • 4.­84
  • 4.­86
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­90-91
  • 4.­108
  • 4.­145
  • 4.­155-158
  • 4.­165
  • 4.­196-197
  • 4.­199-203
  • 4.­215-219
  • 4.­221
  • 4.­229
  • 4.­232-233
  • 5.­19-22
  • 5.­29-31
  • 5.­56-57
  • 5.­63-69
  • 5.­82-84
  • 5.­89
  • 5.­92-96
  • 5.­98
  • 5.­102-103
  • 5.­106
  • 5.­109
  • 5.­111
  • 5.­114-116
  • 5.­121-122
  • 5.­124-126
  • 5.­141-142
  • 5.­147
  • 5.­149
  • 5.­151-153
  • 5.­160-162
  • 5.­164-169
  • 5.­178-179
  • 5.­183-185
  • 5.­190
  • 5.­194-197
  • 5.­200-202
  • 5.­206-210
  • 5.­217
  • 5.­225-227
  • 5.­230-231
  • 5.­235
  • 5.­266
  • 5.­274-276
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­296-297
  • 5.­318-320
  • 5.­328-330
  • 5.­332
  • 6.­6-7
  • 6.­9-10
  • 6.­18
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­33
  • 6.­46-48
  • 6.­50-53
  • 6.­63-66
  • 6.­70-72
  • 6.­74
  • 6.­77-78
  • 6.­81
  • 6.­136
  • 6.­140-142
  • 6.­158
  • 6.­161
  • 6.­244-248
  • 6.­252
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­319
  • 6.­322-323
  • 6.­342
  • 6.­345-346
  • 6.­351-352
  • 6.­367
  • 6.­369
  • 6.­374-375
  • 6.­381-383
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­391-392
  • 6.­413
  • 6.­437-441
  • 6.­445-451
  • 6.­456
  • 6.­470-475
  • 6.­484
  • 6.­495
  • 6.­501
  • 6.­503-510
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­12-15
  • 7.­24
  • 7.­34-36
  • 7.­40-43
  • 7.­63
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­69
  • 7.­72
  • 7.­75
  • 7.­98
  • 7.­114-115
  • 7.­120-121
  • 7.­125
  • 7.­129
  • 7.­131-135
  • 7.­139-141
  • 7.­150
  • 7.­153-155
  • 7.­159-160
  • 7.­164
  • 7.­170-171
  • 7.­188
  • 7.­197
  • 7.­209
  • 7.­217-219
  • 7.­227-228
  • 7.­230-231
  • 7.­233-234
  • 7.­240-241
  • 7.­246-250
  • 7.­256
  • 7.­262
  • 7.­264
  • 8.­122-124
  • 9.­19-20
  • 9.­25
  • 9.­27
  • 9.­37-38
  • 9.­43
  • 9.­45
  • 9.­50
  • 9.­53
  • 9.­60-62
  • 9.­65
  • 9.­83
  • 9.­92-93
  • 9.­100
  • 9.­105
  • 9.­114
  • 9.­127-128
  • 9.­130
  • 9.­135
  • 9.­137-138
  • 9.­144
  • 9.­147
  • 9.­149
  • 9.­168-170
  • 9.­172-174
  • 9.­182
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­42
  • 10.­71
  • 10.­100
  • 10.­102
  • 10.­104
  • 10.­178
  • 10.­182-184
  • 10.­192
  • 10.­203-204
  • 10.­209-211
  • 10.­213-214
  • 10.­216-218
  • 10.­233-234
  • 10.­238-241
  • 10.­247-249
  • 10.­286-287
  • 10.­319
  • 10.­327
  • 10.­330-335
  • 10.­337-339
  • 10.­342
  • 10.­351-352
  • 10.­354
  • 10.­356
  • 10.­370
  • 10.­407
  • n.­38
  • n.­169
  • g.­60
  • g.­132
  • g.­169
  • g.­172
  • g.­254
  • g.­273
  • g.­289
  • g.­322
  • g.­335
  • g.­379
  • g.­498
  • g.­516
  • g.­528
  • g.­554
  • g.­572
  • g.­595
  • g.­620
  • g.­623
  • g.­656
  • g.­658
g.­203

god

Wylie:
  • lha
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • deva

In most cases used to refer to a class of long-lived celestial being, but occasionally appears as an honorific term of address for royalty, similar to “Your Majesty,” here rendered as “Deva.”

Located in 457 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­88
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­162
  • 1.­201
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­305-308
  • 1.­311-313
  • 1.­316
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­420
  • 1.­426
  • 1.­432
  • 1.­446
  • 2.­5-6
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­23-24
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­42-43
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­60-61
  • 2.­65
  • 2.­74
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­120
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­155
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­226
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­246
  • 2.­251-255
  • 2.­260
  • 2.­270-271
  • 2.­275
  • 2.­284
  • 2.­288
  • 2.­294-295
  • 2.­322
  • 2.­350-351
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­363
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­404-405
  • 2.­409-412
  • 2.­456
  • 2.­524
  • 2.­560
  • 2.­589
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­12
  • 3.­32
  • 3.­38-41
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­52
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­119
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­147
  • 3.­187-188
  • 3.­195-196
  • 3.­213-214
  • 3.­220-221
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­230-231
  • 3.­235-236
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­241-242
  • 3.­246-247
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­257-258
  • 3.­262-263
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­304
  • 3.­312-313
  • 3.­315
  • 3.­318
  • 3.­320
  • 3.­323
  • 3.­325
  • 3.­327-328
  • 3.­345
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­365-366
  • 3.­399-400
  • 3.­404-405
  • 3.­408
  • 3.­430-432
  • 3.­434
  • 3.­436-437
  • 4.­14-15
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­41-42
  • 4.­46
  • 4.­48
  • 4.­50-51
  • 4.­56
  • 4.­58
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­93
  • 4.­95
  • 4.­98
  • 4.­101-102
  • 4.­104-108
  • 4.­111
  • 4.­131-132
  • 4.­136
  • 4.­145
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­200
  • 4.­219
  • 4.­222
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­66
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­90-91
  • 5.­103
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­138
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­203
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­250-251
  • 5.­254-256
  • 5.­258-259
  • 5.­262-263
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­281
  • 5.­283
  • 5.­285
  • 5.­300
  • 5.­305
  • 5.­307
  • 5.­309-313
  • 5.­319
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­332-333
  • 6.­25
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­32
  • 6.­49
  • 6.­62
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­73
  • 6.­79
  • 6.­113
  • 6.­115
  • 6.­118-119
  • 6.­136
  • 6.­138
  • 6.­144-145
  • 6.­152
  • 6.­166
  • 6.­177
  • 6.­199
  • 6.­211
  • 6.­226
  • 6.­234
  • 6.­244
  • 6.­282-289
  • 6.­310-313
  • 6.­315
  • 6.­321
  • 6.­335-336
  • 6.­342
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­359
  • 6.­376-379
  • 6.­381-382
  • 6.­384-385
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­391-392
  • 6.­409-410
  • 6.­420-422
  • 6.­425-426
  • 6.­428
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­439
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­453
  • 6.­491
  • 6.­494
  • 6.­496
  • 6.­498-499
  • 6.­502
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­37
  • 7.­39
  • 7.­103
  • 7.­106-107
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­123
  • 7.­130
  • 7.­229
  • 7.­247
  • 8.­14-15
  • 8.­28-29
  • 8.­40-41
  • 8.­49-50
  • 8.­55-56
  • 8.­69-70
  • 8.­77-78
  • 8.­85-86
  • 8.­93-94
  • 8.­96
  • 8.­104-105
  • 8.­117-118
  • 8.­127-128
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­43
  • 9.­54
  • 9.­74
  • 9.­76
  • 9.­78-81
  • 9.­84-85
  • 9.­89
  • 9.­93-94
  • 9.­96-98
  • 9.­112
  • 9.­128
  • 9.­131
  • 10.­2-7
  • 10.­9-10
  • 10.­14-16
  • 10.­18-23
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­27
  • 10.­29
  • 10.­33
  • 10.­35
  • 10.­39
  • 10.­41
  • 10.­44
  • 10.­46
  • 10.­49
  • 10.­51
  • 10.­54
  • 10.­56
  • 10.­58-60
  • 10.­67
  • 10.­69
  • 10.­73
  • 10.­76
  • 10.­80-88
  • 10.­90
  • 10.­92
  • 10.­94
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­215
  • 10.­232
  • 10.­235
  • 10.­253
  • 10.­275
  • 10.­285
  • 10.­288-289
  • 10.­341-342
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
  • 10.­392
  • 10.­398-399
  • 10.­401-404
  • 10.­406-407
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­411-413
  • 10.­415
  • 10.­418-419
  • 10.­421
  • 10.­450
  • g.­15
  • g.­78
  • g.­85
  • g.­124
  • g.­126
  • g.­167
  • g.­246
  • g.­253
  • g.­288
  • g.­298
  • g.­301
  • g.­327
  • g.­328
  • g.­380
  • g.­390
  • g.­413
  • g.­422
  • g.­451
  • g.­490
  • g.­529
  • g.­631
  • g.­635
  • g.­659
  • g.­660
  • g.­672
g.­206

Golden Color

Wylie:
  • gser gyi mdog can
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་གྱི་མདོག་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Golden-complexioned nun who achieved arhatship during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni, due to the intercession of a previous incarnation of Venerable Ānanda during the time of Buddha Kāśyapa.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­220
  • 2.­222
g.­207

Gone to Bliss

Wylie:
  • bde bar gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བར་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sugata

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the standard epithets of the buddhas. A recurrent explanation offers three different meanings for su- that are meant to show the special qualities of “accomplishment of one’s own purpose” (svārthasampad) for a complete buddha. Thus, the Sugata is “well” gone, as in the expression su-rūpa (“having a good form”); he is gone “in a way that he shall not come back,” as in the expression su-naṣṭa-jvara (“a fever that has utterly gone”); and he has gone “without any remainder” as in the expression su-pūrṇa-ghaṭa (“a pot that is completely full”). According to Buddhaghoṣa, the term means that the way the Buddha went (Skt. gata) is good (Skt. su) and where he went (Skt. gata) is good (Skt. su).

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • p.­2
  • 3.­363
  • 3.­369
  • g.­558
g.­208

Good Compassion

Wylie:
  • snying rje bzang po
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་རྗེ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Son of the Vaiśālī army chief Siṃha at the time of the Buddha’s stay there, he was sentenced to death for the murder of a prostitute. The Buddha secured his release, ordained him, and he attained arhatship.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­170
  • 5.­172
  • 5.­177
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­184
  • g.­516
g.­209

Gopā

Wylie:
  • sa ’tsho ma
Tibetan:
  • ས་འཚོ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • gopā

Along with Yaśodharā, a spouse of Gautama who, in this text, spurned the advances of Devadatta and subjected him to brutal humiliation.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­118
  • 2.­120-121
  • 2.­123
  • 2.­137
  • n.­26
  • n.­52
  • g.­119
  • g.­673
g.­210

Govinda

Wylie:
  • khyab ’jug
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱབ་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • govinda

A householder and magistrate of King Diśāṃpati of Pāṁśula. Father of Guardian of the Flame Govinda.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­1
  • 10.­294-295
  • 10.­298-299
  • g.­223
g.­211

Govinda

Wylie:
  • khyab ’jug
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱབ་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • govinda

Short form of “Guardian of the Flame Govinda.”

Not to be confused with his father the householder Govinda.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­303
  • 10.­305
  • 10.­309-311
  • 10.­321-322
  • 10.­327
  • 10.­334-335
  • 10.­337-340
  • g.­211
  • g.­223
g.­212

Govinda the Teacher

Wylie:
  • ston pa khyab ’jug
Tibetan:
  • སྟོན་པ་ཁྱབ་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • —

See “Guardian of the Flame Govinda.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­340-341
  • g.­223
g.­213

Grasping

Wylie:
  • ’dzin byed
Tibetan:
  • འཛིན་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A certain high brahmin of Rājagṛha, father of Son of Grasping.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­254
  • 6.­256
  • g.­529
g.­215

Great King

Wylie:
  • rgyal po chen po
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་པོ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­rājā

A king ruling over a particularly large territory, often including the territories of other petty rulers; a class of divine beings assigned to the cardinal directions who guard the earth, Buddhist practitioners, and Buddhist institutions against demonic forces.

Located in 40 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­215-216
  • 1.­248-249
  • 2.­294
  • 3.­33-41
  • 3.­52
  • 5.­56
  • 5.­62
  • 6.­233
  • 7.­184-186
  • 7.­201
  • 8.­128
  • 9.­143
  • 9.­154-155
  • 10.­257
  • 10.­269-271
  • 10.­279
  • 10.­281
  • 10.­283
  • 10.­321
  • 10.­330
  • g.­44
  • g.­218
  • g.­337
  • g.­532
  • g.­632
g.­219

great universal monarch

Wylie:
  • stobs kyi ’khor los sgyur ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོས་སྒྱུར་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • rājā balacakravartī

See “universal monarch.”

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­200
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­65
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­275
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 4.­136
  • 6.­336
  • 7.­69
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
g.­222

Guardian of the Flame

Wylie:
  • me skyong
Tibetan:
  • མེ་སྐྱོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

See “Guardian of the Flame Govinda.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­295-297
  • 10.­299-302
  • g.­223
g.­223

Guardian of the Flame Govinda

Wylie:
  • me skyong khyab ’jug
Tibetan:
  • མེ་སྐྱོང་ཁྱབ་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • —

A previous incarnation of Buddha Śākyamuni in The Hundred Deeds, he was the son of King Diśāṃpati of Pāṁśula’s magistrate, the householder Govinda. After his father’s death, he took over his work and became known as Guardian of the Flame, Guardian of the Flame Govinda, Govinda the Teacher, Mahā­govinda, or just Govinda.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­302-304
  • g.­210
  • g.­211
  • g.­212
  • g.­222
  • g.­329
g.­225

guru

Wylie:
  • bla ma
Tibetan:
  • བླ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • guru

A most highly revered personal spiritual teacher; not to be confused with the future buddha Guru.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • p.­2
  • 3.­388
  • 4.­127
  • 6.­118-120
  • 6.­135-136
  • 6.­312
  • 7.­153
  • 8.­37
g.­226

guru

Wylie:
  • bla ma
Tibetan:
  • བླ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • guru

Name of a future buddha.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­112
  • 3.­415
  • g.­225
g.­228

Head of Indra

Wylie:
  • dbang po’i mgo
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོའི་མགོ
Sanskrit:
  • —

A certain master archer in Vaiśālī.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­1
  • 9.­162-167
  • 9.­169-170
  • 9.­174-175
  • 9.­181
g.­229

heat

Wylie:
  • dro bar gyur pa
  • drod
Tibetan:
  • དྲོ་བར་གྱུར་པ།
  • དྲོད།
Sanskrit:
  • uṣmagata
  • ūṣmagata

The first of the four stages of penetrative insight.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­199
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­97
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 5.­207
  • 7.­68
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • g.­183
  • g.­585
g.­231

Heaven of the Thirty-Three

Wylie:
  • sum cu rtsa gsum
Tibetan:
  • སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • trāyastriṃśa

One of the heavens of Buddhist cosmology. Counted among the six heavens of the desire realm, it is traditionally located atop Sumeru, just above the terrace of the Abodes of the Four Great Kings.

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­173-174
  • 2.­6
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­141
  • 2.­271
  • 2.­351
  • 2.­410
  • 3.­312-313
  • 3.­315
  • 3.­320
  • 4.­95
  • 4.­132
  • 6.­208
  • 6.­283-284
  • 6.­310
  • 6.­328
  • 6.­335
  • 6.­342
  • 6.­408
  • 10.­2
  • 10.­5
  • 10.­15
  • 10.­58
  • 10.­84-85
  • g.­2
  • g.­490
g.­232

hell being

Wylie:
  • sems can dmyal ba
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཅན་དམྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • naraka

A denizen of the hells. See “five destinies.”

Located in 74 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­201
  • 2.­75
  • 2.­109-111
  • 2.­340
  • 2.­558
  • 2.­606
  • 3.­187-188
  • 3.­195-196
  • 3.­210
  • 3.­213-214
  • 3.­220-221
  • 3.­230-231
  • 3.­235-236
  • 3.­241-242
  • 3.­246-247
  • 3.­257-258
  • 3.­262-263
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­366
  • 3.­371-373
  • 3.­378
  • 3.­383-384
  • 3.­396-397
  • 3.­399-401
  • 3.­404-406
  • 3.­414-415
  • 4.­117
  • 4.­188
  • 5.­4
  • 5.­158
  • 5.­238
  • 5.­246
  • 5.­249
  • 6.­62
  • 6.­113
  • 6.­115
  • 6.­263
  • 6.­267
  • 6.­279
  • 6.­426
  • 6.­482-483
  • 6.­485-486
  • 6.­496
  • 6.­498
  • 7.­64
  • 10.­232
  • 10.­275
  • 10.­413-414
  • g.­167
  • g.­356
g.­237

highest worldly dharma

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten gyi chos kyi mchog
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཆོས་ཀྱི་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • laukikāgradharma
  • laukikāgryadharma

The fourth of the four stages of penetrative insight.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­199
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 7.­68
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • g.­183
  • g.­585
g.­240

householder

Wylie:
  • khyim bdag
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱིམ་བདག
Sanskrit:
  • gṛhapati
  • gṛhādhipa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term is usually used for wealthy lay patrons of the Buddhist community. It also refers to a subdivision of the vaiśya (mercantile) class of traditional Indian society, comprising businessmen, merchants, landowners, and so on.

Located in 378 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­8-15
  • 1.­17-19
  • 1.­26-27
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­41
  • 1.­46-52
  • 1.­54-58
  • 1.­60-62
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­87-88
  • 1.­90
  • 1.­92-93
  • 1.­99-103
  • 1.­106-108
  • 1.­113-114
  • 1.­119-122
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­138
  • 1.­142-147
  • 1.­149-150
  • 1.­152-153
  • 1.­162
  • 1.­202
  • 1.­207
  • 1.­210
  • 1.­226
  • 1.­230-231
  • 1.­234
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­311-313
  • 1.­315-316
  • 1.­320-321
  • 1.­327-330
  • 1.­333-335
  • 1.­340
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­354
  • 1.­357
  • 1.­359
  • 1.­384
  • 1.­404
  • 1.­406-407
  • 1.­413
  • 1.­432
  • 2.­140
  • 2.­153-154
  • 2.­160-161
  • 2.­165
  • 2.­184-187
  • 2.­205
  • 2.­217
  • 2.­219
  • 2.­226
  • 2.­364
  • 2.­366
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­383
  • 2.­527-529
  • 2.­531-532
  • 2.­552
  • 2.­554
  • 2.­560
  • 2.­589
  • 3.­16
  • 3.­18
  • 3.­65
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­105
  • 3.­112
  • 3.­119
  • 3.­132
  • 3.­135-137
  • 3.­141
  • 3.­147
  • 3.­155
  • 3.­157
  • 3.­159
  • 3.­164
  • 3.­166-169
  • 3.­177
  • 3.­180
  • 3.­200
  • 3.­203-204
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­332
  • 3.­336
  • 3.­341
  • 3.­349-350
  • 3.­381
  • 4.­76-79
  • 4.­82-84
  • 4.­198
  • 4.­204
  • 4.­211-212
  • 4.­214-215
  • 4.­219
  • 4.­221
  • 4.­224-225
  • 4.­229
  • 4.­231
  • 5.­2
  • 5.­4
  • 5.­23
  • 5.­26-28
  • 5.­42
  • 5.­97
  • 5.­103
  • 5.­186
  • 5.­291
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­323-327
  • 6.­30
  • 6.­54-57
  • 6.­59-63
  • 6.­65
  • 6.­72-73
  • 6.­75-76
  • 6.­140
  • 6.­259
  • 6.­261
  • 6.­301-302
  • 6.­305-306
  • 6.­321
  • 6.­430-432
  • 6.­434
  • 6.­436-437
  • 6.­443-450
  • 6.­455
  • 6.­457
  • 6.­459-462
  • 7.­2
  • 7.­4
  • 7.­44-45
  • 7.­125
  • 7.­141
  • 7.­148
  • 7.­156
  • 7.­158-160
  • 7.­164
  • 7.­251
  • 7.­253
  • 8.­3
  • 8.­30
  • 8.­34-35
  • 8.­42-44
  • 8.­52-54
  • 8.­57-59
  • 8.­61-62
  • 8.­66
  • 8.­74-75
  • 8.­87
  • 8.­89-92
  • 8.­94
  • 8.­108-112
  • 8.­115-116
  • 8.­118
  • 9.­23-26
  • 9.­28
  • 9.­30-31
  • 9.­46-50
  • 9.­53-55
  • 9.­64
  • 9.­115
  • 9.­122
  • 9.­124-126
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­125-126
  • 10.­136-137
  • 10.­147
  • 10.­171
  • 10.­175-183
  • 10.­186
  • 10.­188
  • 10.­196-202
  • 10.­230
  • 10.­252
  • 10.­257-259
  • 10.­268
  • 10.­272-273
  • 10.­285
  • 10.­288-289
  • 10.­294
  • 10.­319
  • 10.­341-342
  • 10.­426
  • 10.­449
  • 10.­455
  • n.­121
  • g.­25
  • g.­33
  • g.­37
  • g.­64
  • g.­77
  • g.­123
  • g.­129
  • g.­169
  • g.­193
  • g.­199
  • g.­202
  • g.­210
  • g.­211
  • g.­223
  • g.­254
  • g.­257
  • g.­289
  • g.­320
  • g.­390
  • g.­415
  • g.­444
  • g.­446
  • g.­448
  • g.­497
  • g.­553
  • g.­554
  • g.­634
  • g.­655
  • g.­656
g.­242

ignorance

Wylie:
  • ma rig pa
Tibetan:
  • མ་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • avidyā

First of the twelve links of dependent origination, one of the root afflictive emotions (see also “subsidiary afflictive emotions”), it is the root of misapprehension of phenomena as truly existent (Rigzin 311).

Located in 54 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­524
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­323
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­74
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­319
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­106-107
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­95-96
  • 7.­123
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­128
  • 10.­73
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­277-278
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
  • g.­552
g.­246

Indra

Wylie:
  • dbang po
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • indra

A Vedic god who eventually emerged as one of the most important in the Vedic pantheon; Indra retains his role as the “King of the Gods” in Buddhist literature, where he is often referred to by the name Śakra

Located in 67 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­524
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­323
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­319
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­69
  • 7.­123
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­105
  • 9.­128
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • 10.­309
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
  • 10.­399
  • g.­15
  • g.­78
  • g.­482
  • g.­490
  • g.­622
g.­249

insight

Wylie:
  • rig pa
Tibetan:
  • རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyā

Wisdom, knowledge, cognition, quality of awareness (Rigzin 396).

Located in 134 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­311
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­288
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­394-405
  • 2.­524
  • 2.­560
  • 2.­589
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­12
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­119
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­147
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­304
  • 3.­323
  • 3.­325
  • 3.­408
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­108
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­200
  • 4.­219
  • 4.­222
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­66
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­203
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­259
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­319
  • 5.­321
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­49
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­73
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­384
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­439
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­453
  • 6.­499
  • 6.­502
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­37
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­123
  • 7.­130
  • 7.­229
  • 7.­247
  • 8.­14-15
  • 8.­28-29
  • 8.­40-41
  • 8.­55-56
  • 8.­69-70
  • 8.­77-78
  • 8.­85-86
  • 8.­93-94
  • 8.­104-105
  • 8.­117-118
  • 8.­127-128
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­128
  • 9.­131
  • 10.­88
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­215
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
  • n.­76
  • g.­250
g.­252

Iṣudhara

Wylie:
  • mda’ thogs
Tibetan:
  • མདའ་ཐོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • iṣudhara RS

The son of Daṇḍadhara (more commonly Daṇḍapāṇi) and brother of Yaśodharā and Venerable Aniruddha. His name in Tibetan, mda’ thogs, is rendered here with the potential back-translation Iṣudhara.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­232
  • 5.­235-236
  • 5.­239
  • 5.­241-247
  • 5.­249-250
  • 5.­252-255
  • 5.­257
  • 5.­263
  • g.­119
  • g.­673
g.­254

Jackal

Wylie:
  • wa
Tibetan:
  • ཝ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Nickname of the child of wealthy householders in Śrāvasti, so called because of his penchant for eating excrement and drinking urine. After taking instruction from the philosophical extremist Pūraṇa Kāśyapa, who admired his ostenisible austerities, he heard the Dharma from the Buddha, went forth, and manifested arhatship.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­295
  • 5.­309-314
  • 5.­317
  • 5.­320
  • 5.­331
g.­256

Jambudvīpa

Wylie:
  • ’dzam bu’i gling
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་བུའི་གླིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • jambudvīpa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The name of the southern continent in Buddhist cosmology, which can signify either the known human world, or more specifically the Indian subcontinent, literally “the jambu island/continent.” Jambu is the name used for a range of plum-like fruits from trees belonging to the genus Szygium, particularly Szygium jambos and Szygium cumini, and it has commonly been rendered “rose apple,” although “black plum” may be a less misleading term. Among various explanations given for the continent being so named, one (in the Abhidharmakośa) is that a jambu tree grows in its northern mountains beside Lake Anavatapta, mythically considered the source of the four great rivers of India, and that the continent is therefore named from the tree or the fruit. Jambudvīpa has the Vajrāsana at its center and is the only continent upon which buddhas attain awakening.

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­379
  • 2.­442
  • 2.­444
  • 2.­446-447
  • 2.­452
  • 6.­146
  • 6.­163
  • 6.­185
  • 6.­187
  • 6.­189
  • 6.­220
  • 6.­311
  • 6.­503
  • 9.­33
  • 9.­42
  • 10.­4-5
  • 10.­8
  • 10.­304
  • g.­52
  • g.­456
  • g.­485
  • g.­489
  • g.­674
g.­258

Jaya

Wylie:
  • rgyal ba po
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • jaya RS

Lit. “Victorious.” King of the city of Undefeated Victory before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­415
  • 6.­417
  • g.­610
  • g.­648
g.­261

Kacaṅkalā

Wylie:
  • ka tsang ka la
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་ཙང་ཀ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • kacaṅkalā

A woman who, because she had previously been the Buddha’s mother for five hundred lifetimes, saw him as her son and ran to embrace him. Then, hearing the Dharma from him, she became ordained and manifested arhatship, and the Buddha declared her foremost among nuns who interpret the sūtras.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • p.­3
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­7
  • 3.­10-11
  • 3.­14
g.­262

Kaineya

Wylie:
  • kai ne ya
Tibetan:
  • ཀཻ་ནེ་ཡ།
Sanskrit:
  • kaineya

A clairvoyant sage who lived with five hundred devotees in the forests of the Adumā region and spent time on the banks of Lake Mandākinī. His nephew was the sage Śaila.

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­1
  • 3.­22
  • 3.­26-27
  • 3.­29-32
  • 3.­54-56
  • 3.­58-64
  • 3.­66
  • 3.­68
  • 3.­77-79
  • 3.­81-84
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­103
  • g.­8
  • g.­488
g.­263

Kakuda Kātyāyana

Wylie:
  • ka t+ya’i bu nog can
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་ཏྱའི་བུ་ནོག་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • kakuda kātyāyana

One of the six philosophical extremists who lived during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­56-57
  • 6.­344
  • n.­153
  • g.­430
g.­264

Kāla

Wylie:
  • nag po
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāla

A certain nāga king who praised Gautama prior to his enlightenment.

Not to be confused with Black (nag po), the yakṣa; nor with Black (nag po), the brahmin.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­101
  • g.­67
  • g.­68
g.­266

Kanakamuni

Wylie:
  • gser thub
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་ཐུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • kanakamuni

Name of a buddha who preceded Śākyamuni, usually counted as the second buddha of the current fortunate eon, Śākyamuni being the fourth.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­453
  • 6.­456
  • g.­525
  • g.­526
g.­269

Kapilavastu

Wylie:
  • ser skya’i gnas
Tibetan:
  • སེར་སྐྱའི་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • kapilavastu

Near the Himālayas, the city that was home to the Śākya clan into which Buddha Śākyamuni was born.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­116
  • 2.­138
  • 2.­142
  • 5.­104
  • 5.­127
  • 5.­232
  • 5.­234
  • 5.­236
  • 6.­458-459
  • 6.­461-463
  • 7.­265
  • g.­21
  • g.­22
  • g.­149
  • g.­150
  • g.­332
  • g.­359
  • g.­517
  • g.­555
  • g.­556
  • g.­560
  • g.­561
  • g.­568
g.­270

karma

Wylie:
  • las
Tibetan:
  • ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • karman

See “action.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­479
  • 6.­264-265
  • 6.­268
  • 7.­118
  • n.­6
  • g.­7
g.­272

Kāśi

Wylie:
  • kA shi
Tibetan:
  • ཀཱ་ཤི།
Sanskrit:
  • kāśi

Country whose capital was Vārāṇasī, in the Buddha’s time it had been absorbed into Kośala. Its monarch was Brahmadatta (past).

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­252
  • 1.­254-255
  • 1.­279-280
  • 2.­125
  • 2.­134-135
  • 2.­137
  • 2.­385
  • 3.­425
  • 3.­437
  • 5.­33
  • 5.­42
  • 6.­11-12
  • 6.­67-69
  • 6.­502
  • 9.­82
  • 9.­84
  • 9.­158
  • 9.­160
  • 10.­364
  • g.­80
  • g.­81
  • g.­273
  • g.­291
  • g.­633
  • g.­646
g.­274

Kāśyapa (buddha)

Wylie:
  • ’od srung
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • kāśyapa

Buddha of a previous age.

Not to be confused with the monk Kāśyapa of Buddha Śākyamuni’s order, nor with Uruvilvā Kāśyapa, Nadī Kāśyapa, or Pūraṇa Kāśyapa, nor with Nirgrantha Kāśyapa, nor Foremost Kāśyapa.

Located in 309 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30-31
  • 1.­37-39
  • 1.­73-74
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85-86
  • 1.­132-133
  • 1.­135
  • 1.­137
  • 1.­162-163
  • 1.­169-171
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­274-277
  • 1.­296-300
  • 1.­302
  • 1.­311-314
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­344
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­351-352
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­394-395
  • 1.­397
  • 1.­399
  • 1.­401-402
  • 1.­432-433
  • 1.­436-441
  • 2.­148-151
  • 2.­184-185
  • 2.­187
  • 2.­189
  • 2.­192
  • 2.­209-211
  • 2.­226-227
  • 2.­229-232
  • 2.­256-259
  • 2.­262-264
  • 2.­378-380
  • 2.­382-384
  • 2.­560-561
  • 2.­568
  • 2.­570-571
  • 3.­12-15
  • 3.­45-46
  • 3.­48-49
  • 3.­51-53
  • 3.­99-101
  • 3.­103-104
  • 3.­119-124
  • 3.­147-148
  • 3.­150-153
  • 3.­217
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­233
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­244
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­252
  • 3.­260
  • 3.­266
  • 3.­280-282
  • 3.­304-307
  • 3.­325
  • 3.­329-330
  • 4.­38-40
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­108-111
  • 4.­166-168
  • 4.­200-203
  • 5.­30-31
  • 5.­66-69
  • 5.­94-96
  • 5.­126
  • 5.­151-153
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­167-169
  • 5.­183-185
  • 5.­203-210
  • 5.­231
  • 5.­259-262
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­283
  • 5.­287
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­330
  • 5.­332-334
  • 6.­49-53
  • 6.­73-75
  • 6.­77
  • 6.­244-250
  • 6.­252
  • 6.­307-309
  • 6.­368-372
  • 6.­374-376
  • 6.­378-383
  • 6.­410-411
  • 6.­413
  • 6.­439-441
  • 6.­449
  • 6.­451
  • 6.­502-503
  • 6.­505-506
  • 6.­508-510
  • 7.­16-17
  • 7.­37
  • 7.­39-43
  • 7.­111-116
  • 7.­135
  • 7.­188
  • 7.­219
  • 7.­229-231
  • 7.­233-234
  • 7.­247-250
  • 7.­264
  • 9.­27
  • 9.­45
  • 9.­54-55
  • 9.­57-60
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­65
  • 9.­86
  • 9.­88
  • 9.­100
  • 9.­114
  • 9.­138
  • 9.­149
  • 9.­182
  • 10.­204
  • 10.­215-218
  • 10.­235
  • 10.­238-241
  • 10.­249
  • 10.­356
  • 10.­370
  • g.­40
  • g.­41
  • g.­206
  • g.­276
  • g.­293
  • g.­330
  • g.­627
g.­275

Kāśyapa (monk)

Wylie:
  • ’od srung
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • kāśyapa

See “Mahā­kāśyapa.”

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­1
  • 6.­79
  • 6.­81
  • 6.­84
  • 6.­86
  • 6.­88
  • 6.­90
  • 6.­92
  • 6.­94
  • 6.­96
  • 6.­98
  • 6.­100
  • 6.­102
  • 6.­104-105
  • 6.­107
  • 6.­110
  • 6.­114
  • 6.­117
  • 6.­135
  • 6.­139
  • 6.­143
  • 6.­235-236
  • 6.­241
  • 6.­243
  • 6.­247
  • 6.­253
  • g.­274
  • g.­276
  • g.­330
g.­276

Kāśyapa (Nirgrantha)

Wylie:
  • ’od srung
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • kāśyapa

Given name of “Nirgrantha Kinsman of the Kāśyapas.”

Not to be confused with Kāśyapa, buddha of a previous age; the monk Kāśyapa of Buddha Śākyamuni’s order; nor with Uruvilvā Kāśyapa, Nadī Kāśyapa, or Pūraṇa Kāśyapa; nor Foremost Kāśyapa.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­70-71
  • 7.­74-75
  • 7.­82
  • 7.­84-94
  • g.­395
g.­278

Kātyāyana

Wylie:
  • kA tyA ya na
  • kA tyA ya na’i bu
Tibetan:
  • ཀཱ་ཏྱཱ་ཡ་ན།
  • ཀཱ་ཏྱཱ་ཡ་ནའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kātyāyana
  • kātyāyanaputra

Son of She Who Gathers and grandson of Padmagarbha, he was a highly realized monk of Buddha Śākyamuni’s order. Also rendered here as “Kātyāyanaputra.”

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­377-378
  • 5.­79-86
  • g.­279
  • g.­280
  • g.­477
  • g.­511
g.­280

Kātyāyanaputra

Wylie:
  • kA tyA ya na’i bu
Tibetan:
  • ཀཱ་ཏྱཱ་ཡ་ནའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kātyāyanaputra

See “Kātyāyana.”

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­190
  • 7.­193-194
  • 7.­197
  • 7.­203-209
  • g.­278
  • g.­498
g.­282

Kauśāmbī

Wylie:
  • kau shAM bI
Tibetan:
  • ཀཽ་ཤཱཾ་བཱི།
Sanskrit:
  • kauśāmbī

An ancient city, capital of Vatsa, located down the Ganges River from Rājagṛha.

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­196-197
  • 1.­199
  • 1.­202-205
  • 1.­221
  • 1.­226
  • 1.­230-231
  • 6.­150-151
  • 6.­154
  • 6.­162-163
  • 6.­178
  • 6.­185
  • 6.­227
  • 6.­231
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­423-424
  • 10.­428
  • 10.­432-433
  • g.­152
  • g.­193
  • g.­199
  • g.­339
  • g.­341
  • g.­342
  • g.­640
g.­284

Keśinī

Wylie:
  • skra ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • སྐྲ་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • keśinī

Young woman appointed by King Śākya Suprabuddha to look after the hair of his daughters Mahā­māyā and Māyā (the Buddha’s mother and aunt, respectively).

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­140-143
  • 2.­150
  • g.­661
g.­288

kinnara

Wylie:
  • mi’am ci
Tibetan:
  • མིའམ་ཅི།
Sanskrit:
  • kinnara

Classified among the gods, these celestial beings are sometimes depicted as half-human, half-horse (similar to centaurs) or half-human, half-bird. Whatever the case, they are considered creatures of surpassing beauty. Also the name of a person, see “Kinnara.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­1
  • 7.­251
  • 7.­253
  • 7.­268-269
  • 7.­271
  • g.­289
g.­289

Kinnara

Wylie:
  • mi’am ci
Tibetan:
  • མིའམ་ཅི།
Sanskrit:
  • kinnara

Child of wealthy householders in Śrāvastī, he was named for his resemblence to beautiful kinnara spirits. His arrogance about his good looks was dispelled upon meeting the Buddha, from whom he heard the Dharma before going forth and manifesting arhatship. See also the class of beings, “kinnara.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­251-252
  • 7.­256
  • g.­288
g.­290

Kokālika

Wylie:
  • ko ka li ka
Tibetan:
  • ཀོ་ཀ་ལི་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • kokālika

One of four cronies of Devadatta.

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­122
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­332-337
  • 3.­339
  • 3.­341-342
  • 3.­346-350
  • 3.­352-356
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­365
  • 3.­373
  • 3.­375-376
  • 3.­378
  • 3.­384
  • 3.­396-397
  • 4.­178
  • n.­26
  • g.­373
g.­291

Kośala

Wylie:
  • ko sa la
  • ko sha la
Tibetan:
  • ཀོ་ས་ལ།
  • ཀོ་ཤ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • kośala

An ancient kingdom, northwest of Magadha, abutting Kāśi, whose capital was Śrāvastī. During the Buddha’s time it was ruled by Prasenajit.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­278
  • 3.­372
  • 9.­67
  • 9.­150
  • 9.­152
  • 9.­158
  • 9.­160
  • 10.­358
  • 10.­369
  • g.­272
  • g.­295
  • g.­441
  • g.­542
  • g.­633
  • g.­640
  • g.­646
g.­292

Krakucchanda

Wylie:
  • ’khor ba ’jig
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་བ་འཇིག
Sanskrit:
  • krakucchanda

A previous buddha of this eon, often listed as the first of five buddhas of the present eon.

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­126-130
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­120
  • 5.­124
  • 6.­384-388
  • 6.­390
  • 6.­392
  • 7.­130
  • 9.­131-133
  • 9.­136-137
  • 10.­88-90
  • 10.­92-94
  • g.­13
  • g.­525
  • g.­526
g.­295

Kṣemā

Wylie:
  • bde byed ma
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣemā

Princess of Kośala, child of King Prasenajit.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­284
  • 1.­287
  • 1.­289-292
  • 1.­294-295
  • 1.­301
g.­296

Kṣemaṅkara

Wylie:
  • bde byed
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣemaṅkara

The son of King Brahmadatta (present) of Vārāṇasī and the younger brother of Princess Kṣemaṅkarā.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­39-40
  • 5.­43-44
  • 5.­46-47
  • 5.­49
  • 5.­53
  • 5.­58
  • 5.­65
  • 5.­68
  • g.­297
g.­297

Kṣemaṅkarā

Wylie:
  • bde byed ma
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣemaṅkarā

Princess of Vārāṇasī, child of King Brahmadatta (present), elder sibling of Prince Kṣemaṅkara.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­38-40
  • 5.­43-45
  • 5.­47
  • g.­296
g.­298

Kubera

Wylie:
  • ku be ra
Tibetan:
  • ཀུ་བེ་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • kubera

A Hindu god of wealth, appearing in the Buddhist pantheon as Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­88
  • 1.­316
  • 2.­156
  • 5.­97
  • g.­631
g.­307

Lake Mandākinī

Wylie:
  • mtsho dal gyis ’bab
Tibetan:
  • མཚོ་དལ་གྱིས་འབབ།
Sanskrit:
  • mandākinī

The Mandākinī river, which translates as “the slow-flowing” river, is the name of a specific tributary of the Ganges that flows through the Kedāranātha valley in the Himālayas, as well as a name that might be used for other rivers (Monier-Williams 788.2). The term is assumed to refer to a lake in this case (and not a river) because the Tibetan uses the term mtsho.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­22
  • 3.­26-29
  • 3.­32
  • 3.­59
  • g.­262
  • g.­488
g.­308

Lake of Jewels

Wylie:
  • dbyig mtsho
Tibetan:
  • དབྱིག་མཚོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An arhat monk whose past virtuous deeds ripened into countless glories both human and divine.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­370-371
  • 2.­377
  • 2.­383
g.­309

latecomer

Wylie:
  • rgan zhugs
Tibetan:
  • རྒན་ཞུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • mahalla

Someone who is ordained late in their life.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­1
  • 6.­507
  • 6.­509
g.­311

lay vow holder

Wylie:
  • dge bsnyen
  • dge bsnyen ma
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བསྙེན།
  • དགེ་བསྙེན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • upāsikā
  • upāsaka

An ordained layperson; a layperson who has taken any or all of the five precepts (see the first five of the “fundamental precepts”) (Rigzin 52).

Located in 46 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­121-122
  • 1.­143
  • 1.­380
  • 2.­167
  • 3.­202
  • 3.­204-205
  • 3.­208-210
  • 4.­22
  • 4.­166-167
  • 5.­333-334
  • 6.­178
  • 6.­184
  • 6.­227
  • 6.­307-308
  • 6.­411-412
  • 7.­16-22
  • 7.­24
  • 7.­98
  • 8.­5
  • 8.­59-60
  • 9.­30-31
  • 9.­86-87
  • 9.­114
  • 10.­83
  • 10.­249
  • 10.­286
  • g.­559
  • g.­629
  • g.­658
g.­313

Licchavi

Wylie:
  • li tsa+tsha bI
Tibetan:
  • ལི་ཙྪ་བཱི།
Sanskrit:
  • licchavi

One of the great Indian clans during the time of the Buddha, their home was Vaiśālī.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­173
  • 9.­162
  • 9.­170
  • 9.­174-175
  • 9.­181
g.­319

listener

Wylie:
  • nyan thos
Tibetan:
  • ཉན་ཐོས།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāvaka

See “disciple.”

Located in 46 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­46
  • 1.­98-99
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­326-327
  • 1.­362
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­65
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­275
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­423
  • 2.­425
  • 2.­428
  • 2.­589
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­7
  • 3.­200
  • 3.­211-212
  • 3.­228-229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­408
  • 3.­415-416
  • 4.­136
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­291
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­69
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • 10.­280
  • 10.­282
  • 10.­284
  • g.­141
  • g.­425
g.­320

Little Eyes

Wylie:
  • mig chung
Tibetan:
  • མིག་ཆུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The son of wealthy householders in Śrāvastī, who in a former life had been their dog. He became an attendant of Venerable Śāriputra and manifested arhatship while still in his novitiate.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­58-60
  • 1.­68
  • 1.­70-71
  • 1.­84
g.­321

lord

Wylie:
  • btsun pa
Tibetan:
  • བཙུན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadanta

Honorific term for an ordained person.

Located in 463 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­10
  • 1.­17-18
  • 1.­23
  • 1.­26
  • 1.­28-29
  • 1.­47
  • 1.­51
  • 1.­57
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­78
  • 1.­80
  • 1.­102
  • 1.­147
  • 1.­156
  • 1.­160
  • 1.­185
  • 1.­215
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­266
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­292
  • 1.­295-296
  • 1.­306
  • 1.­308
  • 1.­341-342
  • 1.­360
  • 1.­362
  • 1.­388
  • 1.­391-392
  • 1.­416
  • 1.­423
  • 1.­428
  • 1.­430
  • 1.­442
  • 2.­15
  • 2.­17-18
  • 2.­33
  • 2.­35-36
  • 2.­52
  • 2.­54-55
  • 2.­70
  • 2.­72-73
  • 2.­94
  • 2.­96
  • 2.­110
  • 2.­123
  • 2.­143-144
  • 2.­147
  • 2.­167
  • 2.­172
  • 2.­177
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­183-184
  • 2.­195-196
  • 2.­205-206
  • 2.­215
  • 2.­217
  • 2.­222
  • 2.­225
  • 2.­235
  • 2.­239
  • 2.­252
  • 2.­255
  • 2.­261
  • 2.­280
  • 2.­282-283
  • 2.­285
  • 2.­343
  • 2.­345-346
  • 2.­359
  • 2.­361-362
  • 2.­377-378
  • 2.­422-425
  • 2.­430
  • 2.­459
  • 2.­465
  • 2.­467
  • 2.­483
  • 2.­487
  • 2.­514-515
  • 2.­519
  • 2.­544
  • 2.­548
  • 2.­585
  • 2.­587
  • 2.­593
  • 2.­595
  • 2.­597
  • 2.­599-602
  • 2.­605
  • 3.­7-8
  • 3.­10-12
  • 3.­18
  • 3.­42
  • 3.­44
  • 3.­52
  • 3.­56
  • 3.­58
  • 3.­71-72
  • 3.­74
  • 3.­77
  • 3.­80-81
  • 3.­84
  • 3.­91
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­118-119
  • 3.­135
  • 3.­143
  • 3.­147
  • 3.­154
  • 3.­195
  • 3.­197
  • 3.­199
  • 3.­210
  • 3.­220
  • 3.­222
  • 3.­224
  • 3.­228
  • 3.­235
  • 3.­237-238
  • 3.­246
  • 3.­248-249
  • 3.­262
  • 3.­264-265
  • 3.­276-280
  • 3.­303
  • 3.­322
  • 3.­324
  • 3.­334
  • 3.­337
  • 3.­339
  • 3.­341
  • 3.­343-344
  • 3.­350
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­365-366
  • 3.­378
  • 3.­385
  • 3.­397
  • 3.­404
  • 3.­406-407
  • 3.­415
  • 3.­422
  • 4.­3
  • 4.­23
  • 4.­30
  • 4.­33
  • 4.­41
  • 4.­50
  • 4.­61
  • 4.­63
  • 4.­65
  • 4.­86
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­98
  • 4.­104-105
  • 4.­107
  • 4.­141
  • 4.­143-144
  • 4.­156
  • 4.­158
  • 4.­165
  • 4.­171
  • 4.­176
  • 4.­180
  • 4.­196
  • 4.­199-200
  • 4.­215-216
  • 4.­218
  • 4.­221-222
  • 5.­20
  • 5.­22
  • 5.­56
  • 5.­58
  • 5.­65-66
  • 5.­80
  • 5.­82
  • 5.­89
  • 5.­106
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­141
  • 5.­143
  • 5.­161
  • 5.­163
  • 5.­165
  • 5.­178-179
  • 5.­194
  • 5.­196
  • 5.­202-203
  • 5.­206
  • 5.­218-219
  • 5.­225
  • 5.­227
  • 5.­239
  • 5.­242
  • 5.­246-247
  • 5.­254-255
  • 5.­257
  • 5.­274
  • 5.­276-277
  • 5.­318
  • 5.­320
  • 5.­327
  • 5.­332
  • 6.­7-8
  • 6.­10
  • 6.­28
  • 6.­43
  • 6.­46-47
  • 6.­58
  • 6.­63
  • 6.­65
  • 6.­72
  • 6.­119
  • 6.­143
  • 6.­145-146
  • 6.­150
  • 6.­155
  • 6.­159
  • 6.­186
  • 6.­222
  • 6.­232-235
  • 6.­243
  • 6.­269
  • 6.­275-290
  • 6.­297
  • 6.­299-300
  • 6.­339
  • 6.­341
  • 6.­351-352
  • 6.­367-368
  • 6.­374
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­393
  • 6.­407
  • 6.­409-410
  • 6.­414
  • 6.­438-439
  • 6.­444
  • 6.­448
  • 6.­452
  • 6.­460
  • 6.­465
  • 6.­469
  • 6.­476-478
  • 6.­480
  • 6.­487
  • 6.­501-502
  • 6.­507
  • 7.­13
  • 7.­15
  • 7.­34
  • 7.­36
  • 7.­40
  • 7.­55
  • 7.­57
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­98
  • 7.­102
  • 7.­108
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­120
  • 7.­124
  • 7.­130
  • 7.­148
  • 7.­150
  • 7.­155-156
  • 7.­165
  • 7.­192
  • 7.­209
  • 7.­227-228
  • 7.­246
  • 7.­257
  • 7.­266
  • 8.­22
  • 8.­34
  • 8.­47
  • 8.­50
  • 8.­67
  • 8.­120
  • 8.­123
  • 9.­19
  • 9.­21
  • 9.­34
  • 9.­37
  • 9.­39
  • 9.­53-54
  • 9.­79
  • 9.­81
  • 9.­85
  • 9.­92
  • 9.­99
  • 9.­106
  • 9.­124
  • 9.­127
  • 9.­129-131
  • 9.­145
  • 9.­152
  • 9.­159
  • 9.­165
  • 9.­172
  • 9.­174
  • 10.­18
  • 10.­20
  • 10.­22-23
  • 10.­25-30
  • 10.­33-36
  • 10.­39-40
  • 10.­42
  • 10.­44-45
  • 10.­47
  • 10.­49
  • 10.­52
  • 10.­54-59
  • 10.­69-71
  • 10.­80
  • 10.­83
  • 10.­87
  • 10.­90
  • 10.­92
  • 10.­104-105
  • 10.­135
  • 10.­156
  • 10.­165
  • 10.­181
  • 10.­183
  • 10.­188
  • 10.­190
  • 10.­192
  • 10.­210
  • 10.­214-215
  • 10.­226
  • 10.­233-234
  • 10.­248
  • 10.­256
  • 10.­279-282
  • 10.­286
  • 10.­351
  • 10.­353
  • 10.­360
  • 10.­362-363
  • 10.­371
  • 10.­394
  • 10.­410
  • 10.­420
  • 10.­453-454
  • n.­121
  • n.­155
  • g.­45
  • g.­330
  • g.­372
g.­322

Lotus Color

Wylie:
  • pad ma’i mdog
Tibetan:
  • པད་མའི་མདོག
Sanskrit:
  • —

Handsome monk who went forth under Venerable Upasena, he was named for his complexion, which was the color of a lotus-heart.

Located in 24 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­163-170
  • 2.­172-174
  • 2.­176-179
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­183
  • 2.­191
  • 2.­195
  • 2.­199
  • g.­49
  • g.­147
  • g.­620
g.­325

Magadha

Wylie:
  • ma ga dhA
Tibetan:
  • མ་ག་དྷཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • magadha
  • magadhā

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

An ancient Indian kingdom that lay to the south of the Ganges River in what today is the state of Bihar. Magadha was the largest of the sixteen “great states” (mahājanapada) that flourished between the sixth and third centuries ʙᴄᴇ in northern India. During the life of the Buddha Śākyamuni, it was ruled by King Bimbisāra and later by Bimbisāra's son, Ajātaśatru. Its capital was initially Rājagṛha (modern-day Rajgir) but was later moved to Pāṭaliputra (modern-day Patna). Over the centuries, with the expansion of the Magadha’s might, it became the capital of the vast Mauryan empire and seat of the great King Aśoka.

This region is home to many of the most important Buddhist sites, including Bodh Gayā, where the Buddha attained awakening; Vulture Peak (Gṛdhra­kūṭa), where the Buddha bestowed many well-known Mahāyāna sūtras; and the Buddhist university of Nālandā that flourished between the fifth and twelfth centuries ᴄᴇ, among many others.

Located in 37 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­380
  • 1.­383-384
  • 4.­122
  • 5.­103
  • 6.­321
  • 9.­67
  • 9.­71
  • 9.­150
  • 9.­152
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­124
  • 10.­250-252
  • 10.­254-259
  • 10.­268-269
  • 10.­272-273
  • 10.­279
  • 10.­285
  • 10.­288-289
  • 10.­341-342
  • g.­65
  • g.­291
  • g.­423
  • g.­453
  • g.­633
  • g.­643
g.­327

Mahā­deva (Śiva)

Wylie:
  • lha chen po
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­deva

An epithet of the god Śiva. Though not in this text, in other texts this term may also appear as an epithet of the Buddha. Alternatively a certain king of Mithilā who lived before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni, see “Mahā­deva (the king).”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­29-31
  • 7.­39
  • g.­328
g.­328

Mahā­deva (the king)

Wylie:
  • lha chen po
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­deva

In former times, the king of the city of Mithilā. His two chief ministers were Nanda and Upananda.

In other contexts, sometimes an epithet of the god Śiva, see “Mahā­deva.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­237
  • 6.­239
  • g.­327
  • g.­368
  • g.­386
  • g.­387
  • g.­617
  • g.­618
  • g.­619
g.­329

Mahā­govinda

Wylie:
  • khyab ’jug chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱབ་འཇུག་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­govinda

See “Guardian of the Flame Govinda.”

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­307
  • 10.­313
  • 10.­315
  • 10.­319-320
  • 10.­323
  • 10.­325
  • 10.­328
  • 10.­330
  • 10.­332
  • 10.­336
  • 10.­338
  • g.­223
g.­330

Mahā­kāśyapa

Wylie:
  • ’od srung chen po
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྲུང་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­kāśyapa

A monk of Buddha Śākyamuni’s order who was first in the apostolic succession that carried on Lord Buddha’s teaching after his parinirvāṇa. Also rendered here simply as “Kāśyapa.”

Not to be confused with Buddha Kāśyapa, nor with Uruvilvā Kāśyapa, Nadī Kāśyapa, or Pūraṇa Kāśyapa, nor with Nirgrantha Kāśyapa, nor Foremost Kāśyapa.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­78
  • 6.­81-85
  • 6.­118-119
  • 6.­136
  • 6.­139
  • 6.­142-144
  • 6.­235
  • g.­275
g.­331

Mahā­maudgalyāyana

Wylie:
  • maud gal gyi bu chen po
Tibetan:
  • མཽད་གལ་གྱི་བུ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­maudgalyāyana

Along with Śāriputra, one of the Buddha’s two foremost disciples, known for his miraculous powers. Also rendered here simply as “Maudgalyāyana.”

Located in 38 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­193
  • 3.­195
  • 3.­215
  • 3.­217-220
  • 3.­228
  • 3.­232-235
  • 3.­259-262
  • 3.­401-404
  • 5.­244
  • 6.­476-480
  • 6.­482-483
  • 6.­485
  • 6.­487-491
  • 6.­496-497
  • 6.­499
  • g.­358
g.­332

Mahā­māyā

Wylie:
  • sgyu ’phrul chen mo
Tibetan:
  • སྒྱུ་འཕྲུལ་ཆེན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­māyā

Buddha Śākyamuni’s mother. She and her sister Māyā both married King Śuddhodana of Kapilavastu. Here she is said to be the daughter of Śākya Suprabuddha. In other stories, Mahā­māyā is alternatively said to be the daughter of King Āñjāna of Devaḍaha. Also called “Mahā­māyādevī” and “Māyādevī.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­139
  • 2.­141
  • 5.­130
  • g.­56
  • g.­284
  • g.­333
  • g.­359
  • g.­360
  • g.­492
  • g.­568
g.­333

Mahā­māyādevī

Wylie:
  • lha mo sgyu ’phrul chen mo
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མོ་སྒྱུ་འཕྲུལ་ཆེན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­māyādevī

See “Mahā­māyā.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­8
  • 6.­208
  • g.­332
g.­334

Mahā­prajāpatī

Wylie:
  • skye dgu’i bdag mo chen mo gau ta mI
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་དགུའི་བདག་མོ་ཆེན་མོ་གཽ་ཏ་མཱི།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­prajāpatī gautamī

See “Mahā­prajāpatī Gautamī.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­292-293
  • g.­335
g.­335

Mahā­prajāpatī Gautamī

Wylie:
  • skye dgu’i bdag mo chen mo gau ta mI
  • skye dgu’i bdag mo chen mo
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་དགུའི་བདག་མོ་ཆེན་མོ་གཽ་ཏ་མཱི།
  • སྐྱེ་དགུའི་བདག་མོ་ཆེན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­prajāpatī gautamī
  • mahā­prajāpatī

Siddhārtha Gautama’s aunt, who raised him following his mother’s death and who later became the first woman to go forth as a member of Buddha Śākyamuni’s monastic saṅgha. Also rendered here as “Mahā­prajāpatī.”

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­120
  • 1.­266
  • 1.­390
  • 2.­142
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­132
  • 7.­241-243
  • g.­334
  • g.­359
g.­336

Mahā­sena

Wylie:
  • sde chen po
Tibetan:
  • སྡེ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­sena

King of the city of Ayodhyā before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Not to be confused with Mahendra or Mahendrasena.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­379
  • 3.­382
  • g.­51
  • g.­339
  • g.­341
  • g.­342
g.­338

Mahendra

Wylie:
  • dbang chen
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ཆེན།
Sanskrit:
  • mahendra

King of the city of Potalaka, father of Mahendrasena.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­176
  • g.­336
  • g.­339
  • g.­341
  • g.­342
  • g.­438
g.­339

Mahendrasena (future king of Kauśāmbī)

Wylie:
  • dbang chen sde
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ཆེན་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahendrasena

Foretold as the name of a future monarch of Kauśāmbī, during the time of the Dharma’s disappearance from our world.

In either case not to be confused with Mahendra or Mahā­sena, neither Mahendrasena, the King of Videha; Mahendrasena, the prince of Potalaka; or Mahendrasena, the king of Vārāṇasī.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­150
  • 6.­152-153
  • 6.­161
  • g.­152
  • g.­341
  • g.­342
g.­340

Mahendrasena (king of Vārāṇasī)

Wylie:
  • dbang chen sde
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ཆེན་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahendrasena

King of Vārāṇasī, a previous incarnation of the Buddha.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­106
  • 10.­108
  • 10.­110-111
  • 10.­113
  • 10.­115-116
  • 10.­122-123
  • g.­339
  • g.­341
  • g.­342
g.­341

Mahendrasena (king of Videha)

Wylie:
  • dbang chen sde
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ཆེན་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahendrasena

Typically given as the name of the King of Videha, son of King Mahendra, and a previous incarnation of the Buddha.

Not to be confused with Mahendra or Mahā­sena; or with Mahendrasena, a future monarch of Kauśāmbī; Mahendrasena, the prince of Potalaka; or Mahendrasena, the king of Vārāṇasī.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­124
  • 2.­127-129
  • 2.­132
  • 2.­135-137
  • 9.­82
  • 9.­84
  • 9.­146-147
  • 10.­157
  • 10.­161-163
  • g.­152
  • g.­336
  • g.­339
  • g.­342
  • g.­343
  • g.­644
g.­342

Mahendrasena (prince of Potalaka)

Wylie:
  • dbang chen sde
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ཆེན་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahendrasena

A previous incarnation of the Buddha, who was son of King Mahendra, the ruler of the city of Potalaka.

Not to be confused with Mahendra or Mahā­sena., or with Mahendrasena, a future monarch of Kauśāmbī; Mahendrasena, the king of Videha; or Mahendrasena, the king of Vārāṇasī.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­176-177
  • g.­338
  • g.­339
  • g.­341
g.­344

Maheśākhya

Wylie:
  • che bar grags
Tibetan:
  • ཆེ་བར་གྲགས།
Sanskrit:
  • maheśākhya

A certain yakṣa, a friend of the Buddha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­154-155
g.­345

Maitrībala

Wylie:
  • byams pa’i stobs
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་པའི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit:
  • maitrībala

A certain compassionate king of Vārāṇasī and a previous incarnation of the Buddha.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • p.­3
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­5
  • 4.­9
  • 4.­12
  • 4.­20
  • n.­109
  • g.­632
g.­346

Majestic Body

Wylie:
  • lus ’phags
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་འཕགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A certain brahmin of high caste, father of More Majestic. He heard the Dharma from the Buddha and attained stream entry.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­1
  • 6.­34
  • 6.­36
  • 6.­38-42
  • 6.­44-45
  • 6.­47
  • 6.­51
  • g.­372
g.­349

Maṇiprabha

Wylie:
  • nor bu’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇiprabha RS

“Jewel Light,” a certain young god who in the garden of Prince Jeta in Śrāvastī scattered flowers over the Buddha, sat before him to listen to the Dharma, and manifested stream entry.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­303
  • 1.­307-309
  • 1.­313
g.­350

mantra

Wylie:
  • sngags
Tibetan:
  • སྔགས།
Sanskrit:
  • mantra

Words of power; incantation; lit. “mind-protector”; single or combined Sanskrit syllables repeated as invocations, based on the power of sound (Rigzin 98).

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­142
  • 2.­171-172
  • 4.­184
  • 5.­79-80
  • 5.­213
  • 6.­157
  • 10.­166
  • 10.­168
  • 10.­364
  • g.­78
g.­353

Maskarin Gośālīputra

Wylie:
  • kun du rgyu gnag lhas kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དུ་རྒྱུ་གནག་ལྷས་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • maskarin gośālīputra
  • māskarin gośālīputra

One of the six philosophical extremists who lived during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. Also rendered here as “Parivrājaka Gośālīputra.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­56-57
  • g.­418
g.­354

material form

Wylie:
  • gzugs
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpa

One of the five aggregates, that which gives rise to physical qualities.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­279
  • 10.­284
  • g.­11
g.­355

Mathurā

Wylie:
  • bcom brlag
Tibetan:
  • བཅོམ་བརླག
Sanskrit:
  • mathurā

City located in modern-day Uttar Pradesh, India, historically renowned for its redstone Buddha images.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­165
  • 2.­181
  • 6.­141
  • g.­147
  • g.­224
  • g.­407
g.­358

Maudgalyāyana

Wylie:
  • maud gal gyi bu
Tibetan:
  • མཽད་གལ་གྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • maudgalyāyana

See “Mahā­maudgalyāyana.”

Located in 69 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­535
  • 3.­87-88
  • 3.­90-92
  • 3.­95
  • 3.­97
  • 3.­187
  • 3.­189
  • 3.­194
  • 3.­199-200
  • 3.­210-211
  • 3.­213
  • 3.­224-226
  • 3.­228
  • 3.­230
  • 3.­238-239
  • 3.­257
  • 3.­265-266
  • 3.­333-335
  • 3.­339-340
  • 3.­342
  • 3.­345-348
  • 3.­350-351
  • 3.­353-355
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­366
  • 3.­373
  • 3.­375-376
  • 3.­378
  • 3.­384-385
  • 3.­396
  • 3.­398-399
  • 3.­407-408
  • 5.­103
  • 6.­191
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­322
  • 6.­476
  • 6.­482-483
  • 6.­492-493
  • 6.­497
  • 10.­10
  • g.­331
  • g.­411
  • g.­499
  • g.­570
g.­359

Māyā

Wylie:
  • sgyu ’phrul
Tibetan:
  • སྒྱུ་འཕྲུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • māyā

Buddha Śākyamuni’s aunt, and the daughter of Śākya Suprabuddha. She and her sister Mahā­māyā (Buddha Śākyamuni’s mother) both married King Śuddhodana of Kapilavastu. Somewhat confusingly, in other stories she is identified as Mahā­prajāpatī Gautamī, q.v., while Māyā is often used as a short form of the name of the Buddha’s mother Mahā­māyā.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­139
  • 5.­130
  • g.­56
  • g.­284
  • g.­332
  • g.­568
  • g.­661
g.­360

Māyādevī

Wylie:
  • lha mo sgyu ’phrul
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མོ་སྒྱུ་འཕྲུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • māyādevī

See “Mahā­māyā.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­210
  • g.­332
g.­361

meditation

Wylie:
  • bsam gtan
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་གཏན།
Sanskrit:
  • dhyāna

Also called “(meditative) concentration,” “meditative state,” and a state of mind in which one is able to focus one’s attention single-pointedly on any suitable virtuous object without wavering (Rigzin 455). Closely related to meditative stabilization (samādhi).

The term “meditation” has also been used in this translation to render sgom pa (meditation training) and ting nge ’dzin (meditative stabilization).

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­164
  • 1.­212
  • 1.­273
  • 1.­337
  • 1.­348
  • 1.­352
  • 2.­90
  • 2.­99
  • 2.­581
  • 3.­17
  • 3.­21
  • 3.­114
  • 6.­28
  • 6.­290
  • 6.­293
  • 7.­50-51
  • 7.­122
  • 7.­140
  • 7.­238
  • 10.­454
  • n.­125
  • g.­172
  • g.­181
  • g.­250
  • g.­362
  • g.­363
  • g.­528
  • g.­576
  • g.­585
  • g.­595
  • g.­647
g.­362

meditation training

Wylie:
  • sgom pa
Tibetan:
  • སྒོམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhāvanā

Acquainting the mind with a virtuous object or mentally contemplating the Buddha’s teachings (Rigzin 75). Also translated here as “meditation.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­361
g.­363

meditative stabilization

Wylie:
  • ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • samādhi

Also called “(meditative) concentration,” the ability of the mind to concentrate on a specific object of cognition for a length of time (Rigzin 144). Closely related to dhyāna. Also rendered here as “meditation.”

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­273
  • 1.­277
  • 1.­348
  • 5.­67-68
  • 5.­70
  • 6.­87-88
  • 9.­135
  • 10.­266
  • 10.­376
  • 10.­384
  • 10.­390
  • g.­361
  • g.­510
g.­364

mental and physical pliancy

Wylie:
  • shin tu sbyangs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་སྦྱངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • praśrabdhi

One of the seven limbs of enlightenment.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­376
  • 10.­384
  • g.­510
g.­366

method

Wylie:
  • thabs
Tibetan:
  • ཐབས།
Sanskrit:
  • upāya

Also called “skillful means.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­67
  • 1.­183
  • 1.­339
  • 2.­134
  • 3.­120
  • 7.­186
  • 10.­294
  • g.­523
g.­367

mindfulness

Wylie:
  • dran pa
Tibetan:
  • དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • smṛti
  • smṛta

Not forgetting the Buddha’s teachings amid whatever activities one is currently undertaking. See also “three kinds of sterling equanimity.” Closely related to vigilant introspection.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­89-92
  • 10.­384
  • g.­510
  • g.­585
  • g.­647
g.­368

Mithilā

Wylie:
  • mi thi la
Tibetan:
  • མི་ཐི་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • mithilā

A city ruled in former times by King Mahā­deva.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­237
  • 7.­44
  • 7.­49-50
  • 7.­58
  • g.­326
  • g.­327
  • g.­328
  • g.­386
  • g.­617
  • g.­634
  • g.­646
  • g.­655
g.­369

monastery

Wylie:
  • gtsug lag khang
Tibetan:
  • གཙུག་ལག་ཁང་།
Sanskrit:
  • vihāra

A term denoting a permanent structure built to house members of the monastic saṅgha

Located in 65 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­109-110
  • 1.­122
  • 1.­128-129
  • 1.­175
  • 1.­210
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­298
  • 1.­312-313
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­359
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­170
  • 2.­173
  • 2.­318
  • 2.­379-380
  • 2.­483
  • 2.­528
  • 2.­534-535
  • 2.­598
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­252
  • 3.­341
  • 3.­348
  • 4.­84
  • 4.­127
  • 4.­176
  • 4.­198
  • 5.­111-112
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­322-323
  • 5.­325
  • 5.­327
  • 6.­178
  • 6.­184
  • 6.­227
  • 6.­433
  • 6.­442
  • 6.­454
  • 6.­456
  • 7.­18
  • 8.­29
  • 9.­50
  • 9.­132-134
  • 10.­101
  • 10.­247
  • 10.­454-455
  • n.­147
  • g.­25
  • g.­112
  • g.­147
  • g.­186
  • g.­443
  • g.­444
g.­370

monastic discipline

Wylie:
  • chos ’dul ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་འདུལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmavinaya

See “Vinaya.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­20
  • 6.­193
  • 7.­104
  • 10.­450
  • g.­650
g.­371

monk

Wylie:
  • dge slong
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སློང་།
Sanskrit:
  • bhikṣu

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term bhikṣu, often translated as “monk,” refers to the highest among the eight types of prātimokṣa vows that make one part of the Buddhist assembly. The Sanskrit term literally means “beggar” or “mendicant,” referring to the fact that Buddhist monks and nuns‍—like other ascetics of the time‍—subsisted on alms (bhikṣā) begged from the laity.

In the Tibetan tradition, which follows the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, a monk follows 253 rules as part of his moral discipline. A nun (bhikṣuṇī; dge slong ma) follows 364 rules. A novice monk (śrāmaṇera; dge tshul) or nun (śrāmaṇerikā; dge tshul ma) follows thirty-six rules of moral discipline (although in other vinaya traditions novices typically follow only ten).

Located in 1,005 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4
  • i.­7
  • 1.­9-10
  • 1.­26
  • 1.­28-30
  • 1.­38-39
  • 1.­54
  • 1.­68
  • 1.­70-71
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­76-77
  • 1.­80
  • 1.­82
  • 1.­84
  • 1.­86
  • 1.­112-113
  • 1.­118-119
  • 1.­121-124
  • 1.­126
  • 1.­128-130
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­136-137
  • 1.­145
  • 1.­148
  • 1.­152
  • 1.­156-157
  • 1.­160-162
  • 1.­170-171
  • 1.­175
  • 1.­185
  • 1.­187
  • 1.­193
  • 1.­197
  • 1.­207
  • 1.­210-211
  • 1.­213
  • 1.­215-217
  • 1.­225-227
  • 1.­230
  • 1.­233-235
  • 1.­238
  • 1.­250
  • 1.­269-270
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­275
  • 1.­277
  • 1.­295-296
  • 1.­298
  • 1.­301-302
  • 1.­305
  • 1.­307
  • 1.­309
  • 1.­311-314
  • 1.­341-342
  • 1.­351-352
  • 1.­360-362
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­391-392
  • 1.­397
  • 1.­401-402
  • 1.­424
  • 1.­429-432
  • 1.­439
  • 1.­441-444
  • 1.­449
  • 2.­87
  • 2.­100-106
  • 2.­109
  • 2.­123-124
  • 2.­137
  • 2.­143-144
  • 2.­150-151
  • 2.­170
  • 2.­172
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­188-189
  • 2.­191-193
  • 2.­196
  • 2.­199
  • 2.­204-206
  • 2.­208
  • 2.­210-211
  • 2.­222
  • 2.­225-226
  • 2.­230
  • 2.­232-236
  • 2.­240
  • 2.­251-253
  • 2.­255
  • 2.­258-260
  • 2.­262-264
  • 2.­285-286
  • 2.­288
  • 2.­319
  • 2.­341
  • 2.­377-380
  • 2.­383-387
  • 2.­389
  • 2.­391-405
  • 2.­414
  • 2.­419-422
  • 2.­424
  • 2.­426-432
  • 2.­458
  • 2.­460
  • 2.­466-467
  • 2.­469
  • 2.­483
  • 2.­485
  • 2.­487-488
  • 2.­508
  • 2.­514-517
  • 2.­519-520
  • 2.­522
  • 2.­525-530
  • 2.­548-550
  • 2.­552
  • 2.­558
  • 2.­560
  • 2.­566-567
  • 2.­569
  • 2.­571-572
  • 2.­578
  • 2.­593-605
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­7-10
  • 3.­12
  • 3.­14-15
  • 3.­44-45
  • 3.­52-53
  • 3.­55
  • 3.­57-59
  • 3.­62
  • 3.­65
  • 3.­75
  • 3.­78-79
  • 3.­84-85
  • 3.­87-89
  • 3.­91-93
  • 3.­95
  • 3.­97-99
  • 3.­103-104
  • 3.­118-119
  • 3.­122-124
  • 3.­133-137
  • 3.­146-147
  • 3.­152-155
  • 3.­186
  • 3.­210
  • 3.­217
  • 3.­225-226
  • 3.­233
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­260
  • 3.­266
  • 3.­269-270
  • 3.­273
  • 3.­276-279
  • 3.­281-282
  • 3.­300
  • 3.­303-304
  • 3.­306-307
  • 3.­311
  • 3.­313
  • 3.­319
  • 3.­323-325
  • 3.­329
  • 3.­331-334
  • 3.­336
  • 3.­338-342
  • 3.­345
  • 3.­347-356
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­365-366
  • 3.­371-375
  • 3.­378-379
  • 3.­384-386
  • 3.­388
  • 3.­396-397
  • 3.­408-411
  • 3.­414-415
  • 3.­417
  • 3.­422-423
  • 3.­438
  • 4.­3
  • 4.­5
  • 4.­20
  • 4.­31
  • 4.­33
  • 4.­35
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­39-41
  • 4.­43
  • 4.­48
  • 4.­50
  • 4.­52
  • 4.­58-61
  • 4.­63-66
  • 4.­75
  • 4.­86-90
  • 4.­104-111
  • 4.­120-123
  • 4.­126-129
  • 4.­144
  • 4.­153
  • 4.­157-159
  • 4.­164-165
  • 4.­167-168
  • 4.­170-172
  • 4.­175-176
  • 4.­178-181
  • 4.­183
  • 4.­188
  • 4.­197-200
  • 4.­202-203
  • 4.­219
  • 4.­221-222
  • 4.­231-233
  • 5.­21-24
  • 5.­28-29
  • 5.­31
  • 5.­58
  • 5.­60
  • 5.­64-66
  • 5.­68-69
  • 5.­84
  • 5.­86
  • 5.­88-90
  • 5.­93-96
  • 5.­105
  • 5.­116
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­123-124
  • 5.­142-144
  • 5.­150
  • 5.­152-153
  • 5.­161
  • 5.­163-165
  • 5.­167-169
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­181-182
  • 5.­184-185
  • 5.­195-196
  • 5.­198
  • 5.­201-203
  • 5.­207
  • 5.­209-210
  • 5.­226-228
  • 5.­230
  • 5.­241-243
  • 5.­257
  • 5.­259
  • 5.­263
  • 5.­271-272
  • 5.­275-277
  • 5.­288-289
  • 5.­319-327
  • 5.­330-334
  • 6.­7
  • 6.­9-11
  • 6.­19
  • 6.­26
  • 6.­29-30
  • 6.­32-33
  • 6.­40-41
  • 6.­44
  • 6.­47
  • 6.­49
  • 6.­51
  • 6.­53
  • 6.­58-60
  • 6.­62
  • 6.­64-65
  • 6.­67
  • 6.­71-73
  • 6.­76-80
  • 6.­82
  • 6.­85-108
  • 6.­110
  • 6.­112
  • 6.­114
  • 6.­116-117
  • 6.­119
  • 6.­121
  • 6.­135
  • 6.­137-139
  • 6.­147-149
  • 6.­162
  • 6.­164
  • 6.­177-178
  • 6.­185-188
  • 6.­190-192
  • 6.­196
  • 6.­200
  • 6.­211
  • 6.­231
  • 6.­235-237
  • 6.­241
  • 6.­243-244
  • 6.­246-247
  • 6.­250-251
  • 6.­253
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­270-272
  • 6.­294
  • 6.­299-300
  • 6.­306-309
  • 6.­320
  • 6.­342
  • 6.­353
  • 6.­356
  • 6.­359-368
  • 6.­375
  • 6.­377
  • 6.­382-384
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­390
  • 6.­392-393
  • 6.­400-401
  • 6.­406
  • 6.­409-410
  • 6.­412-415
  • 6.­429-431
  • 6.­433-434
  • 6.­438-439
  • 6.­441-442
  • 6.­447-448
  • 6.­450
  • 6.­452-453
  • 6.­457
  • 6.­465-469
  • 6.­471
  • 6.­477
  • 6.­479
  • 6.­501-502
  • 6.­507
  • 6.­509-510
  • 7.­14-16
  • 7.­18-21
  • 7.­24
  • 7.­35-37
  • 7.­42-43
  • 7.­49
  • 7.­64
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­77
  • 7.­100-103
  • 7.­105-108
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­115-116
  • 7.­121
  • 7.­124-125
  • 7.­128-130
  • 7.­133
  • 7.­149-150
  • 7.­155-156
  • 7.­162
  • 7.­164-166
  • 7.­187
  • 7.­199-200
  • 7.­202
  • 7.­204-205
  • 7.­207-210
  • 7.­212
  • 7.­218
  • 7.­227-230
  • 7.­232
  • 7.­234
  • 7.­242-243
  • 7.­246-247
  • 7.­249-250
  • 7.­257-258
  • 7.­263
  • 7.­266-267
  • 7.­271
  • 8.­7
  • 8.­10-14
  • 8.­23
  • 8.­27
  • 8.­34-36
  • 8.­38-39
  • 8.­46-47
  • 8.­54
  • 8.­63-64
  • 8.­66
  • 8.­68-69
  • 8.­91-92
  • 8.­102-104
  • 8.­108
  • 8.­115-116
  • 8.­124-127
  • 9.­20-21
  • 9.­23
  • 9.­26
  • 9.­38-39
  • 9.­41
  • 9.­44
  • 9.­48-49
  • 9.­53-54
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­64-65
  • 9.­71
  • 9.­78-79
  • 9.­81-82
  • 9.­84-88
  • 9.­93
  • 9.­96-97
  • 9.­99-101
  • 9.­106-107
  • 9.­113-114
  • 9.­125
  • 9.­128-129
  • 9.­131
  • 9.­134-137
  • 9.­145-146
  • 9.­148
  • 9.­159-161
  • 9.­173-174
  • 9.­176
  • 9.­181
  • 10.­87-88
  • 10.­92
  • 10.­104-106
  • 10.­123
  • 10.­125
  • 10.­135-136
  • 10.­147-148
  • 10.­155-157
  • 10.­170
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­186
  • 10.­188-192
  • 10.­194
  • 10.­196
  • 10.­202-203
  • 10.­209
  • 10.­211-215
  • 10.­217-218
  • 10.­226-228
  • 10.­233-235
  • 10.­240-241
  • 10.­246
  • 10.­248
  • 10.­250
  • 10.­252
  • 10.­273-274
  • 10.­276
  • 10.­278
  • 10.­288
  • 10.­290
  • 10.­341
  • 10.­352-355
  • 10.­363-364
  • 10.­369
  • 10.­374-375
  • 10.­377
  • 10.­382
  • 10.­387
  • 10.­394-396
  • 10.­416
  • 10.­423-424
  • 10.­426-455
  • n.­30
  • n.­38
  • n.­109
  • n.­121
  • n.­169
  • n.­242-243
  • g.­5
  • g.­18
  • g.­24
  • g.­54
  • g.­84
  • g.­118
  • g.­147
  • g.­199
  • g.­274
  • g.­276
  • g.­278
  • g.­308
  • g.­316
  • g.­322
  • g.­330
  • g.­432
  • g.­442
  • g.­452
  • g.­520
  • g.­524
  • g.­570
  • g.­572
  • g.­617
  • g.­618
  • g.­619
  • g.­620
  • g.­637
g.­372

More Majestic

Wylie:
  • lhag ’phags
Tibetan:
  • ལྷག་འཕགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Child of the high brahmin Majestic Body, he visited Lord Buddha to inquire about the proper way to perform the sacrifice, and hearing the Dharma that the Buddha taught in reply he attained stream entry.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­34-35
  • 6.­39-40
  • 6.­44
  • 6.­47
  • 6.­51
  • g.­346
g.­373

Mount Sabkang

Wylie:
  • sab kang ri
Tibetan:
  • སབ་ཀང་རི།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain that is home to The Terrifying Forest (’jigs byed ma’i tshal) and a deer park where Devadatta’s disciple Kokālika is said to have lived.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­332-336
  • 3.­345
  • 3.­350
  • g.­582
g.­374

Mount Śiśumāri

Wylie:
  • shi shu ma ri’i ri
Tibetan:
  • ཤི་ཤུ་མ་རིའི་རི།
Sanskrit:
  • śiśumāragiri
  • śuśumāragiri

The name of the capital city of Bharga (see “Garga”). (Edgerton 531.2).

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­2
  • g.­194
  • g.­582
  • g.­656
g.­378

Mṛgavratin

Wylie:
  • ri dags kyi brtul zhugs
Tibetan:
  • རི་དགས་ཀྱི་བརྟུལ་ཞུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • mṛgavratin

A group of ascetics who took vows to live as deer, draping themselves in deerskin, carrying about horns, and residing in close proximity to deer.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­1
  • 7.­220
  • 7.­224-226
  • 7.­232
g.­379

Nadī Kāśyapa

Wylie:
  • chu klung ’od srung
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་ཀླུང་འོད་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • nadī kāśyapa

Went forth under the Buddha in Vārāṇasī shortly after the Buddha’s enlightenment; brother of Uruvilvā Kāśyapa.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­102
  • 10.­10
  • g.­274
  • g.­276
  • g.­330
  • g.­624
g.­380

nāga

Wylie:
  • klu
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāga

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings who live in subterranean aquatic environments, where they guard wealth and sometimes also teachings. Nāgas are associated with serpents and have a snakelike appearance. In Buddhist art and in written accounts, they are regularly portrayed as half human and half snake, and they are also said to have the ability to change into human form. Some nāgas are Dharma protectors, but they can also bring retribution if they are disturbed. They may likewise fight one another, wage war, and destroy the lands of others by causing lightning, hail, and flooding.

Located in 61 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­100
  • 2.­197
  • 2.­457
  • 3.­35
  • 3.­45-50
  • 3.­52
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­112-116
  • 4.­118
  • 4.­120
  • 4.­123-124
  • 4.­127-129
  • 4.­144-145
  • 5.­101
  • 5.­218
  • 6.­140-141
  • 6.­166
  • 6.­177
  • 6.­312
  • 7.­159
  • 9.­152
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­20-22
  • 10.­360
  • 10.­364-367
  • 10.­369
  • g.­44
  • g.­67
  • g.­68
  • g.­195
  • g.­241
  • g.­264
  • g.­337
  • g.­386
  • g.­387
  • g.­391
  • g.­617
  • g.­618
  • g.­619
  • g.­638
  • g.­639
  • g.­653
g.­381

Nāgadeva

Wylie:
  • klu lha
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུ་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāgadeva

The name of a king who reigned over the peaceful, flourishing city Ayodhyā before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­300-301
  • g.­51
g.­386

Nanda (the minister)

Wylie:
  • dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • nanda RS

Along with Upananda, one of King Mahā­deva’s two chief ministers in the city of Mithilā.

Not to be confused with “Nanda,” a certain nāga.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­239
  • g.­328
  • g.­387
  • g.­617
g.­387

Nanda (the nāga)

Wylie:
  • dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • nanda

The name of a certain nāga.

Not to be confused with “Nanda,” one of King Mahā­deva’s ministers.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­218
  • 9.­152
  • 10.­360
  • g.­386
g.­389

Nandaka

Wylie:
  • dga’ byed
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • nandaka

One of the Buddha’s great disciples.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­1
  • 3.­241
  • 3.­243-246
  • 3.­249-250
  • 3.­255
g.­392

nine successive meditative absorptions

Wylie:
  • mthar gyis gnas pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa dgu
Tibetan:
  • མཐར་གྱིས་གནས་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ་དགུ
Sanskrit:
  • navānupūrvavihārasamāpatti

(1–4) the four meditative states, (5–8) the four absorptions within the formless realm (caturārūpyasamāpatti, gzugs med [snyoms ’jug] bzhi), and (9) the meditative absorption of cessation (nirodhasamāpatti, ’gog pa’i snyoms ’jug).

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
  • n.­125
g.­393

Nirgrantha Jñātiputra

Wylie:
  • gcer bu pa gnyen gyi bu
Tibetan:
  • གཅེར་བུ་པ་གཉེན་གྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirgrantha jñātiputra
  • nirgrantha jñātaputra

One of the six philosophical extremists who lived during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­56-57
  • 6.­344
  • 7.­74-75
  • g.­395
  • g.­430
g.­394

Nirgrantha Kāśyapa

Wylie:
  • gcer bu pa ’od srung
Tibetan:
  • གཅེར་བུ་པ་འོད་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • nirgrantha kāśyapa

See “Nirgrantha Kinsman of the Kāśyapas.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­1
  • g.­274
  • g.­330
  • g.­395
g.­395

Nirgrantha Kinsman of the Kāśyapas

Wylie:
  • gcer bu pa ’od srung dang rus gcig pa
Tibetan:
  • གཅེར་བུ་པ་འོད་སྲུང་དང་རུས་གཅིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The son of a poor brahmin farmer who lived outside of Rājagṛha, he mistook Nirgrantha Jñātiputra for Buddha Śākyamuni and became Nirgrantha Jñātiputra’s student. He then took refuge in the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha shortly before his death. Also called “Nirgrantha Kāśyapa,” or simply “Kāśyapa,” his given name.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­75-77
  • 7.­81-84
  • 7.­97-100
  • 7.­102-103
  • 7.­108
  • 7.­110
  • 7.­115
  • g.­276
  • g.­394
g.­400

non-returner

Wylie:
  • phyir mi ’ong ba
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིར་མི་འོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • anāgāmin

A practitioner whose level of realization is such that he or she need take no further saṃsāric rebirth to achieve enlightenment; they are in their final rebirth.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­434-435
  • 1.­437-438
  • 5.­327
  • 6.­433
  • g.­132
  • g.­461
  • g.­529
  • g.­656
  • g.­658
g.­402

nun

Wylie:
  • dge slong ma
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སློང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhikṣuṇī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term bhikṣuṇī, often translated as “nun,” refers to the highest among the eight types of prātimokṣa vows that make one part of the Buddhist assembly. The Sanskrit term bhikṣu (to which the female grammatical ending ṇī is added) literally means “beggar” or “mendicant,” referring to the fact that Buddhist nuns and monks‍—like other ascetics of the time‍—subsisted on alms (bhikṣā) begged from the laity. In the Tibetan tradition, which follows the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, a bhikṣuṇī follows 364 rules and a bhikṣu follows 253 rules as part of their moral discipline.

For the first few years of the Buddha’s teachings in India, there was no ordination for women. It started at the persistent request and display of determination of Mahāprajāpatī, the Buddha’s stepmother and aunt, together with five hundred former wives of men of Kapilavastu, who had themselves become monks. Mahāprajāpatī is thus considered to be the founder of the nun’s order.

Located in 67 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­26
  • 1.­28
  • 1.­33-36
  • 1.­38
  • 1.­172
  • 1.­175
  • 1.­186
  • 1.­275
  • 2.­150
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­186-188
  • 2.­190-191
  • 2.­193-194
  • 2.­228
  • 2.­230
  • 2.­256
  • 2.­258
  • 3.­7
  • 3.­10-11
  • 3.­14
  • 3.­57
  • 3.­118
  • 3.­120
  • 3.­122
  • 3.­133
  • 3.­137
  • 3.­140
  • 3.­142-144
  • 3.­146
  • 3.­148
  • 3.­152
  • 3.­154
  • 3.­244
  • 3.­252-255
  • 7.­242-246
  • 7.­249
  • n.­30
  • n.­97
  • n.­169
  • g.­6
  • g.­54
  • g.­62
  • g.­92
  • g.­94
  • g.­132
  • g.­206
  • g.­261
  • g.­442
  • g.­544
  • g.­625
g.­405

once-returner

Wylie:
  • lan cig phyir ’ong ba
Tibetan:
  • ལན་ཅིག་ཕྱིར་འོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sakṛdāgāmin

A practitioner whose level of realization is such that he or she need only take one further saṃsāric rebirth to achieve enlightenment.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­201
  • 10.­77
  • g.­462
g.­406

one path to be traversed

Wylie:
  • bgrod pa gcig bu’i lam
Tibetan:
  • བགྲོད་པ་གཅིག་བུའི་ལམ།
Sanskrit:
  • ekayānamārga

A synonym for the path of the Great Vehicle (Mahāyāna) and the path of the Vehicle of the Bodhisattvas (Bodhisattvayāna).

Located in 28 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
g.­407

Otalā

Wylie:
  • o ta la
Tibetan:
  • ཨོ་ཏ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • otalā

A region of ancient India, not far from Mathurā.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­2
g.­409

Padmagarbha

Wylie:
  • pad ma’i snying po can
Tibetan:
  • པད་མའི་སྙིང་པོ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • padmagarbha

King of Takṣaśīla during the time of the Buddha, he was father of She Who Gathers.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­363
  • 1.­372
  • 1.­374
  • g.­278
  • g.­511
g.­410

Padmottama

Wylie:
  • pad ma’i bla ma
Tibetan:
  • པད་མའི་བླ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • padmottama

A future buddha.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­1
  • 8.­78
  • n.­178
  • n.­184
  • n.­186
g.­411

Pāṁśula

Wylie:
  • rdul ldan
Tibetan:
  • རྡུལ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • pāṁśula

The name of an ancient city ruled by King Diśāṃpati. Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana are said to have lived on the outskirts of this city during their former lifetimes as ascetics.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­388-391
  • 3.­395
  • 10.­290
  • g.­140
  • g.­210
  • g.­223
  • g.­460
g.­414

Paṅgu

Wylie:
  • ’phye bo
Tibetan:
  • འཕྱེ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • paṅgu RS

Upon his birth his parents’ household and those of all who went to see him began to succeed in all their endeavors.

Not to be confused with the tailor Paṅgu.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • p.­3
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­4
  • 7.­10-11
  • 7.­15
  • 7.­24
  • g.­415
g.­415

Paṅgu (the tailor)

Wylie:
  • ’phye bo
Tibetan:
  • འཕྱེ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • paṅgu RS

A tailor whose name means “a person who crawls,” he was the child of wealthy householders in Śrāvastī, born with paralyzed legs.

Not to be confused with the Paṅgu who caused all those who went to see him to succeed in all their endeavors.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­404-405
  • 1.­412
  • 1.­422
  • 1.­427
  • 1.­430
  • 1.­439
  • g.­414
g.­416

Parinirvāṇa

Wylie:
  • yongs su mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • parinirvāṇa

The nirvāṇa that enlightened beings attain upon corporeal death. Also rendered here as “to pass beyond all sorrow.”

Located in 59 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­118
  • 1.­120-121
  • 2.­428
  • 2.­547-548
  • 2.­559
  • 2.­569
  • 6.­79-80
  • 6.­137-143
  • 6.­145
  • 6.­191
  • 6.­235
  • 6.­242-243
  • 6.­245-246
  • 6.­250-252
  • 6.­336
  • 6.­356
  • 6.­359-360
  • 6.­367
  • 6.­380-383
  • 6.­390-392
  • 7.­63
  • 7.­67
  • 7.­103-104
  • 7.­107
  • 7.­160
  • 7.­162-163
  • 7.­216
  • n.­159
  • g.­24
  • g.­133
  • g.­304
  • g.­324
  • g.­330
  • g.­420
  • g.­421
  • g.­497
  • g.­524
  • g.­616
g.­418

Parivrājaka Gośālīputra

Wylie:
  • kun du rgyu gnag lhas kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དུ་རྒྱུ་གནག་ལྷས་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • parivrājaka gośālīputra

See “Maskarin Gośālīputra.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­344
  • g.­353
  • g.­430
g.­420

Pass beyond all sorrow

Wylie:
  • yongs su mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • parinirvāṇa

See “parinirvāṇa.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­607
  • 3.­415
  • 6.­249
  • 6.­339
  • 6.­341
  • 6.­376
  • 6.­390
  • 7.­193
  • g.­416
g.­425

path of no more to learn

Wylie:
  • ma slob
Tibetan:
  • མ་སློབ།
Sanskrit:
  • aśaikṣa

The stage of a person who has attained the highest level of realization on their respective path, whether that of the listeners, the solitary buddhas or the buddhas.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33
  • 2.­228
  • 2.­592
  • 2.­603-604
  • 3.­254-255
  • g.­35
  • g.­89
g.­426

patience in accord with the truth

Wylie:
  • bden pa dang ’thun pa’i bzod pa
Tibetan:
  • བདེན་པ་དང་འཐུན་པའི་བཟོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The third of the four stages of penetrative insight, typically rendered simply as kṣānti or “patience.”

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­199
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 7.­68
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • g.­183
  • g.­585
g.­427

peak

Wylie:
  • rtse mo
Tibetan:
  • རྩེ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mūrdha

The second of the four stages of penetrative insight.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­199
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 7.­68
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • n.­125
  • g.­154
  • g.­183
  • g.­585
  • g.­662
g.­428

perception

Wylie:
  • ’du shes
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃjñā

One of the five aggregates, sometimes also called “recognition” or “discrimination,” this refers to the discriminative power of the mind in relation to objects.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­421
  • 2.­424
  • 2.­427
  • 3.­20-21
  • 3.­38
  • 6.­95-96
  • 6.­101-102
  • 10.­269-272
  • 10.­281
  • 10.­283-284
  • 10.­372
  • n.­125
  • g.­11
  • g.­47
g.­429

phenomenon

Wylie:
  • chos
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma

One of the meanings of the Skt. term “dharma.”

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 2.­406
  • 2.­419
  • 3.­38-41
  • 5.­158
  • 5.­305
  • 6.­3
  • 6.­350
  • 7.­97
  • 9.­73
  • 10.­36
  • 10.­38-41
  • 10.­81
  • 10.­265
  • 10.­285
  • n.­222
  • g.­125
  • g.­130
  • g.­142
  • g.­154
  • g.­242
  • g.­250
  • g.­466
  • g.­474
  • g.­521
  • g.­580
  • g.­585
g.­430

philosophical extremist

Wylie:
  • mu stegs can
Tibetan:
  • མུ་སྟེགས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • tīrthika

Holders of philosophical views diverging from the Buddhist philosophy of the Middle Way into one of the two “extremes” of nihilism or eternalism. In the Buddha’s day they were typified by the non-Buddhist teachers Pūraṇa Kāśyapa, Parivrājaka Gośālīputra, Saṃjayin Vairaṭīputra, Ajita Keśakambala, Kakuda Kātyāyana, and Nirgrantha Jñātiputra.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­4
  • 6.­359
  • g.­17
  • g.­254
  • g.­263
  • g.­353
  • g.­393
  • g.­447
  • g.­495
g.­433

piśāca

Wylie:
  • sha za
Tibetan:
  • ཤ་ཟ།
Sanskrit:
  • piśāca

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings that, like several other classes of nonhuman beings, take spontaneous birth. Ranking below rākṣasas, they are less powerful and more akin to pretas. They are said to dwell in impure and perilous places, where they feed on impure things, including flesh. This could account for the name piśāca, which possibly derives from √piś, to carve or chop meat, as reflected also in the Tibetan sha za, “meat eater.” They are often described as having an unpleasant appearance, and at times they appear with animal bodies. Some possess the ability to enter the dead bodies of humans, thereby becoming so-called vetāla, to touch whom is fatal.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­1
  • 9.­150
  • 9.­152-153
  • 9.­155-158
  • 9.­160-161
  • g.­299
g.­438

Potalaka

Wylie:
  • gru ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • གྲུ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • potalaka

The name of the mountain where the bodhisattva Avalokiteśvara dwells (Edgerton 354.2). A city ruled by King Mahendra before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­176
  • g.­338
  • g.­339
  • g.­341
  • g.­342
g.­441

Prasenajit

Wylie:
  • gsal rgyal
Tibetan:
  • གསལ་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • prasenajit

King of the country of Kośala, he reigned in the city of Śrāvastī. Sometime enemy of King Brahmadatta (present), with whom he eventually reconciled.

Located in 59 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­278-284
  • 1.­287-288
  • 2.­116
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­238
  • 3.­126
  • 3.­296-298
  • 5.­32-33
  • 5.­35-36
  • 5.­41-48
  • 5.­56-57
  • 5.­64
  • 5.­104
  • 8.­66
  • 8.­71-72
  • 8.­79
  • 8.­84
  • 8.­119-120
  • 9.­139
  • 9.­143-144
  • 9.­150
  • 10.­230
  • 10.­357
  • 10.­359-361
  • n.­26
  • g.­120
  • g.­132
  • g.­136
  • g.­291
  • g.­295
  • g.­377
  • g.­445
  • g.­629
  • g.­645
  • g.­658
g.­444

Prince Jeta

Wylie:
  • rgyal bu rgyal byed
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བུ་རྒྱལ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • rājakumāra jeta

Prince who sold the so-called garden of Prince Jeta in Śrāvastī to the householder Anāthapiṇḍada, who built a monastery there and offered it to the Buddha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­192
g.­445

Purāṇa

Wylie:
  • gna’ mi
Tibetan:
  • གནའ་མི།
Sanskrit:
  • purāṇa

The Hundred Deeds appears to list him as one of the attendants of the queen in Śrāvastī during the time of the Buddha. Elsewhere he and his associate Datta are remembered as a ministers or attendants (sthapati) to King Prasenajit.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­121
  • g.­78
  • g.­120
g.­446

Pūraṇa (a brahmin from Śrāvastī)

Wylie:
  • rdzogs byed
Tibetan:
  • རྫོགས་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • pūraṇa

A certain brahmin, child of wealthy householders in Śrāvastī, who became an attendant of Venerable Aniruddha before returning home at his parents’ request and manifesting arhatship. Appears in the Story of Pūraṇa.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­103-104
  • 1.­123-124
  • 1.­129
  • 1.­136
g.­447

Pūraṇa Kāśyapa

Wylie:
  • ’od srung rdzogs byed
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྲུང་རྫོགས་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • pūraṇa kāśyapa

One of the six philosophical extremists who lived during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­142
  • 5.­296-297
  • 5.­300
  • 5.­303-304
  • 5.­312
  • 6.­56-57
  • 6.­344
  • n.­153
  • n.­182
  • g.­254
  • g.­274
  • g.­276
  • g.­330
  • g.­430
g.­448

Pūrṇa (a householder and future buddha)

Wylie:
  • gang po
Tibetan:
  • གང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrṇa

A wealthy householder in Rājagṛha whom the Buddha prophesied would become the future Buddha Pūrṇa.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • p.­3
  • 8.­1-2
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­15
g.­453

Rājagṛha

Wylie:
  • rgyal po’i khab
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་པོའི་ཁབ།
Sanskrit:
  • rājagṛha

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The ancient capital of Magadha prior to its relocation to Pāṭaliputra during the Mauryan dynasty, Rājagṛha is one of the most important locations in Buddhist history. The literature tells us that the Buddha and his saṅgha spent a considerable amount of time in residence in and around Rājagṛha‍—in nearby places, such as the Vulture Peak Mountain (Gṛdhrakūṭaparvata), a major site of the Mahāyāna sūtras, and the Bamboo Grove (Veṇuvana)‍—enjoying the patronage of King Bimbisāra and then of his son King Ajātaśatru. Rājagṛha is also remembered as the location where the first Buddhist monastic council was held after the Buddha Śākyamuni passed into parinirvāṇa. Now known as Rajgir and located in the modern Indian state of Bihar.

Located in 101 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­194
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­230
  • 1.­363
  • 1.­385
  • 2.­57
  • 2.­342
  • 2.­459
  • 3.­309
  • 3.­332
  • 3.­347
  • 3.­352
  • 4.­92
  • 4.­122-124
  • 4.­128
  • 4.­144
  • 4.­169
  • 5.­103
  • 5.­211
  • 5.­214
  • 5.­218-219
  • 5.­221
  • 6.­2
  • 6.­4
  • 6.­9
  • 6.­78
  • 6.­254
  • 6.­259
  • 6.­272
  • 6.­322
  • 7.­70
  • 7.­73-74
  • 7.­76-77
  • 7.­82
  • 7.­84
  • 7.­100-103
  • 7.­106
  • 7.­136
  • 7.­142
  • 7.­149-151
  • 7.­189
  • 7.­209
  • 7.­220
  • 7.­224-225
  • 7.­229-230
  • 8.­2
  • 8.­5
  • 8.­119
  • 9.­71
  • 9.­115
  • 9.­117-118
  • 9.­139
  • 9.­150
  • 9.­153
  • 9.­160
  • 9.­162-166
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­14
  • 10.­124-126
  • 10.­252
  • 10.­287
  • n.­151
  • n.­198
  • g.­53
  • g.­63
  • g.­64
  • g.­68
  • g.­101
  • g.­129
  • g.­159
  • g.­213
  • g.­247
  • g.­265
  • g.­282
  • g.­325
  • g.­375
  • g.­383
  • g.­395
  • g.­448
  • g.­529
  • g.­554
  • g.­662
g.­454

rākṣasa

Wylie:
  • srin po
Tibetan:
  • སྲིན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • rākṣasa

A class of terrestrial demons perhaps similar to ogres.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­572
  • 2.­576-577
  • 2.­581
  • 2.­604
  • 3.­27
  • 10.­399
g.­456

Ratnadvīpa

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i gling
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་གླིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnadvīpa

The name of a mythical island full of jewels and gemstones to which residents of Jambudvīpa occasionally attempted voyages to find their fortunes.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­445-446
  • 6.­443-444
  • 8.­38
  • 8.­96
  • 9.­32-33
  • 9.­42
g.­457

Ratnaśikhin

Wylie:
  • rin chen gtsug tor can
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་གཙུག་ཏོར་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnaśikhin

A future buddha.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­1
  • 8.­105
  • n.­179
  • n.­187
g.­460

Reṇu

Wylie:
  • rdul
Tibetan:
  • རྡུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • reṇu

A son of King Diśāṃpati of Pāṁśula who lived before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. He became king after the death of his father. In The Hundred Deeds, he is said to have been a previous incarnation of King Bimbisāra.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­291-292
  • 10.­297-302
  • 10.­304
  • 10.­306
  • 10.­320-322
  • 10.­324
  • 10.­327
  • 10.­329
  • 10.­338
  • 10.­341-342
  • g.­140
g.­461

resultant state of non-return

Wylie:
  • phyir mi ’ong ba’i ’bras bu
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིར་མི་འོང་བའི་འབྲས་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The state achieved by a non-returner.

Located in 39 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­200
  • 1.­285
  • 1.­422
  • 1.­433
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­88
  • 3.­91
  • 3.­96
  • 3.­133
  • 3.­200
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 4.­196
  • 5.­18
  • 5.­193
  • 5.­205-206
  • 5.­224
  • 5.­317
  • 5.­322
  • 6.­295-296
  • 6.­298
  • 6.­387
  • 6.­436
  • 7.­33
  • 7.­69
  • 7.­119
  • 7.­201
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
g.­462

resultant state of once-return

Wylie:
  • lan cig phyir ’ong ba’i ’bras bu
Tibetan:
  • ལན་ཅིག་ཕྱིར་འོང་བའི་འབྲས་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The state achieved by a once-returner.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­200
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 7.­69
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
g.­464

Ṛg Veda

Wylie:
  • nges brjod kyi rig byed
Tibetan:
  • ངེས་བརྗོད་ཀྱི་རིག་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • ṛgveda

Along with the Yajur Veda, Sāma Veda, and Atharva Veda, one of the four Vedas, the most ancient Sanskrit religious literature of India.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­240
  • 1.­378
  • 3.­310
  • 3.­326
  • 5.­187
  • 5.­212
  • 5.­265
  • 6.­35
  • 7.­167
  • 8.­18
  • 9.­4
  • 10.­96
  • 10.­296
  • g.­46
  • g.­494
  • g.­671
g.­476

ritual vase

Wylie:
  • ril ba spyi blugs
  • ril ba
Tibetan:
  • རིལ་བ་སྤྱི་བླུགས།
  • རིལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • kamaṇḍalu

A vase commonly used in brahminical rituals; a vase used to store drinking water.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­240
  • 1.­378
  • 3.­310
  • 3.­326
  • 5.­187
  • 5.­212
  • 5.­265
  • 6.­35
  • 6.­360
  • 7.­167
  • 8.­18
  • 9.­4
  • 10.­96
  • 10.­296
g.­477

Riu

Wylie:
  • ri’u
Tibetan:
  • རིའུ།
Sanskrit:
  • riu

A scriptural exegete from the south during the Buddha’s time, who Princess She Who Gathers of Takṣaśīla let defeat her in debate, in order to marry him. Their child was Kātyāyana.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­372
  • 1.­375
  • 1.­377
  • g.­511
g.­478

root of virtue

Wylie:
  • dge ba’i rtsa ba
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བའི་རྩ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • kuśalamūla

A virtuous action or state of mind that will “ripen” into happiness later in this life, the next, or at some point in the unknown future.

Located in 80 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­37
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85
  • 1.­128
  • 1.­135
  • 1.­169
  • 1.­274
  • 1.­300
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­397
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­74
  • 2.­146
  • 2.­189
  • 2.­198
  • 2.­207
  • 2.­341
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­456
  • 3.­13
  • 3.­51-52
  • 3.­278
  • 3.­295
  • 3.­305
  • 3.­434
  • 4.­15
  • 4.­19
  • 4.­46
  • 4.­56
  • 4.­109-110
  • 4.­145
  • 4.­163
  • 4.­166
  • 4.­201
  • 4.­229
  • 5.­27
  • 5.­92
  • 5.­121-122
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­287
  • 5.­330
  • 6.­18
  • 6.­75
  • 6.­252
  • 6.­305
  • 6.­381
  • 6.­391
  • 6.­411
  • 6.­425
  • 6.­440
  • 6.­449
  • 6.­456
  • 7.­23
  • 7.­63
  • 7.­163
  • 7.­217
  • 8.­14
  • 8.­28
  • 8.­40
  • 8.­55
  • 8.­69
  • 8.­77
  • 8.­85
  • 8.­90
  • 8.­93
  • 8.­104
  • 8.­117
  • 8.­127
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­135
  • 10.­90-91
  • 10.­201
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­419
g.­481

Ṛṣivadana

Wylie:
  • drang srong smra ba
Tibetan:
  • དྲང་སྲོང་སྨྲ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • ṛṣivadana

“Speech of the Sages,” an alternate name for Ṛṣipatana (drang srong lhung ba), the location of the Deer Park outside of Vārāṇasī where the Buddha first turned the wheel of Dharma.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­264
  • 1.­266
  • 2.­385
  • 2.­409
  • 2.­411
  • 2.­413
  • 6.­50
  • 6.­371-372
  • 7.­112
  • 9.­60
  • 10.­238
g.­483

sage

Wylie:
  • drang srong
Tibetan:
  • དྲང་སྲོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • ṛṣi

drang srong is literally “the righteous one”; ancient Vedic masters and practitioners (Rigzin 200).

Located in 180 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­121
  • 1.­245
  • 1.­247-250
  • 1.­446-449
  • 2.­302-304
  • 2.­497-498
  • 2.­508
  • 3.­22
  • 3.­26-27
  • 3.­56
  • 3.­58
  • 3.­61
  • 3.­63-66
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­72
  • 3.­79
  • 3.­81
  • 3.­93-94
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­380-381
  • 3.­383-384
  • 3.­389-396
  • 3.­419
  • 4.­36-37
  • 4.­161-162
  • 4.­183-184
  • 4.­187-189
  • 4.­193-195
  • 5.­24
  • 5.­26
  • 5.­61-64
  • 5.­149-150
  • 5.­181-182
  • 5.­189-190
  • 5.­198-201
  • 5.­204
  • 5.­206-208
  • 5.­216-218
  • 5.­220-223
  • 5.­227-230
  • 6.­66
  • 6.­68-71
  • 6.­140
  • 6.­173
  • 6.­243
  • 6.­245
  • 6.­248
  • 6.­305
  • 6.­384-388
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­25
  • 7.­29-32
  • 7.­36-39
  • 7.­42
  • 7.­117-121
  • 7.­124-126
  • 7.­128-129
  • 7.­133-134
  • 7.­141
  • 7.­160-161
  • 7.­169
  • 7.­174-182
  • 7.­185-187
  • 7.­260-263
  • 9.­24-26
  • 9.­41-44
  • 9.­82-84
  • 9.­147-148
  • 9.­160-161
  • 10.­198
  • 10.­259
  • 10.­264
  • 10.­354-355
  • g.­67
  • g.­120
  • g.­172
  • g.­262
  • g.­268
  • g.­324
  • g.­481
  • g.­488
  • g.­493
  • g.­528
  • g.­530
  • g.­595
g.­485

Sahā

Wylie:
  • mi mjed
Tibetan:
  • མི་མཇེད།
Sanskrit:
  • sahā

The world system in which Jambudvīpa is located. One of the epithets of Brahmā is Sahāṃpati Brahmā, “Brahmā, Lord of Sahā.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • g.­78
  • g.­487
g.­486

Sahadeva

Wylie:
  • lhar bcas
Tibetan:
  • ལྷར་བཅས།
Sanskrit:
  • sahadeva

Son of Siddhārtha Gautama’s maternal grandfather King Suprabuddha of Videha.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­128
  • 5.­132-136
  • 5.­143
  • 5.­150
g.­487

Sahāṃpati Brahmā

Wylie:
  • mi mjed kyi bdag po tshangs pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་མཇེད་ཀྱི་བདག་པོ་ཚངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sahāṃpati brahmā

An epithet of Brahmā meaning “Lord of the Sahā World.”

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­305-307
  • 2.­251-253
  • 4.­104-105
  • 8.­49-50
  • 9.­78-79
  • 9.­96-97
  • 10.­85
  • 10.­224
  • 10.­305
  • 10.­307
  • 10.­309
  • 10.­311
  • 10.­314
  • 10.­316
  • 10.­318-319
  • g.­78
  • g.­485
g.­488

Śaila

Wylie:
  • ri bo
Tibetan:
  • རི་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śaila

Sage who lived with five hundred devotees in the forest and spent time on the banks of Lake Mandākinī, his maternal uncle was the sage Kaineya.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­22
  • 3.­26-27
  • 3.­60-61
  • 3.­63
  • 3.­66
  • 3.­68
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­72-74
  • 3.­79
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­103
  • g.­262
g.­490

Śakra

Wylie:
  • brgya byin
Tibetan:
  • བརྒྱ་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • śakra

Common epithet of the god Indra, in Skt. meaning “Mighty One,” and in Tib., “Hundred Gifts” (because he is said to have attained his state by performing one hundred pūjās). This epithet often appears together with the title “King of Gods.” He is ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 104 passages in the translation:

  • p.­3
  • 1.­88
  • 1.­305-307
  • 1.­316
  • 2.­156
  • 2.­251-253
  • 3.­431-432
  • 3.­436-437
  • 4.­14-15
  • 4.­104-105
  • 5.­97
  • 5.­138
  • 6.­144-145
  • 6.­216
  • 6.­234
  • 6.­310-311
  • 6.­313
  • 6.­315-316
  • 6.­421-422
  • 6.­426-428
  • 7.­39
  • 8.­49-50
  • 9.­78-79
  • 9.­96-97
  • 9.­112
  • 9.­134
  • 10.­1-2
  • 10.­4-7
  • 10.­9-10
  • 10.­14-16
  • 10.­18-20
  • 10.­22-23
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­27
  • 10.­29
  • 10.­33
  • 10.­35
  • 10.­39
  • 10.­41
  • 10.­44
  • 10.­46
  • 10.­49
  • 10.­51
  • 10.­54
  • 10.­56
  • 10.­58
  • 10.­60
  • 10.­69
  • 10.­78
  • 10.­81-87
  • 10.­92
  • 10.­94
  • 10.­399
  • 10.­401-404
  • 10.­406-407
  • 10.­412-415
  • 10.­418-419
  • g.­78
  • g.­246
  • g.­283
  • g.­413
  • g.­482
  • g.­514
g.­491

Śākya

Wylie:
  • shAkya
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱཀྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • śākya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Name of the ancient tribe in which the Buddha was born as a prince; their kingdom was based to the east of Kośala, in the foothills near the present-day border of India and Nepal, with Kapilavastu as its capital.

Located in 51 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­380
  • 2.­140
  • 2.­142-143
  • 2.­330
  • 3.­64
  • 5.­132
  • 5.­135
  • 5.­191
  • 5.­208-209
  • 5.­232
  • 5.­234
  • 5.­236
  • 5.­238-245
  • 5.­247
  • 5.­250
  • 5.­252-257
  • 5.­263
  • 6.­179
  • 6.­189-190
  • 6.­243
  • 6.­245
  • 6.­248
  • 6.­458
  • 6.­463
  • 7.­8
  • 10.­178
  • g.­28
  • g.­102
  • g.­119
  • g.­127
  • g.­128
  • g.­269
  • g.­493
  • g.­556
  • g.­618
  • g.­673
g.­492

Śākya Suprabuddha

Wylie:
  • shAkya rab sad
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱཀྱ་རབ་སད།
Sanskrit:
  • śākya suprabuddha

King of Vṛji, father of Buddha Śākyamuni’s mother Mahā­māyā. See “Suprabuddha.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­139-140
  • g.­127
  • g.­284
  • g.­332
  • g.­359
  • g.­568
g.­493

Śākyamuni

Wylie:
  • shAkya thub pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱཀྱ་ཐུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śākyamuni

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

An epithet for the historical Buddha, Siddhārtha Gautama: he was a muni (“sage”) from the Śākya clan. He is counted as the fourth of the first four buddhas of the present Good Eon, the other three being Krakucchanda, Kanakamuni, and Kāśyapa. He will be followed by Maitreya, the next buddha in this eon.

Located in 79 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­7
  • 2.­149-150
  • 2.­330
  • 3.­13-14
  • 3.­151-152
  • 5.­208-209
  • 7.­248
  • n.­51
  • n.­131
  • g.­17
  • g.­51
  • g.­53
  • g.­56
  • g.­77
  • g.­78
  • g.­80
  • g.­81
  • g.­90
  • g.­91
  • g.­128
  • g.­137
  • g.­138
  • g.­140
  • g.­141
  • g.­170
  • g.­172
  • g.­182
  • g.­194
  • g.­196
  • g.­201
  • g.­206
  • g.­223
  • g.­258
  • g.­259
  • g.­263
  • g.­266
  • g.­269
  • g.­271
  • g.­274
  • g.­276
  • g.­278
  • g.­325
  • g.­327
  • g.­330
  • g.­332
  • g.­335
  • g.­336
  • g.­353
  • g.­356
  • g.­359
  • g.­365
  • g.­381
  • g.­393
  • g.­395
  • g.­438
  • g.­447
  • g.­452
  • g.­460
  • g.­484
  • g.­491
  • g.­492
  • g.­495
  • g.­499
  • g.­505
  • g.­514
  • g.­554
  • g.­563
  • g.­606
  • g.­608
  • g.­610
  • g.­615
  • g.­627
  • g.­652
  • g.­655
g.­494

Sāma Veda

Wylie:
  • snyan tshig gi rig byed
Tibetan:
  • སྙན་ཚིག་གི་རིག་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • sāmaveda

Along with the Ṛg Veda, Yajur Veda, and Atharva Veda, one of the four Vedas, the most ancient Sanskrit religious literature of India.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­240
  • 1.­378
  • 3.­310
  • 3.­326
  • 5.­187
  • 5.­212
  • 5.­265
  • 6.­35
  • 7.­167
  • 8.­18
  • 9.­4
  • 10.­96
  • 10.­296
  • g.­46
  • g.­464
  • g.­671
g.­495

Saṃjayin Vairaṭīputra

Wylie:
  • smra ’dod kyi bu mo’i bu
  • smra ’dod kyi bu mo’i bu yang dag rgyal ba can
Tibetan:
  • སྨྲ་འདོད་ཀྱི་བུ་མོའི་བུ།
  • སྨྲ་འདོད་ཀྱི་བུ་མོའི་བུ་ཡང་དག་རྒྱལ་བ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • vairaṭīputra
  • vairūṭīputra
  • saṃjayin vairaṭīputra

One of the six philosophical extremists who lived during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­56-57
  • 6.­344
  • g.­430
g.­498

Saraṇa

Wylie:
  • sa ra Na
Tibetan:
  • ས་ར་ཎ།
Sanskrit:
  • saraṇa

Son of King Udayana of Vatsa, he went forth by Venerable Kātyāyanaputra.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­1
  • 7.­195
  • 7.­197-202
  • 7.­207
  • 7.­209
  • 7.­218
g.­499

Śāriputra

Wylie:
  • shA ri’i bu
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱ་རིའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • śāriputra

Along with Maudgalyāyana, one of Buddha Śākyamuni’s two foremost disciples, known for his erudition. His full given name is Śāriputra Upatiṣya; also rendered here as Upatiṣya.

Located in 142 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8-18
  • 1.­20-26
  • 1.­40
  • 1.­46-57
  • 1.­60-64
  • 1.­68
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­84
  • 2.­536-539
  • 2.­541
  • 2.­543-545
  • 3.­87-88
  • 3.­90-92
  • 3.­95
  • 3.­97
  • 3.­333-335
  • 3.­339-340
  • 3.­342-348
  • 3.­350-351
  • 3.­353-355
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­366
  • 3.­373
  • 3.­375-376
  • 3.­378
  • 3.­384-385
  • 3.­396
  • 3.­398
  • 5.­103
  • 5.­244
  • 5.­304-305
  • 5.­307
  • 5.­309
  • 5.­311
  • 6.­26-28
  • 6.­191
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­260-264
  • 6.­267-290
  • 6.­293-294
  • 6.­296-299
  • 6.­322
  • 6.­434-436
  • 6.­444-445
  • 10.­10
  • g.­320
  • g.­331
  • g.­411
  • g.­500
  • g.­529
  • g.­570
  • g.­621
g.­500

Śāriputra Upatiṣya

Wylie:
  • shA ri’i bu nye rgyal
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱ་རིའི་བུ་ཉེ་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • śāriputra upatiṣya

See “Śāriputra.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­255
  • 6.­257
  • g.­383
  • g.­499
  • g.­593
g.­502

scriptural exegete

Wylie:
  • gzhung smras pa
Tibetan:
  • གཞུང་སྨྲས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An individual who is well versed in a particular textual lineage or lineages.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­364-367
  • 1.­369
  • 1.­371-376
  • 1.­379
  • 1.­391
  • 1.­398
  • 1.­401
  • 1.­403
  • g.­477
  • g.­511
g.­506

sensation

Wylie:
  • tshor ba
Tibetan:
  • ཚོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vedanā

One of the five aggregates, and seventh of the twelve links of dependent origination, comprising the gamut of mental and physical sensations.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­421
  • 2.­424
  • 2.­427
  • 3.­38
  • 7.­92-93
  • 7.­95-96
  • 10.­269-272
  • 10.­277-278
  • 10.­281
  • 10.­283-284
  • g.­11
  • g.­585
g.­509

seven jewels of the noble ones

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa’i nor bdun
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པའི་ནོར་བདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • saptadhanāni

(1) Faith (sŕaddhā, dad pa), (2) moral discipline (śīla, tshul khrims), (3) hearing (śruta, thos pa), (4) generosity (tyāga, gtong ba), (5) a sense of shame (hrī, ngo tsha shes pa), (6) dread of blame (āpatrāpya, khrel yod pa), (7) wisdom (prajñā, shes rab) (Rigzin 271).

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­6
  • 1.­44
  • 1.­96
  • 1.­324
  • 1.­418
  • 2.­80
  • 2.­574
  • 3.­24
  • 3.­289-290
  • 4.­25
  • 4.­191
  • 4.­209
  • 5.­9
  • 5.­51
  • 5.­156
  • 5.­175
  • 6.­22
  • 7.­27
  • 7.­47
  • 7.­79
  • 7.­222
  • 8.­81
  • 8.­98
  • 9.­7
  • 9.­69
  • 9.­141
  • 10.­12
  • 10.­244
  • 10.­344
g.­510

seven limbs of enlightenment

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi yan lag bdun
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་བདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • saptabodhyaṅga

(1) Mindfulness (smṛiti, dran pa), (2) wisdom (dharmapravicaya, chos rab tu rnam ’byed/shes rab), (3) diligence (vīrya, brtson ’grus), (4) joy (prīti, dga’ ba), (5) mental and physical pliancy (praśrabdhi, shin sbyangs), (6) meditative stabilization (samādhi, ting nge ’dzin), and (7) equanimity (upekṣā, btang snyoms).

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
  • g.­135
  • g.­317
  • g.­364
  • g.­585
g.­511

She Who Gathers

Wylie:
  • ’dus mo
Tibetan:
  • འདུས་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Princess of Takṣaśīla, child of Padmagarbha, mother of Kātyāyana, and spouse of Riu. During the Buddha’s time she defeated all the scriptural exegetes from neighboring lands in debate.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­367-368
  • 1.­377
  • 1.­390
  • g.­278
  • g.­409
  • g.­477
g.­514

Śibi

Wylie:
  • shi bi
Tibetan:
  • ཤི་བི།
Sanskrit:
  • śibi
  • śivi

A king who ruled in the palace of Catuṣka before the time of Śākyamuni Buddha. He was a previous incarnation of the Buddha who as a bodhisattva bargained his own flesh and blood away to Śakra (appearing in the guise of a cannibal demon) in return for hearing the verse that appears as the first in the Udānavarga collection.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­1
  • 10.­396
  • 10.­399
  • 10.­401-402
  • 10.­416
  • g.­96
g.­515

Siddhārtha

Wylie:
  • don grub
Tibetan:
  • དོན་གྲུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • siddhārtha

See “Gautama.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­116
  • 10.­153
  • g.­196
  • g.­335
  • g.­486
  • g.­556
  • g.­568
g.­516

Siṃha

Wylie:
  • seng ge
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེ
Sanskrit:
  • siṃha

In The Hundred Deeds, a certain army chief in Vaiśālī by this name appears twice (in part 4: “The Story of Siṃha” and in part 5: “The Story of Good Compassion”). It is not clear whether this army chief refers the same person or not.

In the first story, he is the father of a ugly and stinking son who heard the Dharma from the Blessed One, went forth, and was healed of his afflictions. In the second story, he is the father of Good Compassion who was sentenced to death but was released and went forth under the Buddha.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­1
  • 4.­146-147
  • 4.­149-151
  • 4.­164
  • 4.­167
  • 5.­170
  • 5.­173
  • g.­208
g.­517

Siṃhahanu

Wylie:
  • senge ge’i ’gram
Tibetan:
  • སེངེ་གེའི་འགྲམ།
Sanskrit:
  • siṃhahanu

King of Kapilavastu. His children were Amṛtā, Droṇā, Śuklā, Śuddhā, Amṛtodana, Droṇodana, Śuklodana, and Śuddhodana.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 2.­140
  • 5.­127-128
  • 5.­130
  • g.­21
  • g.­22
  • g.­149
  • g.­150
  • g.­555
  • g.­556
  • g.­560
  • g.­561
  • g.­568
g.­521

six sense bases

Wylie:
  • skye mched drug
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་མཆེད་དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaḍāyatana

The five senses and their objects, plus the mind and phenomena known to the mind. Together they comprise the fifth of the twelve links of dependent origination.

Located in 34 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­95-96
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­277-278
  • 10.­343
  • g.­507
g.­522

six types of brahminical activities

Wylie:
  • las rnam pa drug
Tibetan:
  • ལས་རྣམ་པ་དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaḍbrahmiñcarya

Read as a variant of the Tib. bram ze’i las drug, they are (1) reading (klog pa), (2) encouraging others to read (klog tu ’jug pa), (3) making sacrificial offerings (mchod sbyin), (4) encouraging others to perform sacrificial offerings (mchod sbyin byed du ’jug pa), (5) practicing giving/giving alms (sbyin pa), and (6) accepting alms/offerings (len pa) (Rigzin 285).

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­240
  • 1.­379
  • 3.­310
  • 3.­326
  • 5.­187
  • 5.­212
  • 5.­265
  • 6.­35
  • 7.­167
  • 8.­18
  • 9.­4
  • 10.­96
  • 10.­296
g.­523

skillful means

Wylie:
  • thabs
Tibetan:
  • ཐབས།
Sanskrit:
  • upāya

Also called “method.”

Located in 65 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 1.­86
  • 1.­130
  • 1.­137
  • 1.­171
  • 1.­277
  • 1.­302
  • 1.­314
  • 1.­352
  • 1.­402
  • 1.­441
  • 2.­116
  • 2.­151
  • 2.­192
  • 2.­211
  • 2.­232
  • 2.­259
  • 2.­264
  • 2.­384
  • 2.­571
  • 3.­15
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­104
  • 3.­123
  • 3.­153
  • 3.­282
  • 3.­307
  • 4.­40
  • 4.­111
  • 4.­168
  • 4.­203
  • 4.­232
  • 5.­31
  • 5.­69
  • 5.­93
  • 5.­96
  • 5.­124
  • 5.­153
  • 5.­169
  • 5.­185
  • 5.­210
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­332
  • 6.­33
  • 6.­53
  • 6.­77
  • 6.­246
  • 6.­309
  • 6.­383
  • 6.­392
  • 6.­413
  • 6.­510
  • 7.­43
  • 7.­116
  • 7.­234
  • 7.­250
  • 9.­21
  • 9.­26
  • 9.­65
  • 9.­88
  • 9.­137
  • 10.­93
  • 10.­218
  • 10.­241
  • g.­366
g.­524

Small Person with a Curving Spine

Wylie:
  • sgur chung
Tibetan:
  • སྒུར་ཆུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A certain monk of the Buddha’s order whose vile deeds committed against his mother in a previous life ripened into a series of hell births. Finally attaining a human birth, he had a curved spine and went hungry, then drank ash-gruel and passed into parinirvāṇa.

Located in 24 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­510
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­519
  • 2.­523
  • 2.­526
  • 2.­529-539
  • 2.­541
  • 2.­543-545
  • 2.­548
  • 2.­558
  • 2.­569
g.­525

Śobha

Wylie:
  • mdzes pa
  • mdzes ldan, bde ba
  • mdzes ldan
Tibetan:
  • མཛེས་པ།
  • མཛེས་ལྡན,་བདེ་བ།
  • མཛེས་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • śobha

The name of the king of Śobhāvatī during the time of Buddha Krakucchanda or, alternately in the Pāli tradition, Buddha Kanakamuni (Edgerton 533.1). The Hundred Deeds contains stories about King Śobha that reflect both of these traditions.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­126
  • 5.­119
  • 5.­121
  • 6.­454-456
  • 7.­130-131
  • 9.­132-133
  • 10.­89-90
  • 10.­92
  • g.­526
g.­526

Śobhāvatī

Wylie:
  • bde ldan
  • mdzes ldan
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་ལྡན།
  • མཛེས་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • śobhāvatī

A royal palace ruled by King Śobha during the time of Buddha Kanakamuni or, alternately, during the time of Buddha Krakucchanda.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­126-127
  • 6.­453
  • 9.­131
  • 10.­88
  • g.­12
  • g.­13
  • g.­14
  • g.­525
g.­527

solitary buddha

Wylie:
  • rang sangs rgyas
Tibetan:
  • རང་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • pratyekabuddha

These are beings who in their final existence achieve a lower enlightenment than that of the complete and perfect buddhas, and do so without relying on a teacher.

Located in 98 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­200
  • 1.­362
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­65
  • 2.­74
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­111
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­196-197
  • 2.­199
  • 2.­206
  • 2.­208
  • 2.­275
  • 2.­284
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­363
  • 2.­589
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­200
  • 3.­211-212
  • 3.­228-229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­408
  • 3.­415-416
  • 4.­136
  • 4.­145
  • 4.­160-162
  • 4.­164-165
  • 5.­23
  • 5.­25-26
  • 5.­28-29
  • 6.­15-19
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­304
  • 6.­306-307
  • 7.­59-62
  • 7.­64
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­69
  • 7.­157-164
  • 7.­211-216
  • 7.­218
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­197
  • 10.­199-200
  • 10.­202-203
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • g.­1
  • g.­99
  • g.­151
  • g.­171
  • g.­190
  • g.­227
  • g.­260
  • g.­425
  • g.­596
  • g.­611
  • g.­669
g.­529

Son of Grasping

Wylie:
  • ’dzin byed kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • འཛིན་བྱེད་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Son of the high brahmin Grasping of Rājagṛha. As he was lying ill, Venerable Śāriputra gave him a teaching on the four immeasurables. Admonishing Venerable Śāriputra for a lack of foresight, the Buddha then gave him an additional teaching on the four noble truths, leading him to manifest the resultant state of a non-returner and take rebirth as a god.

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­1
  • 6.­256
  • 6.­259-264
  • 6.­266-269
  • 6.­271-275
  • 6.­279
  • 6.­289-291
  • 6.­293-299
  • 6.­306
  • 6.­308
  • g.­213
g.­537

spiritual friend

Wylie:
  • bsen
Tibetan:
  • བསེན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Short form of the Tib. bshes gnyen.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­327
  • 4.­76
  • 7.­190
  • 9.­47
  • 10.­232
g.­542

Śrāvastī

Wylie:
  • mnyan du yod pa
Tibetan:
  • མཉན་དུ་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāvastī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

During the life of the Buddha, Śrāvastī was the capital city of the powerful kingdom of Kośala, ruled by King Prasenajit, who became a follower and patron of the Buddha. It was also the hometown of Anāthapiṇḍada, the wealthy patron who first invited the Buddha there, and then offered him a park known as Jetavana, Prince Jeta’s Grove, which became one of the first Buddhist monasteries. The Buddha is said to have spent about twenty-five rainy seasons with his disciples in Śrāvastī, thus it is named as the setting of numerous events and teachings. It is located in present-day Uttar Pradesh in northern India.

Located in 201 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­8
  • 1.­41
  • 1.­47
  • 1.­60
  • 1.­87
  • 1.­106
  • 1.­138
  • 1.­172
  • 1.­251
  • 1.­278
  • 1.­288
  • 1.­303
  • 1.­315
  • 1.­354
  • 1.­404
  • 2.­2
  • 2.­20
  • 2.­38
  • 2.­57
  • 2.­75
  • 2.­82
  • 2.­86
  • 2.­152
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­200
  • 2.­212
  • 2.­219
  • 2.­221
  • 2.­223
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­265-266
  • 2.­342
  • 2.­364
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­509
  • 2.­525
  • 2.­531
  • 2.­534-535
  • 2.­537-538
  • 2.­572
  • 2.­576-578
  • 3.­105
  • 3.­126
  • 3.­187
  • 3.­189
  • 3.­194
  • 3.­197
  • 3.­213
  • 3.­215
  • 3.­219
  • 3.­230
  • 3.­232
  • 3.­234
  • 3.­237
  • 3.­241
  • 3.­243
  • 3.­245
  • 3.­248
  • 3.­257
  • 3.­259
  • 3.­261
  • 3.­264
  • 3.­269
  • 3.­283-284
  • 3.­286
  • 3.­292
  • 3.­399
  • 3.­401
  • 3.­403
  • 3.­406
  • 3.­417
  • 4.­2
  • 4.­21
  • 4.­27-28
  • 4.­41
  • 4.­50
  • 4.­59-61
  • 4.­76
  • 4.­92
  • 4.­112
  • 4.­122-124
  • 4.­189
  • 4.­193
  • 4.­204
  • 5.­32
  • 5.­44
  • 5.­48
  • 5.­53
  • 5.­104
  • 5.­154
  • 5.­159
  • 5.­162
  • 5.­186
  • 5.­189
  • 5.­264
  • 5.­291
  • 5.­299
  • 5.­309
  • 6.­20
  • 6.­24
  • 6.­34
  • 6.­37-38
  • 6.­54
  • 6.­323
  • 6.­430
  • 6.­442-444
  • 6.­458-460
  • 6.­462
  • 7.­2
  • 7.­5
  • 7.­25
  • 7.­117
  • 7.­235
  • 7.­237
  • 7.­251
  • 7.­253
  • 8.­17
  • 8.­24
  • 8.­30
  • 8.­38
  • 8.­42
  • 8.­45
  • 8.­51
  • 8.­57
  • 8.­60
  • 8.­71-72
  • 8.­79
  • 8.­83
  • 8.­87
  • 8.­95-96
  • 8.­100
  • 8.­106
  • 8.­119
  • 9.­2
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­28
  • 9.­35
  • 9.­46
  • 9.­67
  • 9.­90
  • 9.­139
  • 9.­150
  • 10.­95
  • 10.­99
  • 10.­101
  • 10.­171
  • 10.­179-181
  • 10.­185-188
  • 10.­205
  • 10.­219
  • 10.­242
  • 10.­246
  • 10.­343
  • 10.­346
  • 10.­357
  • 10.­362
  • g.­25
  • g.­33
  • g.­92
  • g.­94
  • g.­117
  • g.­120
  • g.­136
  • g.­192
  • g.­257
  • g.­289
  • g.­291
  • g.­320
  • g.­349
  • g.­377
  • g.­415
  • g.­441
  • g.­444
  • g.­445
  • g.­446
  • g.­559
  • g.­629
g.­543

Śreṇiya Bimbisāra

Wylie:
  • bzo sbyangs gzugs can snying po
Tibetan:
  • བཟོ་སྦྱངས་གཟུགས་ཅན་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śreṇiya bimbisāra

See “Bimbisāra.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­321
  • g.­65
g.­545

stream entry

Wylie:
  • rgyun du zhugs pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུན་དུ་ཞུགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • srotāpanna
  • śrotāpanna

The state of one who has attained the … path of seeing (Rigzin 74), and will be carried to enlightenment as surely as a leaf floats downstream.

Located in 76 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­14
  • 1.­22
  • 1.­50
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­153
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­304
  • 1.­307
  • 1.­340
  • 1.­387
  • 1.­422
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­177
  • 2.­237
  • 2.­250
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­4
  • 3.­55
  • 3.­88
  • 3.­91
  • 3.­96
  • 3.­115
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­271
  • 3.­301
  • 3.­316
  • 3.­321
  • 3.­342
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­97
  • 4.­154
  • 4.­215
  • 5.­81
  • 5.­113
  • 5.­140
  • 5.­250
  • 5.­255
  • 5.­273
  • 6.­39
  • 6.­61
  • 6.­334
  • 6.­432
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­69
  • 7.­201
  • 7.­226
  • 7.­239
  • 7.­256
  • 8.­109
  • 9.­18
  • 9.­36
  • 9.­50
  • 9.­52
  • 9.­92
  • 9.­105
  • 9.­126
  • 9.­167
  • 9.­171
  • 10.­78
  • 10.­103
  • 10.­182
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­231-232
  • 10.­247
  • 10.­350
  • g.­60
  • g.­346
  • g.­349
  • g.­372
g.­547

study of seals

Wylie:
  • lag rtsis
Tibetan:
  • ལག་རྩིས།
Sanskrit:
  • mudrā

The study of seals and insignia.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­59
  • 1.­105
  • 1.­140
  • 1.­332
  • 2.­164
  • 2.­372
  • 2.­435
  • 2.­553
  • 3.­156
  • 3.­177
  • 4.­205
  • 5.­108
  • 6.­5
  • 6.­55
  • 7.­6
  • 7.­252
  • 8.­107
  • 9.­29
  • 10.­172
g.­548

Subhadra (the charioteer)

Wylie:
  • rab bzang
Tibetan:
  • རབ་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • subhadra RS

A charioteer of King Śuddhodana.

Not to be confused with the mendicant Subhadra.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­97
  • 5.­99
  • 5.­105-107
  • 5.­109-110
  • 5.­123
  • n.­133
  • g.­60
  • g.­549
g.­549

Subhadra (the mendicant)

Wylie:
  • rab bzang
Tibetan:
  • རབ་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • subhadra

A certain mendicant.

Not to be confused with Subhadra the charioteer of King Śuddhodana. After his death, a series of miracles confirmed that he had been a practitioner of the Buddha’s monastic code.

Located in 35 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­1
  • 6.­312
  • 6.­314
  • 6.­317
  • 6.­325-327
  • 6.­335-336
  • 6.­338-346
  • 6.­349-350
  • 6.­353
  • 6.­356
  • 6.­359
  • 6.­361-362
  • 6.­367
  • 6.­382
  • 6.­392-393
  • 6.­400
  • 6.­406
  • 6.­408
  • n.­165
  • g.­306
  • g.­548
g.­552

subsidiary afflictive emotions

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i nyon mongs
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་ཉོན་མོངས།
Sanskrit:
  • upakleśa

The secondary afflictive emotions that arise in dependence upon the six root afflictive emotions (attachment, hatred, pride, ignorance, doubt, and wrong view); they are (1) anger (krodha, khro ba), (2) enmity/malice (upanāha, ’khon ’dzin), (3) concealment (mrakśa, ’chab pa), (4) outrage (pradāsa, ’tshig pa), (5) jealousy (īrśya, phrag dog), (6) miserliness (matsarya, ser sna), (7) deceit (māyā, sgyu), (8) dishonesty (śāṭhya, g.yo), (9) haughtiness (mada, rgyags pa), (10) harmfulness (vihiṃsa, rnam par ’tshe ba), (11) shamelessness (āhrīkya, ngo tsha med pa), (12) non-consideration (anapatrāpya, khril med pa), (13) lack of faith (aśraddhya, ma dad pa), (14) laziness (kausīdya, le lo), (15) non-conscientiousness (pramāda, bag med pa), (16) forgetfulness (muśitasmṛtitā, brjed nges), (17) non-introspection (asaṃprajanya, shes bzhin ma yin pa), (18) dullness (nigmagṇa, bying ba), (19) agitation (auddhatya, rgod pa), and (20) distraction (vikṣepa, rnam g.yeng) (Rigzin 329, 129).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­291
  • g.­242
g.­553

Sudarśana (a future buddha)

Wylie:
  • legs mthong
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་མཐོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • sudarśana

A future buddha. Also the name of the son of a householder, see “Sudarśana.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­1
  • 8.­94
  • g.­554
g.­554

Sudarśana (son of Dhanika)

Wylie:
  • blta na sdug
Tibetan:
  • བལྟ་ན་སྡུག
Sanskrit:
  • sudarśana RS

Son of the householder Dhanika in Rājagṛha during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. After he and his parents heard the Dharma from the Buddha, he went forth and manifested arhatship. Also the name of a future buddha, see “Sudarśana.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­1
  • 9.­117-118
  • n.­189
  • n.­197
  • g.­129
  • g.­553
g.­555

Śuddhā

Wylie:
  • gtsang ma
Tibetan:
  • གཙང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • śuddhā

One of eight children, a daughter, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 5.­127
  • g.­517
g.­556

Śuddhodana

Wylie:
  • zas gtsang
Tibetan:
  • ཟས་གཙང་།
Sanskrit:
  • śuddhodana

One of eight children, a son, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu. He became king of the Śākya clan, father of Siddhārtha Gautama.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 2.­140
  • 3.­277-278
  • 5.­97
  • 5.­106
  • 5.­127
  • 5.­130
  • 5.­132
  • 7.­265
  • g.­332
  • g.­359
  • g.­517
  • g.­548
  • g.­549
g.­558

sugata

Wylie:
  • bde bar gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བར་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sugata

“One gone to bliss.”An epithet of the buddhas. Also rendered here as “Gone to Bliss.”

Located in 102 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­151
  • 1.­162
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­311
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­432
  • 2.­91
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­226
  • 2.­288
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­408
  • 2.­560
  • 2.­583-584
  • 2.­589
  • 3.­12
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­119
  • 3.­147
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­304
  • 3.­325
  • 3.­371
  • 3.­408
  • 3.­418
  • 3.­434
  • 4.­46
  • 4.­56
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­108
  • 4.­200
  • 4.­222
  • 5.­66
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­203
  • 5.­259
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­333
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­49
  • 6.­73
  • 6.­83
  • 6.­192
  • 6.­195
  • 6.­244
  • 6.­384
  • 6.­425
  • 6.­439
  • 6.­453
  • 6.­502
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­37
  • 7.­52
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­130
  • 7.­229
  • 7.­247
  • 8.­14-15
  • 8.­28-29
  • 8.­40-41
  • 8.­55-56
  • 8.­69-70
  • 8.­77-78
  • 8.­85-86
  • 8.­93-94
  • 8.­104-105
  • 8.­117-118
  • 8.­127-128
  • 9.­131
  • 10.­77
  • 10.­88
  • 10.­215
  • 10.­235
  • 10.­267
  • 10.­379
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­419
  • g.­207
g.­560

Śuklā

Wylie:
  • dkar mo
Tibetan:
  • དཀར་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śuklā

One of eight children, a daughter, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 5.­127
  • g.­517
g.­561

Śuklodana

Wylie:
  • zas dkar
Tibetan:
  • ཟས་དཀར།
Sanskrit:
  • śuklodana

One of eight children, a son, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 5.­127
  • g.­517
g.­564

Sumeru

Wylie:
  • ri rab
Tibetan:
  • རི་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumeru

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

According to ancient Buddhist cosmology, this is the great mountain forming the axis of the universe. At its summit is Sudarśana, home of Śakra and his thirty-two gods, and on its flanks live the asuras. The mount has four sides facing the cardinal directions, each of which is made of a different precious stone. Surrounding it are several mountain ranges and the great ocean where the four principal island continents lie: in the south, Jambudvīpa (our world); in the west, Godānīya; in the north, Uttarakuru; and in the east, Pūrvavideha. Above it are the abodes of the desire realm gods. It is variously referred to as Meru, Mount Meru, Sumeru, and Mount Sumeru.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­45
  • 3.­47
  • 7.­38
  • g.­2
  • g.­57
  • g.­231
g.­565

superknowledge

Wylie:
  • mngon par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhijñā

See “five superknowledges.”

Located in 47 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­524
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­323
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­319
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­116-117
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­123
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­128
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
g.­568

Suprabuddha

Wylie:
  • legs rtogs
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་རྟོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • suprabuddha

Monarch of Videha during Siṃhahanu’s reign in Kapilavastu, at the time of the Buddha’s birth as Siddhārtha Gautama. His daughters were Mahā­māyā (the Buddha’s mother) and Māyā. See “Śākya Suprabuddha.”

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­127-128
  • 5.­130
  • 5.­132
  • g.­486
  • g.­492
g.­573

Śūrpāraka

Wylie:
  • shur pa ra ka
Tibetan:
  • ཤུར་པ་ར་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • śūrpāraka

A certain town (or sometimes two different towns) during the time of the Buddha.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­189
  • 5.­191
  • 10.­171
  • 10.­180-181
  • 10.­186
  • 10.­188
  • g.­123
g.­574

sūtra

Wylie:
  • mdo sde
Tibetan:
  • མདོ་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • sūtrapiṭaka

Literally meaning “a thread,” this was an ancient term for teachings that were memorized and orally transmitted in an essential form. Therefore it can mean “pithy statements,” “rules,” and “aphorisms.” In Buddhism it refers to the Buddha’s teachings, whatever their length, and in terms of the three divisions of the Buddha’s teachings, it is the category of teachings other than those on the vinaya and abhidharma. It is also used as a category to contrast with the tantra teachings, though a number of important tantras have sūtra in their title. Another very specific meaning is when it is classed as one of the nine or twelve aspects of the Dharma. In that context sūtra means “a teaching given in prose,” and therefore is one aspect of what is generally called a sūtra.

Located in 24 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • p.­2
  • 3.­7
  • 3.­11-15
  • 4.­179
  • 6.­79
  • 10.­388
  • 10.­423-424
  • 10.­436
  • 10.­439
  • n.­9
  • n.­74
  • n.­109
  • n.­135
  • g.­261
  • g.­453
  • g.­600
  • g.­630
  • g.­662
g.­577

Takṣaśīla

Wylie:
  • tak+Sha shI la
Tibetan:
  • ཏཀྵ་ཤཱི་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • takṣaśīla

Identified with modern-day Taxila, an ancient city and capital of Gandhāra.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­363
  • 1.­369
  • 1.­372-373
  • g.­409
  • g.­477
  • g.­511
g.­578

tathāgata

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tathāgata

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A frequently used synonym for buddha. According to different explanations, it can be read as tathā-gata, literally meaning “one who has thus gone,” or as tathā-āgata, “one who has thus come.” Gata, though literally meaning “gone,” is a past passive participle used to describe a state or condition of existence. Tatha­(tā), often rendered as “suchness” or “thusness,” is the quality or condition of things as they really are, which cannot be conveyed in conceptual, dualistic terms. Therefore, this epithet is interpreted in different ways, but in general it implies one who has departed in the wake of the buddhas of the past, or one who has manifested the supreme awakening dependent on the reality that does not abide in the two extremes of existence and quiescence. It is also often used as a specific epithet of the Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 127 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­311
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­381
  • 1.­392
  • 2.­17-18
  • 2.­35-36
  • 2.­54-55
  • 2.­72-73
  • 2.­87
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­173
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­216
  • 2.­282-283
  • 2.­286
  • 2.­344
  • 2.­361-362
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­389
  • 2.­391
  • 2.­560
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­12
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­64-65
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­304
  • 3.­431
  • 3.­438
  • 4.­23
  • 4.­46
  • 4.­56
  • 4.­105
  • 4.­122
  • 4.­143-144
  • 4.­222
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­98
  • 5.­203
  • 5.­277
  • 6.­145
  • 6.­147
  • 6.­177
  • 6.­186
  • 6.­198-199
  • 6.­227
  • 6.­314
  • 6.­327
  • 6.­336-337
  • 6.­340-341
  • 6.­369
  • 6.­384
  • 6.­408
  • 6.­421
  • 6.­453
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­40
  • 7.­94
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­229
  • 7.­247
  • 8.­14-15
  • 8.­28-29
  • 8.­40-41
  • 8.­55-56
  • 8.­69-70
  • 8.­77-78
  • 8.­85-86
  • 8.­93-94
  • 8.­104-105
  • 8.­117-118
  • 8.­127-128
  • 9.­71
  • 10.­37-38
  • 10.­40-45
  • 10.­47-50
  • 10.­57-59
  • 10.­61
  • 10.­86
  • 10.­215
  • 10.­274
  • 10.­371
  • 10.­395
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­416
  • 10.­419
  • g.­55
g.­579

temperament

Wylie:
  • khams
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • dhātu

Also rendered here as “element” and “constituent element.”

Located in 55 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­13
  • 1.­22
  • 1.­50
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­153
  • 1.­198
  • 1.­304
  • 1.­387
  • 1.­422
  • 2.­237
  • 2.­250
  • 3.­4
  • 3.­54
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­115
  • 3.­271
  • 3.­301
  • 3.­316
  • 3.­321
  • 3.­342
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­97
  • 4.­154
  • 4.­196
  • 4.­214
  • 5.­18
  • 5.­113
  • 5.­205
  • 5.­223
  • 5.­273
  • 5.­317
  • 6.­61
  • 6.­333
  • 6.­387
  • 6.­432
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­33
  • 7.­119
  • 7.­226
  • 7.­239
  • 7.­256
  • 8.­109
  • 9.­36
  • 9.­52
  • 9.­92
  • 9.­126
  • 9.­167
  • 9.­171
  • 10.­52-54
  • 10.­103
  • 10.­231
  • g.­109
  • g.­158
g.­580

ten powers

Wylie:
  • stobs bcu
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་བཅུ།
Sanskrit:
  • daśabala

May refer to either i.) the ten powers of a buddha (daśatathāgatabala, de bzhin gshegs pa’i stobs bcu): (1) the power of knowing right from wrong (gnas dang gnas min mkhyen pa’i stobs), (2) the power of knowing the fruition of actions (las kyi rnam par smin pa mkhyen pa’i stobs), (3) the power of knowing various mental inclinations (mos pa sna tshogs mkhyen pa’i stobs), (4) the power of knowing various mental faculties (khams sna tshogs mkhyen pa’i stobs), (5) the power of knowing various degrees of intelligence (dbang po sna tshogs mkhyen pa’i stobs), (6) the power of knowing the paths to all rebirths (sarvatragāminpratipādajñānabala, thams cad du ’gro ba’i lam mkhyen pa’i stobs), (7) the power of knowing the ever-afflicted and purified phenomena (kun nas nyon mongs pa dang rnam par byang ba mkhyen pa’i stobs), (8) the power of knowing past lives (sngon gyi gnas rjes su dran pa mkhyen pa’i stobs), (9) the power of knowing deaths and births (’chi ’pho ba dang skye va mkhyen pa’i stobs), and (10) the power of knowing the exhaustion of the contaminations (zag pa zad pa mkhyen pa’i stobs); or ii.) the ten powers of a bodhisattva (daśabodhisattvabala, byang chub sems pa’i stobs bcu): (1) the power of intention (āśayabala, bsam pa’i stobs), (2) the power of resolute intention (adhyāsabala, lhag pa’i bsa pa’i stobs), (3) the power of application (pratipattibala, sbyor ba’i stobs), (4) the power of wisdom (prajñābala, shes rab kyi stobs), (5) the power of prayers (praṇidhānabala, smon lam gyi stobs), (6) the power of vehicle (yānabala, thig pa’i stobs), (7) the power of conduct (cāryabala, spyod pa’i stobs), (8) the power of emancipation (vikurbānbala, sprul pa’i stobs), (9) the power of enlightenment (bodhisattvabala, byang chub kyi stobs), and (10) the power of turning the wheel of the doctrine (dharmacakrapravartanabala, chos kyi ’khor lo bskor ba’i stobs) (Rigzin 163, 194–5, 280).

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
  • 10.­387
g.­581

ten virtuous actions

Wylie:
  • dge ba bcu’i las
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བ་བཅུའི་ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • daśakuśala

(1) Not killing (prāṇātighātād virati, srog gcod spong ba), (2) not stealing (adattādānād virati, ma byin par len pa spong ba), (3) not indulging in sexual misconduct (kāmamithyācārād virati, log g.yem spong ba), (4) not lying (mṛṣāvādāt prativirati, brdzun spong ba), (5) not slandering (pāiśunyāt prativirati, khra ma spong ba), (6) not using harsh words (pāruṣyāt prativirati, tshig rtsub spong ba), (7) not indulging in idle gossip (sambhinna pralāpāt prativirati, ngag ’khyal spong ba), (8) not being covetous (abhidhyāyāḥ prativirati, brnab sems spong ba), (9) not wishing harm on others (vyāpādāt prativirati, gnod sems spong ba), (10) not holding wrong view (mithyādṛṣṭeḥ prativirati, log lta spong ba) (Rigzin 45).

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­390
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­18-20
  • 6.­146
  • 6.­418
  • 6.­420
  • 6.­422-424
  • 6.­426
  • 9.­159-161
  • 9.­175
  • 9.­180-181
  • 10.­105
  • 10.­107
  • 10.­122-123
  • 10.­289
  • 10.­368
  • 10.­398
g.­582

Terrifying Forest

Wylie:
  • ’jigs byed ma’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • འཇིགས་བྱེད་མའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhairavāvana RS
  • bhairavīvana RS
  • bhayākarāvana RS

The location of a deer park, alternately indentified in the Karmaśātaka as located on Mount Sabkang and on Mount Śiśumāri.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­332-333
  • 5.­2
  • g.­373
g.­588

three kinds of sterling equanimity

Wylie:
  • ma ’dres pa’i dran pa nye bar gzhag pa gsum
Tibetan:
  • མ་འདྲེས་པའི་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • trīṇyāvenikāni smṛtyupasthāni

The Mahā­vyupatti enumerates these as (1) equanimity toward those who listen respectfully (śuśrūṣamāṇeṣu samacittatā, gus par nyan pa rnams la sems snyoms pa); (2) equanimity toward those who do not listen respectfully (aśuśrūṣamāṇeṣu samacittatā, gus par mi nyan pa rnams la sems syoms pa); and (3) equanimity toward both those who listen respectfully and those who do not listen respectfully (śuśrūṣamāṇāśuśrūṣamāṇeṣu samacittatā, gus par nyan pa dang gus par mi nyan pa rnams la sems snyoms pa) (Mahā­vyupatti 16).

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
  • g.­367
g.­589

three realms

Wylie:
  • khams gsum pa
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tridhātu

(1) The desire realm (kāmadhātu, ’dod khams), (2) the form realm (rūpadhātu, gzugs khams), and (3) the formless realm (arūpyadhātu, gzugs med khams).

Located in 46 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­524
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­323
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­319
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­123
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­128
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
  • g.­399
g.­596

totally and completely awakened buddha

Wylie:
  • yang dag par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃyaksaṃbuddha

An epithet of the buddhas, used both as an honorific and to distinguish them from beings of lesser realization such as arhats, solitary buddhas, and the like.

Located in 414 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30-31
  • 1.­37-39
  • 1.­73-74
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85-86
  • 1.­126-127
  • 1.­130
  • 1.­132-133
  • 1.­135
  • 1.­137
  • 1.­162-163
  • 1.­169-171
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­274-277
  • 1.­296-300
  • 1.­302
  • 1.­311-314
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­344
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­351-352
  • 1.­362
  • 1.­381
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­394-395
  • 1.­399
  • 1.­401-402
  • 1.­432-433
  • 1.­436-441
  • 2.­17-18
  • 2.­35
  • 2.­54-55
  • 2.­72-73
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­109
  • 2.­112
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­146
  • 2.­148-151
  • 2.­184-185
  • 2.­189
  • 2.­192
  • 2.­209-211
  • 2.­226-232
  • 2.­257-259
  • 2.­262-264
  • 2.­282-283
  • 2.­288-290
  • 2.­304-305
  • 2.­318-319
  • 2.­325
  • 2.­329
  • 2.­331
  • 2.­336
  • 2.­339-340
  • 2.­344
  • 2.­361-362
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­380
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­384
  • 2.­389
  • 2.­456
  • 2.­560-561
  • 2.­568
  • 2.­570-571
  • 2.­589-590
  • 2.­604
  • 2.­607
  • 3.­12-15
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­48-49
  • 3.­51-53
  • 3.­64-65
  • 3.­99-101
  • 3.­103-104
  • 3.­119-124
  • 3.­147-148
  • 3.­150-153
  • 3.­200
  • 3.­211
  • 3.­217
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­228
  • 3.­233
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­244
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­252
  • 3.­260
  • 3.­266
  • 3.­278
  • 3.­280-282
  • 3.­304-307
  • 3.­325
  • 3.­329-330
  • 3.­408
  • 3.­414-415
  • 3.­434
  • 4.­23
  • 4.­38-40
  • 4.­46
  • 4.­56
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­108-111
  • 4.­143-144
  • 4.­166-168
  • 4.­200-203
  • 4.­222
  • 4.­232
  • 5.­30-31
  • 5.­66-69
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­92-96
  • 5.­98
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­124
  • 5.­151-153
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­167-169
  • 5.­183-185
  • 5.­203-204
  • 5.­207-210
  • 5.­259
  • 5.­261-262
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­283
  • 5.­287
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­330
  • 5.­332-334
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­32-33
  • 6.­49-53
  • 6.­73-75
  • 6.­77
  • 6.­244-252
  • 6.­307-309
  • 6.­314
  • 6.­341
  • 6.­369
  • 6.­371-376
  • 6.­378-379
  • 6.­381-388
  • 6.­390
  • 6.­392
  • 6.­410-411
  • 6.­413
  • 6.­425
  • 6.­439-440
  • 6.­449
  • 6.­451
  • 6.­453
  • 6.­456
  • 6.­502-503
  • 6.­505-506
  • 6.­508-510
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­16-17
  • 7.­37
  • 7.­39-43
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­111-116
  • 7.­130
  • 7.­135
  • 7.­188
  • 7.­219
  • 7.­229-231
  • 7.­233-234
  • 7.­247-250
  • 7.­264
  • 8.­14-15
  • 8.­28-29
  • 8.­40-41
  • 8.­55-56
  • 8.­69-70
  • 8.­77-78
  • 8.­85-86
  • 8.­93-94
  • 8.­104-105
  • 8.­117-118
  • 8.­127-128
  • 9.­27
  • 9.­45
  • 9.­54-55
  • 9.­57-60
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­65
  • 9.­86
  • 9.­88
  • 9.­100
  • 9.­114
  • 9.­131-133
  • 9.­136-138
  • 9.­149
  • 9.­182
  • 10.­57-59
  • 10.­86
  • 10.­88-90
  • 10.­92-94
  • 10.­204
  • 10.­215-218
  • 10.­235
  • 10.­238-241
  • 10.­249
  • 10.­356
  • 10.­370
  • 10.­375-376
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­419
  • n.­49
g.­600

Tripiṭaka

Wylie:
  • sde snod gsum
Tibetan:
  • སྡེ་སྣོད་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • tripiṭaka

The “three (scriptural) baskets” of Dharma teachings: (1) the basket of teachings on moral discipline (Vinaya) (vinayapiṭaka, ’dul ba’i sde snod), (2) the basket of teachings in discourses (Sūtra) (sūtrapiṭaka, mdo sde’i sde snod), and (3) the basket of teachings on knowledge (Abhidharma) (abhidharmapiṭaka, mngon pa’i sde snod).

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­31
  • 1.­75
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­344
  • 1.­396
  • 2.­187
  • 2.­340
  • 2.­561
  • 2.­582
  • 2.­591
  • 3.­100
  • 3.­252
  • 6.­80
  • 6.­139
  • 6.­158
  • 7.­122
  • 7.­139
  • 7.­245
  • 9.­60
  • g.­601
  • g.­650
g.­601

Tripiṭaka master

Wylie:
  • sde snod gsum pa
Tibetan:
  • སྡེ་སྣོད་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tripiṭa

A scholar steeped in study of the Tripiṭaka.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­583
  • 2.­592-594
  • 2.­596
  • 2.­601
  • 2.­603-604
  • 3.­408-409
  • 3.­411-414
  • 6.­185
  • 6.­198
  • 6.­211
  • 6.­231
  • 9.­64
  • g.­520
g.­604

twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection

Wylie:
  • ’jig tshogs la lta ba’i ri’i rtse mo mthon po nyi shu
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་ཚོགས་ལ་ལྟ་བའི་རིའི་རྩེ་མོ་མཐོན་པོ་ཉི་ཤུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

“The body is not the self nor does the self have a body; / The self is not based on the body [n]or body on self. / Know that these four relations apply to all skandhas; / So these are considered the twenty views of self.” (Goldfield 387).

Located in 56 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­14
  • 1.­22
  • 1.­50
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­153
  • 1.­304
  • 1.­340
  • 1.­387
  • 1.­422
  • 2.­237
  • 2.­250
  • 3.­4
  • 3.­55
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­115
  • 3.­271
  • 3.­301
  • 3.­316
  • 3.­321
  • 3.­342
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­97
  • 4.­154
  • 4.­196
  • 4.­215
  • 5.­18
  • 5.­81
  • 5.­113
  • 5.­140
  • 5.­193
  • 5.­205
  • 5.­224
  • 5.­250
  • 5.­273
  • 5.­317
  • 6.­39
  • 6.­61
  • 6.­334
  • 6.­432
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­33
  • 7.­226
  • 7.­239
  • 7.­256
  • 8.­109
  • 9.­18
  • 9.­36
  • 9.­52
  • 9.­126
  • 9.­167
  • 9.­171
  • 10.­103
  • 10.­182
  • 10.­231-232
  • 10.­350
g.­605

two types of knowable objects

Wylie:
  • rnam pa gnyis kyi shes bya
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པ་གཉིས་ཀྱི་ཤེས་བྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
g.­607

Udayana

Wylie:
  • ’char ka
Tibetan:
  • འཆར་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • udayin
  • udayana
  • udāyin

See “Udayin.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­189
  • 7.­194-195
  • 7.­208
  • g.­498
  • g.­608
  • g.­640
g.­608

Udayin

Wylie:
  • ’char ka
Tibetan:
  • འཆར་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • udayin
  • udayana
  • udāyin

King of Vatsa during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. Also rendered here as “Udayana.”

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­203-204
  • 1.­211
  • 1.­218
  • 1.­223
  • 1.­227-228
  • 1.­231-234
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­250
  • g.­583
  • g.­607
  • g.­640
g.­610

Undefeated Victory

Wylie:
  • thub med rgyal
Tibetan:
  • ཐུབ་མེད་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city ruled by King Jaya before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­415
  • g.­258
g.­611

unexcelled, total, and complete enlightenment

Wylie:
  • bla na med pa yang dag par rdzogs pa’i byang chub
Tibetan:
  • བླ་ན་མེད་པ་ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • anuttarasaṃyaksaṃbodhi

The enlightenment of the buddhas, so-named to distinguish it from the realizations of lesser beings such as arhats, solitary buddhas, and the like.

Located in 77 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­126
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­382
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­65
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­275
  • 2.­337-338
  • 2.­341
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­456
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­64
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 3.­432
  • 3.­434
  • 3.­436-437
  • 4.­15
  • 4.­17
  • 4.­19
  • 4.­47
  • 4.­56-57
  • 4.­136
  • 6.­371-372
  • 6.­422
  • 6.­425-426
  • 6.­453
  • 7.­69
  • 8.­6
  • 8.­14
  • 8.­16
  • 8.­21
  • 8.­28
  • 8.­37
  • 8.­40
  • 8.­45
  • 8.­51
  • 8.­53
  • 8.­55
  • 8.­69
  • 8.­77
  • 8.­83
  • 8.­85
  • 8.­92-93
  • 8.­100
  • 8.­104
  • 8.­112
  • 8.­117
  • 8.­122-123
  • 8.­127
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­178
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • 10.­379
  • 10.­399
  • 10.­401
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­411
  • 10.­419
  • g.­563
g.­612

universal monarch

Wylie:
  • ’khor los sgyur ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་ལོས་སྒྱུར་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • cakravartirājā

A ruler of one of the continents, possessing the mark of a wheel on the soles of his feet as a sign of his authority (Rigzin 38). Alternatively defined as someone who has the power to overcome, conquer, and rule all the inhabitants of one, two, three, or all four continents of a four-continent world system. In the Buddhist teachings this is considered an example of the most powerful rebirth possible within saṃsāra (rigpawiki, 2012).

Located in 40 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­89
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­317
  • 1.­381
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­65
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­139
  • 2.­157
  • 2.­275
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­64
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 3.­431
  • 4.­136
  • 5.­98
  • 5.­127
  • 5.­130
  • 5.­235
  • 6.­314
  • 6.­336
  • 6.­369
  • 6.­421
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­69
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • g.­157
  • g.­219
  • g.­586
g.­614

unsurpassed, supreme welfare

Wylie:
  • g.yung drung gi mthar thug pa grub pa dang bde ba
Tibetan:
  • གཡུང་དྲུང་གི་མཐར་ཐུག་པ་གྲུབ་པ་དང་བདེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

In this text, being “established … in the unsurpassed, supreme welfare of nirvāṇa” appears as a synonym for the attainment of arhatship.

Located in 50 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­67
  • 2.­430
  • 2.­458
  • 4.­3
  • 4.­20
  • 4.­33
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­41
  • 4.­47-48
  • 4.­50
  • 4.­57-58
  • 5.­58
  • 5.­64
  • 5.­143
  • 5.­150
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­182
  • 5.­227
  • 5.­230
  • 5.­257
  • 6.­320
  • 6.­393
  • 6.­400
  • 6.­406
  • 7.­36
  • 7.­187
  • 7.­257
  • 7.­263
  • 9.­21
  • 9.­26
  • 9.­39
  • 9.­44
  • 9.­106
  • 9.­113
  • 9.­145
  • 9.­148
  • 9.­181
  • 10.­55-56
  • 10.­105
  • 10.­123
  • 10.­288
  • 10.­342
  • 10.­346
  • 10.­353
  • 10.­355
  • n.­32
  • g.­35
g.­617

Upananda (the minister)

Wylie:
  • nye dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • upananda RS

Along with Nanda, one of King Mahā­deva’s two chief ministers in the city of Mithilā.

Not to be confused with “Upananda,” the nāga; or with Upananda, the monk.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­239
  • g.­328
  • g.­386
  • g.­618
  • g.­619
g.­618

Upananda (the monk)

Wylie:
  • nye dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • upananda

A member of the Śākya clan and monk of the Buddha’s order, he often appears in the vinaya texts, as here, to exemplify certain wrong behaviors.

Not to be confused with Upananda, one of King Mahā­deva’s ministers; or with Upananda, the nāga.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­61-63
  • 4.­65-66
  • 4.­75
  • g.­617
  • g.­619
g.­619

Upananda (the nāga)

Wylie:
  • nye dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • upananda RS

The name of a certain nāga.

Not to be confused with “Upananda,” one of King Mahā­deva’s ministers; or with Upananda, the monk.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­218
  • 9.­152
  • 10.­360
  • g.­617
  • g.­618
g.­620

Upasena

Wylie:
  • nye sde
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • upasena

A certain monk who had gone forth under the Buddha. With his support Lotus Color found faith in the Buddha’s doctrine and also went forth.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­152
  • 2.­165
  • g.­49
  • g.­322
g.­621

Upatiṣya

Wylie:
  • nye rgyal
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • upatiṣya

One of the given names of Venerable Śāriputra. See “Śāriputra.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­387
  • g.­499
g.­622

Upendra

Wylie:
  • nye dbang
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་དབང་།
Sanskrit:
  • upendra

Considered the “younger brother” of Indra, the name Upendra appears as an epithet of Viṣṇu or Kṛṣṇa in Sanskrit epic and purāṇic literature.

Located in 46 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­524
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­323
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­319
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­123
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­128
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
g.­624

Uruvilvā Kāśyapa

Wylie:
  • lteng rgyas ’od srung
Tibetan:
  • ལྟེང་རྒྱས་འོད་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • uruvilvā kāśyapa

Ordained by the Buddha in Vārāṇasī shortly after the Buddha’s enlightenment; brother of Nadī Kāśyapa.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­102
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­258-259
  • 10.­261
  • 10.­265-268
  • g.­148
  • g.­274
  • g.­276
  • g.­330
  • g.­379
  • g.­623
g.­626

Uttama

Wylie:
  • bla ma
Tibetan:
  • བླ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • uttama

A future buddha.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­86
  • n.­178
  • n.­184
  • n.­186
g.­627

Uttara

Wylie:
  • bla ma
Tibetan:
  • བླ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • uttara

A previous incarnation of Buddha Śākyamuni, prophesied by Buddha Kāśyapa to achieve total and complete enlightenment.

Located in 97 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­37-38
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85
  • 1.­135
  • 1.­169-170
  • 1.­274
  • 1.­276
  • 1.­300
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­399
  • 1.­438
  • 1.­440
  • 2.­149-150
  • 2.­189
  • 2.­209-210
  • 2.­229
  • 2.­231
  • 2.­257-258
  • 2.­262-263
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­568
  • 2.­570
  • 3.­13-14
  • 3.­51-52
  • 3.­101
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­120-122
  • 3.­124
  • 3.­150
  • 3.­152
  • 3.­280-281
  • 3.­305-306
  • 3.­330
  • 4.­38-39
  • 4.­109-110
  • 4.­166
  • 4.­201-202
  • 5.­30
  • 5.­67-68
  • 5.­94-95
  • 5.­151-152
  • 5.­167-168
  • 5.­183-184
  • 5.­208-209
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­287
  • 5.­330
  • 6.­50
  • 6.­52
  • 6.­74-75
  • 6.­245
  • 6.­248
  • 6.­252
  • 6.­307-308
  • 6.­381-382
  • 6.­411
  • 6.­440
  • 6.­449
  • 6.­451
  • 6.­508
  • 7.­41-42
  • 7.­114-115
  • 7.­231
  • 7.­233
  • 7.­248
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­86
  • 10.­216-217
  • 10.­239-240
g.­630

Vaiśālī

Wylie:
  • yangs pa can
Tibetan:
  • ཡངས་པ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • vaiśālī

An ancient city founded by Viśāla, Vaiśālī was an important location where a number of Buddhist sūtras are said to have been taught, particularly in the Mahāyāna literature.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­146
  • 5.­134
  • 5.­136
  • 5.­170
  • 5.­173
  • 5.­178-179
  • 9.­162-163
  • 9.­166
  • 9.­170
  • 10.­424
  • 10.­427-429
  • 10.­431-433
  • g.­208
  • g.­228
  • g.­313
  • g.­352
  • g.­516
g.­631

Vaiśravaṇa

Wylie:
  • rnam thos kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་ཐོས་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaiśravaṇa

A god of wealth. One of the four great kings, protector of the cardinal direction to the north of Mount Meru. Also called “Kubera.”

Not to be confused with King Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 43 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­41
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­87
  • 1.­138
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­311
  • 1.­315
  • 1.­342
  • 2.­153
  • 2.­364
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­433
  • 2.­552
  • 3.­36
  • 3.­41
  • 3.­52
  • 3.­250
  • 4.­76
  • 4.­204
  • 5.­2
  • 5.­232
  • 5.­291
  • 5.­321
  • 6.­34
  • 6.­144
  • 6.­234
  • 6.­301
  • 7.­44
  • 7.­136
  • 7.­156
  • 7.­251
  • 8.­2
  • 8.­30
  • 8.­87
  • 9.­46
  • 9.­115
  • 9.­154-155
  • g.­218
  • g.­298
  • g.­632
g.­632

Vaiśravaṇa

Wylie:
  • rnam thos kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་ཐོས་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaiśravaṇa

King of an unspecified land during the reign of King Maitrībala in Vārāṇasī.

Not to be confused with great king Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­7
  • g.­631
g.­633

Vārāṇasī

Wylie:
  • bA rA Na sI
Tibetan:
  • བཱ་རཱ་ཎ་སཱི།
Sanskrit:
  • vārāṇasī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Also known as Benares, one of the oldest cities of northeast India on the banks of the Ganges, in modern-day Uttar Pradesh. It was once the capital of the ancient kingdom of Kāśi, and in the Buddha’s time it had been absorbed into the kingdom of Kośala. It was an important religious center, as well as a major city, even during the time of the Buddha. The name may derive from being where the Varuna and Assi rivers flow into the Ganges. It was on the outskirts of Vārāṇasī that the Buddha first taught the Dharma, in the location known as Deer Park (Mṛgadāva). For numerous episodes set in Vārāṇasī, including its kings, see The Hundred Deeds, Toh 340.

Located in 103 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­162
  • 1.­187
  • 1.­251
  • 1.­257
  • 1.­259
  • 1.­264
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­278
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­311
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­432
  • 2.­124
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­226
  • 2.­385
  • 2.­409
  • 2.­411
  • 2.­413
  • 2.­432-433
  • 2.­447-448
  • 2.­560
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­119
  • 3.­147
  • 3.­155
  • 3.­165
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­325
  • 3.­423
  • 4.­5
  • 4.­7
  • 4.­183
  • 5.­32
  • 5.­60-61
  • 5.­102
  • 5.­259
  • 5.­278
  • 5.­321
  • 6.­11
  • 6.­69
  • 6.­73
  • 6.­121
  • 6.­130
  • 6.­249
  • 6.­368
  • 6.­371-372
  • 6.­393
  • 6.­395
  • 6.­397
  • 6.­410-411
  • 6.­502
  • 7.­16-17
  • 7.­112
  • 7.­166
  • 7.­210
  • 7.­258
  • 7.­260
  • 7.­267
  • 9.­41
  • 9.­54
  • 9.­57
  • 10.­106
  • 10.­115
  • 10.­119
  • 10.­196
  • 10.­215
  • 10.­235
  • 10.­364-365
  • n.­151
  • g.­12
  • g.­13
  • g.­14
  • g.­80
  • g.­81
  • g.­93
  • g.­272
  • g.­273
  • g.­296
  • g.­297
  • g.­339
  • g.­340
  • g.­341
  • g.­342
  • g.­345
  • g.­379
  • g.­481
  • g.­528
  • g.­595
  • g.­624
  • g.­632
  • g.­637
g.­640

Vatsa

Wylie:
  • bad sa
  • dpa’ rab
Tibetan:
  • བད་ས།
  • དཔའ་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • vatsa

The name of a kingdom south of Kośala that was ruled by Udayin/Udayana during the Buddha’s time. Its capital was Kauśāmbī.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­203-204
  • 1.­211
  • 1.­218
  • 1.­223
  • 1.­227-228
  • 1.­231-234
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­250
  • 7.­189
  • 7.­191
  • 7.­194-195
  • n.­41
  • g.­282
  • g.­498
  • g.­583
  • g.­608
g.­641

Venerable

Wylie:
  • tshe dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚེ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • āyuṣmān

Honorific term for an ordained person.

Located in 327 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8
  • 1.­10-18
  • 1.­20-26
  • 1.­46-50
  • 1.­52-57
  • 1.­60-64
  • 1.­68
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­99
  • 1.­101-102
  • 1.­106-109
  • 1.­111-112
  • 1.­118
  • 1.­166
  • 1.­194
  • 1.­198
  • 1.­201-203
  • 1.­211
  • 1.­214
  • 1.­226-229
  • 1.­235-237
  • 1.­250
  • 1.­327-329
  • 1.­333-336
  • 1.­338
  • 1.­341
  • 2.­11
  • 2.­29
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­66
  • 2.­87
  • 2.­94-97
  • 2.­152
  • 2.­165-170
  • 2.­172-174
  • 2.­176-179
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­183
  • 2.­214-217
  • 2.­221
  • 2.­276
  • 2.­343
  • 2.­355
  • 2.­406-408
  • 2.­419
  • 2.­465
  • 2.­523
  • 2.­526
  • 2.­529-539
  • 2.­541
  • 2.­543-545
  • 2.­548
  • 2.­585-588
  • 3.­87-88
  • 3.­90-92
  • 3.­187
  • 3.­189
  • 3.­193-195
  • 3.­210
  • 3.­213
  • 3.­215
  • 3.­218-220
  • 3.­228
  • 3.­230
  • 3.­232-235
  • 3.­241
  • 3.­243-246
  • 3.­257
  • 3.­259-262
  • 3.­332-337
  • 3.­339-340
  • 3.­342-347
  • 3.­399
  • 3.­401-404
  • 4.­41
  • 4.­50
  • 4.­76-78
  • 4.­82-84
  • 4.­122
  • 4.­137
  • 5.­79-83
  • 5.­196
  • 5.­242-244
  • 5.­304-305
  • 5.­328
  • 6.­26-28
  • 6.­78
  • 6.­81-85
  • 6.­118-119
  • 6.­136
  • 6.­139-140
  • 6.­142-144
  • 6.­235
  • 6.­260
  • 6.­269-274
  • 6.­293-294
  • 6.­297
  • 6.­299
  • 6.­339-342
  • 6.­351-352
  • 6.­356
  • 6.­359
  • 6.­367
  • 6.­393
  • 6.­407
  • 6.­434-436
  • 6.­444-445
  • 6.­458
  • 6.­465
  • 6.­467-470
  • 6.­472
  • 6.­475-476
  • 6.­478-483
  • 6.­485
  • 6.­487-489
  • 6.­491-493
  • 6.­496-497
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­55-57
  • 7.­190
  • 7.­194
  • 7.­197-207
  • 7.­209
  • 8.­47-48
  • 8.­50
  • 9.­47
  • 9.­50
  • 9.­71
  • 10.­125
  • 10.­152
  • 10.­185
  • 10.­189-190
  • 10.­192
  • 10.­258-259
  • 10.­266-268
  • 10.­371
  • 10.­373-378
  • 10.­394
  • n.­216
  • g.­18
  • g.­49
  • g.­148
  • g.­206
  • g.­252
  • g.­320
  • g.­322
  • g.­446
  • g.­498
  • g.­529
  • g.­621
g.­642

very costly

Wylie:
  • ’bum ri ba’i
Tibetan:
  • འབུམ་རི་བའི།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Literally “worth a hundred thousand.”

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­234
  • 2.­233
  • 4.­129
  • 5.­88
  • 5.­272
  • 8.­13
  • 8.­27
  • 8.­39
  • 8.­54
  • 8.­92
  • 8.­103
  • 8.­116
  • 8.­126
  • 9.­18
g.­645

Videha

Wylie:
  • ’phags skyes po
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་སྐྱེས་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • videha

A certain prince, son of King Prasenajit (’phags skyes po, his name in Tibetan, is also the Tibetan name of Virūḍhaka).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 9.­139
g.­646

Videha

Wylie:
  • lus ’phags
  • bi de ha
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་འཕགས།
  • བི་དེ་ཧ།
Sanskrit:
  • videha

An ancient kingdom whose seat was the city of Mithilā. One of its borders was the Ganges River, and it abutted the kingdoms of Kośala and Kāśi. The name Videha, in ancient Buddhist cosmology, refers to the eastern of the four continents in the cardinal directions.

Located in 28 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­173-174
  • 2.­124
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­128
  • 2.­132
  • 2.­137
  • 6.­11-13
  • 6.­216
  • 6.­458
  • 6.­460
  • 6.­464
  • 7.­220
  • 9.­82
  • 9.­84
  • 9.­146
  • 10.­157
  • g.­152
  • g.­339
  • g.­341
  • g.­342
  • g.­343
  • g.­486
  • g.­568
  • g.­644
  • g.­654
g.­647

vigilant introspection

Wylie:
  • shes bzhin
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་བཞིན།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃprajāna
  • samprajanya
  • samprajñāna

Also called “mental alertness,” the faculty of mind that maintains a conscious watch for any inclination of the mind toward mental dullness or agitation, especially during meditation (Rigzin 423). Closely related to mindfulness.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­367
g.­648

Vijaya

Wylie:
  • rnam par rgyal ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རྒྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vijaya RS

Son of King Jaya.

Not to be confused with the future buddha Vijaya.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­415-416
  • 6.­422-423
  • n.­180
g.­649

Vijaya

Wylie:
  • rnam par rgyal ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རྒྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vijaya

A future buddha.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­1
  • 8.­128
  • n.­188
  • g.­648
g.­650

vinaya

Wylie:
  • chos ’dul ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་འདུལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmavinaya

The name for the canon of monastic discipline recorded in the Tripiṭaka, of the vows and commitments enshrined therein, and of the practice of that discipline. Also rendered here as “monastic discipline.”

Located in 89 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • 1.­23
  • 1.­156
  • 1.­266
  • 1.­292
  • 1.­388
  • 1.­423
  • 1.­428
  • 2.­8
  • 2.­26
  • 2.­45
  • 2.­63
  • 2.­177
  • 2.­239
  • 2.­273
  • 2.­353
  • 2.­374
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­519
  • 3.­5
  • 3.­71
  • 3.­74
  • 3.­80
  • 3.­84
  • 3.­272
  • 3.­322
  • 3.­337
  • 3.­343
  • 4.­30
  • 4.­134
  • 4.­156
  • 4.­179
  • 4.­196
  • 4.­215
  • 4.­218
  • 5.­20
  • 5.­82
  • 5.­141
  • 5.­194
  • 5.­206
  • 5.­225
  • 5.­274
  • 5.­318
  • 6.­46
  • 6.­63
  • 6.­79
  • 6.­203
  • 6.­298
  • 6.­349
  • 6.­351-352
  • 6.­374
  • 6.­388
  • 7.­12-13
  • 7.­34
  • 7.­40
  • 7.­120
  • 7.­227
  • 7.­240
  • 8.­123
  • 9.­19
  • 9.­37
  • 9.­92
  • 9.­127
  • 9.­168
  • 9.­172
  • 10.­104
  • 10.­183
  • 10.­210
  • 10.­233
  • 10.­351
  • 10.­388
  • 10.­423-424
  • 10.­436
  • 10.­439
  • 10.­455
  • n.­44
  • n.­121
  • n.­241-242
  • g.­20
  • g.­54
  • g.­370
  • g.­442
  • g.­574
  • g.­600
  • g.­618
g.­654

Virūḍhaka

Wylie:
  • ’phags skyes po
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་སྐྱེས་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • virūḍhaka

One of the four great kings, protector of the cardinal direction to the south of Mount Meru. (’phags skyes po, his name in Tibetan, is also the Tibetan name of Videha).

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­34
  • 3.­39
  • 3.­52
  • 6.­144
  • 6.­233
  • g.­299
  • g.­645
g.­655

Virūpa (the king)

Wylie:
  • mi sdug pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་སྡུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • virūpa RS

A certain jealous king of Mithilā who lived before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Not to be confused with Virūpa (the ugly one), the householders’ son.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • p.­3
  • 7.­58
  • 7.­64
  • g.­656
g.­656

Virūpa (the ugly one)

Wylie:
  • mi sdug
Tibetan:
  • མི་སྡུག
Sanskrit:
  • virūpa RS

Son of householders on Mount Śiśumāri who cast him out of their home because of his extreme ugliness. When later he felt joy toward an emanation of the Buddha, the Buddha made his ugliness disappear. Then, hearing the Dharma from the Buddha, he manifested the resultant state of a non-returner, went forth, and went on to manifest arhatship.

Not to be confused with King Virūpa.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­5
  • 5.­11-17
  • 5.­22-23
  • 5.­28
  • g.­655
g.­659

Viṣṇu

Wylie:
  • khyab ’jug
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱབ་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • viṣṇu

One of the primary gods of Hinduism, associated with the preservation and continuance of the universe, held by many as a supreme being.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­225
  • 10.­305
  • g.­390
  • g.­622
g.­661

Vṛji

Wylie:
  • spong byed
Tibetan:
  • སྤོང་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • vṛji

The name of the country in which Māyā and Mahā­māya are said to have been born in “The Story of Keśinī” from The Hundred Deeds.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­139
  • g.­492
g.­662

Vulture Peak Mountain

Wylie:
  • bya rgod kyi phung po’i ri
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་རྒོད་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོའི་རི།
Sanskrit:
  • gṛdhakūṭaparvata

Name of a peak just outside of the city of Rājagṛha and the site where a great number of sūtras are said to have been taught, particularly in the Mahāyāna textual tradition of the Prajñāpāramitā-sūtras.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­312
  • 6.­2
  • 10.­152
  • n.­151
  • g.­58
g.­665

Wealth (the sea captain)

Wylie:
  • dbyig
Tibetan:
  • དབྱིག
Sanskrit:
  • —

A certain sea captain during the reign of King Brahmadatta (past), father of Wealth’s Delight.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­433-434
  • g.­666
g.­666

Wealth’s Delight

Wylie:
  • dbyig dga’
Tibetan:
  • དབྱིག་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Previous incarnation of the Buddha, a sea captain during the reign of King Brahmadatta, and son of Wealth the sea captain. He saved the lives of a number of sailors by drowning himself so that they could use his floating corpse as a buoy to safely reach shore.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­434
  • 2.­437
  • 2.­439
  • 2.­448-449
  • 2.­452-454
  • 2.­458
  • 4.­2
  • 4.­49
  • g.­665
g.­668

wisdom

Wylie:
  • ye shes
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna

Also known as “pristine awareness,” “primordial wisdom,” “primordial awareness,” “gnosis,” or the like. Typically refers to nonconceptual states of knowledge.

Located in 166 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5-6
  • 1.­14
  • 1.­22
  • 1.­31
  • 1.­43-44
  • 1.­50
  • 1.­75
  • 1.­95-96
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­153
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­304
  • 1.­323-324
  • 1.­340
  • 1.­344
  • 1.­382
  • 1.­387
  • 1.­396
  • 1.­417-418
  • 1.­422
  • 2.­79-80
  • 2.­142
  • 2.­187
  • 2.­237
  • 2.­250
  • 2.­331
  • 2.­390
  • 2.­392
  • 2.­426-427
  • 2.­561
  • 2.­573-574
  • 2.­591
  • 3.­4
  • 3.­23-24
  • 3.­55
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­100
  • 3.­115
  • 3.­193
  • 3.­252
  • 3.­271
  • 3.­288-290
  • 3.­301
  • 3.­316
  • 3.­321
  • 3.­342
  • 3.­402
  • 3.­408-409
  • 4.­24-25
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­97
  • 4.­154
  • 4.­190-191
  • 4.­196
  • 4.­208-209
  • 4.­215
  • 5.­8-9
  • 5.­18
  • 5.­50-51
  • 5.­81
  • 5.­101
  • 5.­113
  • 5.­140
  • 5.­155-156
  • 5.­174-175
  • 5.­193
  • 5.­205
  • 5.­224
  • 5.­236
  • 5.­250
  • 5.­267
  • 5.­270
  • 5.­273
  • 5.­317
  • 6.­21-22
  • 6.­28
  • 6.­39
  • 6.­61
  • 6.­116-117
  • 6.­158
  • 6.­174
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­316
  • 6.­334
  • 6.­336
  • 6.­347
  • 6.­432
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­19
  • 7.­26-27
  • 7.­33
  • 7.­46-47
  • 7.­73
  • 7.­78-79
  • 7.­122
  • 7.­139
  • 7.­221-222
  • 7.­226
  • 7.­239
  • 7.­256
  • 8.­80-81
  • 8.­97-98
  • 8.­109
  • 9.­6-7
  • 9.­18
  • 9.­36
  • 9.­52
  • 9.­60
  • 9.­68-69
  • 9.­118
  • 9.­126
  • 9.­131
  • 9.­140-141
  • 9.­167
  • 9.­171
  • 10.­10-12
  • 10.­88
  • 10.­103
  • 10.­182
  • 10.­231-232
  • 10.­243-244
  • 10.­283-284
  • 10.­343-344
  • 10.­350
  • g.­249
  • g.­509
  • g.­510
  • g.­580
  • g.­585
g.­670

Worthy of Offerings litany

Wylie:
  • yon rabs
  • yon gyi rabs gdon par gsol
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་རབས།
  • ཡོན་གྱི་རབས་གདོན་པར་གསོལ།
Sanskrit:
  • dakṣiṇādeśanā

A litany chanted by the monastic saṅgha as a way of giving thanks and recognizing the merit generated by a donation or alms. cf. ’dul ba’i mdo, D 261, F.80.b.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­1
  • 6.­434-436
g.­671

Yajur Veda

Wylie:
  • mchod sbyin gyi rig byed
Tibetan:
  • མཆོད་སྦྱིན་གྱི་རིག་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • yajurveda

Along with the Ṛg Veda, Sāma Veda, and Atharva Veda, one of the four Vedas, the most ancient Sanskrit religious literature of India.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­240
  • 1.­378
  • 3.­310
  • 3.­326
  • 5.­187
  • 5.­212
  • 5.­265
  • 6.­35
  • 7.­167
  • 8.­18
  • 9.­4
  • 10.­96
  • 10.­296
  • g.­46
  • g.­464
  • g.­494
g.­672

yakṣa

Wylie:
  • gnod sbyin
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • yakṣa

Harmful spirits, classified among the gods of the desire realm (Rigzin 232).

Located in 46 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­415-416
  • 1.­444-445
  • 2.­409-410
  • 3.­36
  • 3.­192
  • 3.­198
  • 4.­7
  • 4.­9
  • 4.­11-13
  • 4.­15
  • 4.­17
  • 4.­19-21
  • 4.­35
  • 5.­216
  • 5.­218-221
  • 6.­166
  • 6.­177
  • 6.­196-197
  • 6.­202
  • 9.­152
  • 9.­154-155
  • 10.­358
  • 10.­360-363
  • 10.­369
  • g.­45
  • g.­67
  • g.­68
  • g.­118
  • g.­264
  • g.­299
  • g.­344
g.­673

Yaśodharā

Wylie:
  • grags ’dzin ma
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་འཛིན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • yaśodharā

Daughter of Śākya Daṇḍadhara (more commonly Daṇḍapāṇi), sister of Iṣudhara and Aniruddha, she was a spouse of Gautama who, along with Gopā, spurned the advances of Devadatta and subjected him to brutal humiliation.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­116-118
  • 5.­234-235
  • 7.­265-266
  • 7.­271
  • g.­119
  • g.­209
  • g.­252
g.­676

young god

Wylie:
  • lha’i bu
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • devaputra

Generic term for a class of long-lived celestial beings.

Located in 39 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­303-304
  • 1.­307
  • 1.­313
  • 2.­247
  • 3.­313-314
  • 3.­316-320
  • 3.­328-330
  • 4.­94-97
  • 4.­103
  • 4.­106
  • 5.­282
  • 5.­284
  • 5.­286
  • 5.­306-308
  • 6.­491
  • 6.­493-494
  • 9.­75
  • 9.­77-79
  • 9.­94-97
  • g.­349
0
    You are downloading:

    The Hundred Deeds

    Click here to make a dāna donation

    This is a free publication from 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, a non-profit organization sharing the gift of Buddhist wisdom with the world.

    The cultivation of generosity, or dāna—giving voluntarily with a view that something wholesome will come of it—is considered to be a fundamental Buddhist practice by all schools. The nature and quantity of the gift itself is often considered less important.

    Table of Contents


    Search this text


    Other ways to read

    Download PDF
    Download EPUB
    Open in the 84000 App

    Spotted a mistake?

    Please use the contact form provided to suggest a correction.


    How to cite this text

    The following are examples of how to correctly cite this publication. Links to specific passages can be derived by right-clicking on the milestones markers in the left-hand margin (e.g. s.1). The copied link address can replace the url below.

    • Chicago
    • MLA
    • APA
    84000. The Hundred Deeds (Karmaśataka, las brgya pa, Toh 340). Translated by Tibetan Classics Translators Guild of New York. Online publication. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025. https://84000.co/translation/toh340/UT22084-073-001-chapter-9.Copy
    84000. The Hundred Deeds (Karmaśataka, las brgya pa, Toh 340). Translated by Tibetan Classics Translators Guild of New York, online publication, 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025, 84000.co/translation/toh340/UT22084-073-001-chapter-9.Copy
    84000. (2025) The Hundred Deeds (Karmaśataka, las brgya pa, Toh 340). (Tibetan Classics Translators Guild of New York, Trans.). Online publication. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha. https://84000.co/translation/toh340/UT22084-073-001-chapter-9.Copy

    Related links

    • Other texts from General Sūtra Section
    • Published Translations
    • Browse the Collection
    • 84000 Homepage
    Sponsor Translation

    Bookmarks

    Copyright © 2011-2024 84000 - All Rights Reserved
    • Website: https://84000.co
    • Contact
    • Privacy Policy